Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1
1) If Danish is related to Yellow and Niraj is related to Brown. In the
same way, who is related to Blue?
यिद दािनश का संबंध पीले रं ग से है और नीरज का संबंध भूरे रं ग से है । इसी
कार, नीले रं ग से कौन संबंिधत है ?
a) Yogesh
b) Ravi
c) Kunal
d) Danish
e) Abhay
a) Danish
b) Ravi
c) Niraj
d) Abhay
e) Chandan
a) Two
b) Three
c) Four
d) Five
e) None
a) Danish
b) Ravi
c) Abhay
d) Niraj
e) Yogesh
2
5) Which of the following statement is /are false?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन अस है ?
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)C
3)C
4)D
5)C
Solution :
3
2. Answer the questions based on the information given below:
Eight people Ravi, Kunal, Yogesh, Parul, Chandan, Abhay, Niraj, and
Tarun live in the apartment which contains three floors but not
necessarily in the same order. Each floor has three flat ie; Flat 1, Flat 2,
4
and Flat 3 from west to east. Three floors are considered as Floor X,
Floor Y, and Floor Z from bottom to top respectively. One person lives in
each Flat but one flat is vacant. Note: Flat 1 of Floor X is exactly below
Flat 1 of Floor Y and Flat 1 of Floor X is to the immediate left of Flat 2 of
Floor X and so on. Neither Abhay nor Kunal live in the even numbered
flat. Chandan lives exactly above Yogesh and lives in the odd numbered
flat. Abhay is to the left of Chandan and Ravi, who live southwest
of a vacant flat. Only one floor is between Yogesh and Parul, who live in
an odd numbered flat. Abhay lives on Floor Y, which doesn‟t have a
vacant flat. Parul lives two floors above Kunal and lives on the floor,
which is having a vacant flat. Niraj lives immediately to the left of Yogesh
and lives in the same Flat as Tarun.
a) Flat 1 of Floor X
b) Flat 2 of Floor X
c) Flat 3 of Floor Z
d) Flat 3 of Floor Y
e) None of these
5
2) Who among the following person lives in the Flat 2 of Floor Z?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा Z मंिजल के ैट 2 म रहता है ?
a) Niraj
b) Parul
c) Vacant
d) Ravi
e) Tarun
3) Four of the following five are in the same group, which is not belongs
to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक ही समूह म ह, कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है
a) Parul
b) Chandan
c) Niraj
d) Tarun
e) Kunal
a) Only 1
b) Both 2 & 3
c) Both 1&3
d) Only 2
e) All are true
6
d) No one
e) Ravi
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)E
3)B
4)E
5)D
7
ोफेसर है । E िनदे शक नहीं है । C, जो डीन नहीं है , ि ंिसपल के साथ दू सरी मं िजल
पर रहता है । B डीन के साथ रहता है ले िकन वे तीसरी मंिजल पर नहीं रहते ह।
a. Cannot be determined
b. A
c. D
d. C
e. None of these
4) If the Professor and the Principal interchange their floor then who
will be the person living with C?
यिद ोफेसर और धानाचाय अपनी मंिजल आपस म बदल लेते ह तो C के
साथ रहने वाला कौन होगा?
a. F
b. D
c. E
d. B
e. None of these
8
a. F
b. The Dean
c. B
d. The Professor
e. The Clerk
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)B
3)E
4)D
5)A
Solution :
9
the middle of the side face towards the center. They also like different
fruits i.e. Orange, Peach, Apple, Blackbery, Banana and Mango but not
necessarily in the same order. C sits second right to B, who likes Apple. D
faces the center and sits third to the one who likes Blackbery. F sits at
one of the corners but does not like Blackbery and Mango. E does not
like Banana. C does not like Mango. The one who likes Orange sits at the
corner. The one who likes Mango sits immediate right to the one who
likes Banana. E sits immediate right of D.
2.) How many girls sit between C and A, when counted from the left of
A?
A के बाय से िगनने पर C और A के बीच िकतनी लड़िकयां बैठती ह?
a. No one
b. Two
c. One
d. Three
e. None of these
10
िन िल खत म से िकस को संतरा पसंद है ?
a. C
b. B
c. E
d. F
e. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)A
3)D
4)C
5)A
11
5.A housemaid is arranging things in a cupboard in a house. There are
two cupboards namely cupboard A and cupboard B, cupboard A is
exactly to the west of cupboard B. Each cupboard has five shelves in
such a way that the lowermost shelf is numbered as 1 the shelf
immediately above the lowermost shelf is numbered as 2 and so on, No
two things are placed on the same shelf of the same Stack. If Item 1 is
above (or below) Item 2 and then both are in the same cupboard unless
stated otherwise.Only one shelf is between the Specks and Card which is
kept above the Specks and both are kept in different cupboards. One of
the cupboards in even numbered shelves is empty. The Photo is kept
immediately above the Eraser which is kept at an even numbered
shelf. Mobiles are kept either on top or bottom of the cupboard but kept
at the same shelf of neither papers nor Specks. There is only one shelf
between Chargers and Boxes, both are kept in the same cupboard.
Papers are kept to the immediate east of the shelf which is two shelves
below the Remote but not kept in the same cupboard of Boxes. She kept
Chargers on shelf 4.
12
एक नौकरानी एक घर म अलमारी म सामान व त कर रही है । अलमारी A
और अलमारी B नाम से दो अलमारी ह, अलमारी A, अलमारी B के ठीक पि म म
है । ेक अलमारी म पाँच अलमा रयां इस कार ह िक सबसे नीचे वाले शे
को 1 के प म िगना जाता है , सबसे िनचले शे के ठीक ऊपर वाले शे को 2
के प म िगना जाता है । और इसी तरह, एक ही ढे र के एक ही शे पर कोई दो
चीज नहीं रखी जाती ह। यिद आइटम 1 ऊपर (या नीचे) आइटम 2 है और िफर
दोनों एक ही अलमारी म ह जब तक िक अ था न कहा जाए। केवल एक शे
े क और काड के बीच है जो ेक के ऊपर रखा जाता है और दोनों को अलग-
अलग अलमारी म रखा जाता है । सम मांिकत अलमा रयों म से एक अलमारी
खाली है । फोटो को इरे ज़र के ठीक ऊपर रखा जाता है िजसे एक सम सं ा म
रखा जाता है
दराज। मोबाइल या तो अलमारी के ऊपर या नीचे रखे जाते ह ले िकन न तो कागज
और न ही ेक के एक ही शे पर रखे जाते ह। चाजर और बॉ के बीच केवल
एक शे है , दोनों को एक ही अलमारी म रखा गया है । पेपर को शे के ठीक
पू व म रखा जाता है जो रमोट से दो शे नीचे होता है ले िकन बॉ के एक ही
अलमारी म नहीं रखा जाता है । उसने चाजस को शे 4 पर रखा।
2) Four of the following five are alike in a certain way. Which among the
following one does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह। इनम से कौन सा
िन िल खत म से एक समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) Mobiles
b) Chargers
c) Remote
d) Box
e) Eraser
13
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन स है ?
I. No things are kept with the Box in the same shelf
बॉ के साथ कोई भी व ु एक ही शे म नहीं रखी जाती है
a) cupboard B, Shelf5
b) cupboard A, Shelf4
c) cupboard B, Shelf2
d) cupboard A, Shelf1
e) cupboard B, Shelf3
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)E
3)C
4)E
14
5)C
15
आरएमएल के छा ने एएमयू के छा से पहले सेिमनार आयोिजत िकया ले िकन
डीडीयू के छा से पहले नहीं।
a. Nalanda’s Student
b. AMU’s Student
c. DDU’s Student
d. Jamia’s Student
e. None of these
a. BHU’s Student
b. DDU’s Student
c. Nalanda’s Student
d. RML’s Student
e. None of these
a. Jamia’s Student
b. BHU’s Student
c. AMU’s Student
d. RML’s Student
e. None of these
a. Monday - BHU
b. Tuesday – Nalanda
c. Wednesday – RML
d. Saturday – AMU
16
e. All are correct
5) Which Student conducts its seminar two days after RML bank‟s
seminar?
आरएमएल बक के सेिमनार के दो िदन बाद कौन सा छा अपना सेिमनार
आयोिजत करता है ?
a. AMU’s Student
b. DU’s Student
c. DDU’s Student
d. BHU’s Student
e. Jamia’s Student
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)B
3)A
4)D
5)E
17
18
7. During a meeting, there are eight teacher i.e. Abhi, Kabir, Ramesh,
Shyam, Wasim, Bina, Yash and Zaid of eight different subjects i.e.
English, Hindi, History, Physics, Chemistry, Geography, Social science and
Biology. They all are seated around a circular table facing to the centre
at an equal distance.The teacher of Physics is seated third to the right of
Ramesh and opposite to the teacher of Biology. The teacher of Hindi is
seated second to the right of Wasim but not near to Kabir. Zaid is seated
third to the left of Abhi and immediate near to the teacher of Physics
and Social science. The teacher of History is seated third to the right of
Shyam. Kabir is seated second to the right of the teacher of Geography,
who is not near to Abhi. There are only two teacher between Wasim and
Shyam and teacher of English is seated immediate to the left of Yash.
a. Abhi
b. Wasim
c. Ramesh
d. Zaid
e. None of these
2.) Who sits to the immediate left of the teacher of Social science?
सामािजक िव ान के िश क के ठीक बाय कौन बैठा है?
a. Abhi
19
b. Ramesh
c. Zaid
d. Bina
e. None of these
a. History
b. Geography
c. Physics
d. Biology
e. None of these
a. Wasim
b. Zaid
c. Shyam
d. Ramesh
e. None of these
a. Abhi
b. Ramesh
c. Shyam
d. Zaid
e. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)A
4)D
5)D
20
8. Seven persons Amit, Sujit, Ritesh, Aniket, Shukla, Ranjit and
Pramod belong to seven different states of India, viz Punjab, Haryana,
Rajasthan, Goa, Tripura, Assam and Karnataka but not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them also works in the same office but in a different
department, namely Administration, Marketing & Sales, Account,
Production, QualityManagement, Human Resource and Public Relation
in increasing order of experience. The one in Administration is the least
experienced and the one in public Relation is the most experienced.
Each of them likes a different colour, viz Brown, Red, Purple, Yellow,
Black, Blue and White but not necessarily in the same order. The one
who belongs to Tripura likes Black colour. The one who has the least
experience and the most experience like Red and White respectively.
Only one person has less experience than Ranjit. The one who has less
experience than Ranjit belongs to Goa. Only one person has more
experience than Amit. Amit does not like Brown colour. The one in
Marketing & Sales likes Purple Colour. The one in Human Resource
department belongs to Tripura. Only two persons have more experience
than the one who belongs to Punjab. Pramod belongs to Karnataka and
has more experience than the one who belongs to Punjab. Aniket has
less experience than the one in Production but more experience than
the one who belongs to Rajasthan. Sujit does not work in Quality
21
Management. The one who belongs to Haryana does not work in
Production. The one who belongs to Assam has more experience than
the one who likes Yellow. The one who works in Quality Managment
likes Blue. Shukla has neither the least experience nor he works in
Quality Management.
1. Which of the following pair represents the one who has more
experience than Amit and the one who has less experience than Aniket?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु अिमत से अिधक अनुभव वाले और अिनकेत से
कम अनु भव वाले को दशाता है ?
A. Pramod, Ritesh
B. Ritesh, Shukla
C. Ritesh, Pramod
22
D. Pramod, Ranjit
E. Shukla, Sujit
A. Production - Assam
B. Production - Rajasthan
C. Quality Management - Punjab
D. Accounts - Goa
E. Can't be determined
5. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Pramod - Punjab
B. Shukla - Tripura
23
C. Aniket - Goa
D. Ranjit - Rajasthan
E. Ritesh - Karnataka
Answers
1. D
2. A
3. D
4. C
5. D
24
9. A group of five boys viz. A, B, C, D and E and a group of five girls
viz. P, Q, R, S and T are standing in two separate rows facing each other
but not necessarily in the same order.The group of boys is facing north. S
and R are not facing either B or D. C is to the immediate right of B and D
is to the immediate left of A, who is facing P. There are as many girls
between P and Q as between R and S. A is second to the left of B. E is not
at any of the ends.
पाँ च लड़कों का एक समूह अथात। ए, बी, सी, डी और ई और पां च लड़िकयों का
एक समूह अथात। P, Q, R, S और T दो अलग-अलग पं यों म एक दू सरे के
सामने खड़े ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। लड़कों का समूह उ र की
ओर उ ुख है । S और R का मुख न तो B या D की ओर है । C, B के ठीक दाय है
और D, A के ठीक बाय है , िजसका मुख P की ओर है । P और Q के बीच उतनी ही
लड़िकयां ह िजतनी R और S के बीच ह। A B के बाय से दू सरा है । E िकसी भी छोर
पर नहीं है ।
a. C
b. E
c. B
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
2. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thus form a
group. Which one of the following does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इस कार एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a. D – A
b. Q – S
c. R – Q
d. T – R
e. E – B
25
िन िल खत म से कौन सा B के सामने त है ?
a. Q
b. T
c. R
d. S
e. None of these
a. T – C
b. P – B
c. Q – D
d. S - R
e. None of these
a. P
b. Q
c. T
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
26
10 . Seven persons are sitting in a straight line. Four of them are facing
south and three of them are facing north Each of them likes a different
colour, viz Red, Green, Black. Yellow, White, Pink and Blue but not
necessarily in the same order. These seven people are also sitting in
alphabetical order from the left end. (Note: Facing the same direction
means if one is facing north then the other is also facing north and if one
is facing south then the other is facing south. Facing opposite directions
means if ohe is facing north then the other is- facing south and vice
versa) The one who likes Black sits second to the left of F. Only two
persons sit between the one who likes Black and the one who likes
Green. Both the immediate neighbours of the one who likes Green face
opposite directions. G likes White. The one who likes Pink sits second to
the right of G. Only one person sits between H and the one who likes
Yellow. The ones who like Green and Red are immediate neighbours.
The one who likes Blue sits third to the right of the one who likes Pink. G
and H face opposite directions. The one who likes Green faces south.
The one who likes Yellow faces north. H is not third from the left.
27
नीला रं ग पसंद करने वाला , गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाले के दाय से
तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । G और H िवपरीत िदशाओं की ओर उ ु ख ह। हरा रं ग
पसंद करने वाला दि ण की ओर उ ुख है । पीला रं ग पसंद करने वाला
उ र की ओर उ ुख है । H बाएं से तीसरा नहीं है ।
2. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. H
B. IC. F
D. G
E. E
A. Black
B. Blue
C. Pink
D. Red
E. None of these
A. H
28
B. E
C. I
D. J
E. None of these
A. F-Red
B. H-Green
C. I-Blue
D. E-Black
E. J-Yellow
Answers
1. C
2. D
3. C
4. C
5. E
29
second to the right of A and both face outside. M and D are immediate
neighbours of each other. K sits on the immediate left of P and faces
outside. Only three persons sit between sit between K and Z. Z likes
White and faces the centre. No two persons of the same gender sit next
to each other. P and A are males. Only two males and two females face
the centre. The one who likes Pink sits on the immediate right of M and
faces the centre. M does not like Red.
1. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Z-Red
B. K-Black
C. M-Brown
D. S-Blue
E. R-Pink
30
B. M is not an immediate neighbour of the one who likes Pink.
C. S likes Brown and faces the centre.
D. Both (B) and (C)
E. None of these
3. What is the position of R with respect to the one who likes Red?
लाल रं ग पसंद करने वाले के स भ म R का ान ा है ?
4. Who among the following sits second to the left of the one who likes
Green?
िन िल खत म से कौन हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाले के बाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठा है ?
5. How many persons sit between S and the one who likes Black, if it is
counted in clockwise direction from S?
यिद इसे S से दि णावत िदशा म िगना जाता है , तो S और काला रं ग पसंद करने
वाले के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. None
B. One
C. Two
D. Three
E. None of these
Answers
1. B
2. B
3. A
31
4. B
5. C
32
अथात ॉट ए, ॉट बी, ॉट सी, ॉट डी, ॉट ई, ॉट एफ, ॉट जी और
ॉट एच ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। वह िजसे ॉट E पसंद
है , U के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । V, U के िवपरीत बैठा है और ॉट C को
पसंद करता है । ॉट A को पसंद करने वाले का मुख ॉट F को पसंद
करने वाले की ओर है । ॉट A और ॉट G को पसंद करने वाले के
त ाल पड़ोसी ह U. ॉट F पसंद करने वाला ॉट C पसंद करने वाले
और ॉट H पसंद करने वाले के ठीक बीच म बैठा है । U, Q के दाय
से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , िजसे ॉट H पसंद है । T िजसे ॉट D पसंद है , S की
ओर उ ुख है , जो U का िनकटतम पड़ोसी है । T के कोने पर नहीं बैठा है
मे ज़। R और P, िजसे ॉट E पसंद नहीं है , के म दो बैठे ह।
1) Who sits third to the right of the person who likes Plot A?
ॉट A को पसंद करने वाले के दाय से तीसरे ान पर कौन बैठा है ?
2) Which Plot does like by the person who sits to the immediate right of
W?
W के ठीक दाय बैठे को कौन सा ॉट पसंद है ?
A) Plot F
B) Plot E
C) Plot B
D) Plot G
E) None of These
3) How many people are sitting between S and the person who likes Plot
C when counted anticlockwise direction from S?
S से वामावत िदशा म िगनने पर S और ॉट C को पसंद करने वाले के
म िकतने बैठे ह?
A) 2
B) 3
C) 4
D) 1
33
E) None
4) Person sits ______ to the left of T sits third to the left of ______
______ को T के बाय बैठा है , ______ के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है
A) Fourth, R
B) Third, W
C) Second, U
D) Both A and C
E) Both A and B
5) When all the people are sitting in the alphabetical order starting from
R in clockwise direction then the position of how many people remain
unchanged (Excluding R)?
जब सभी R से ारं भ करते ए दि णावत िदशा म वणानु म म बैठे ह, तो
िकतने यों की ित अप रवितत रहती है (R को छोड़कर)?
A) 0
B) 1
C) 2
D) 3
E) 4
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)C
3)A
4)D
5)A
34
13 .A certain number of people are sitting in a row facing North. Not
more than two known people sit adjacent to each other.Four people sit
between M and A. Number of persons who sit to the right of A is one
less than the number of people who sit to the left of B. Less than
seventeen people sit in the row. Five people sit between the O and the
M. O does not sit at the end of the row. N is an immediate neighbour of
A. W sits fourth to the left of the N. M sits in the middle of the row. C
who sits immediately to the right of the B sits three places away from M.
M does not sits to the right of the W and less than two people sit
between them but not immediate neighbours.
35
नहीं बैठा है और उनके बीच दो से कम लोग बैठे ह, ले िकन िनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं
ह।
A) 9
B) 8
C) 7
D) 6
E) 5
4. Who among the following sits ninth to the left of the one who sits
third to the left of the A?
िन िल खत म से कौन A के बाएं से तीसरे ान पर बैठे के बाएं से नौव
ान पर बैठा है ?
A) O
B) No one
C) C
36
D) B
E) None of the above
5. If a new person, K, sits at the extreme left end then who among the
following sits seventh to the right of K?
यिद एक नया , K, बाय छोर पर बैठता है , तो इनम से कौन है
िन िल खत K के दाय से सातव ान पर बैठा है ?
A) M.
B) W
C) C
D) A
E) None of these
Answers :
1) C
2) E
3) D
4) B
5) A
37
14 . There are eight people Priya, Vinayak, Smriti, Kiran, Shweta,
Himanshi, Nidhi, and Abhi are sitting around a square table in such a way
that four of them sit at four corners of the table while four of them sit in
the middle of each of the four sides. The one who sits in the middle of
the sides faces the center while those who sit at the four corners face
outside but not necessarily in the same order. Priya is not an immediate
neighbor of Kiran. There are three people sit between Abhi and Smriti.
Nidhi does not sit at any corner of the table. Vinayak is sitting third to
the left of Kiran. Priya is sitting second to the left of Himanshi. Kiran is an
immediate neighbor of Himanshi. Smriti is not an immediate
neighbor of Vinayak. Nidhi sits third to the right of Shweta. Shweta is not
an immediate neighbor of Kiran.
(a) Kiran
38
(b) Smriti
(c) Priya
(d) Vinayak
(e) Abhi
3. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which of the following does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
(a) Kiran
(b) Smriti
(c) Abhi
(d) Himanshi
(e) Shweta
4. How many people sit between Abhi and Vinayak, if counted from left
of Vinayak?
यिद िवनायक के बाय से िगना जाता है , तो अभी और िवनायक के म िकतने
बैठे ह?
(a) One
(b) Three
(c) None
(d) Four
(e) Six
5. Who among the following person sits sixth to the left of Shweta?
िन िल खत म से कौन ेता के बाय से छठे ान पर बैठा है ?
(a) Vinayak
39
(b) Smriti
(c) Nidhi
(d) Kiran
(e) Abhi
ANSWERS:
1. D
2. E
3. D
4. C
5. E
15 . Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows containing five people
each. In row 1, A, B, C, D and E are sitting and they are facing south and
in row 2, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting and they all are facing north. Each
person of the both the rows goes to college in different months i.e.
January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September and
November but not necessarily in the same order. Person going in
January sits to the immediate right of the person going in November.
40
Only one person sits between S and T. E goes in the month having the
least number of days. Person going in August and the person going
in May are sitting diagonally opposite to each other. Neither D nor T
goes in September. Person going in June and the person going in August
are sitting on the same row but not on row 2. P sits at the extreme left
end of the row and goes in the month having more than 30 days but not
in January and July. A sits second to the left of the person facing P.
Person who is facing A sits to the immediate west of Q who goes in
November. T neither goes in January nor in March. Person who is facing
R sits to the immediate east of C who goes in April. R goes in March. Two
people sit between B and D who faces that person who sits to the
immediate west of T.
1) In which of the following pairs the second person sits to the right of
the first person?
िन िल खत म से िकस जोड़े म दू सरा पहले के दाय बैठा है ?
41
D) C and the person going on August
E) Both C and D
2) Four of the following are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Who among the following does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A) Person who faces the person who sits to the immediate east of T
B) Person who goes in August
C) A
D) Either A or C
E) None of These
42
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)D
3)D
4)A
5)E
16 . Seven boxes P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6 and P7 of different items viz.
mobile, pens, perfumes, books, jewellery, snacks and medicine are
placed one above the other, but not necessarily in the same order. The
box at bottom is numbered as 1, the above box is numbered as 2 and so
on till topmost box is numbered as 7. Box P6 is placed immediately
above box P3. Less than three boxes are placed below the box which
contains mobiles. Box P5 is placed below the box in which contains
mobile. The box which has the books is placed immediately above box
P7. Box P1 is placed immediately above the box which contains snacks.
Perfumes box is placed above the box P6. Only two boxes are placed
between perfumes box and medicine box. The pens box is not placed on
the bottom. Box P5 is placed immediately above Box P2. Three boxes are
placed between the boxes which contain books and mobile. Box P1 is
not placed on the books box.
43
िविभ मदों के सात बॉ P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6 और P7 अथात। मोबाइल,
पे न, पर ू म, िकताब, आभूषण, ै और दवाएं एक के ऊपर एक रखी गई ह,
ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। सबसे नीचे वाले बॉ की सं ा 1 है ,
ऊपर वाले बॉ की सं ा 2 है और इसी तरह सबसे ऊपर वाले बॉ की
सं ा 7 है । बॉ P6 को बॉ P3 के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । िजस िड े म
मोबाइल ह उसके नीचे तीन से कम िड े रखे गए ह। बॉ P5 उस बॉ के
नीचे रखा गया है िजसम मोबाइल है। िजस बॉ म िकताब ह वह बॉ के ठीक
ऊपर रखा गया है पी7. बॉ P1 को ै वाले बॉ के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया
है ।
इ का िड ा, िड े P6 के ऊपर रखा गया है। इ के िड े और दवा के िड े
के बीच केवल दो िड े रखे गए ह। पेन बॉ को नीचे नही ं रखा गया है । िड ा
P5, िड ा P2 के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । िजन बॉ म िकताब और मोबाइल
ह, उनके बीच तीन बॉ रखे गए ह। बॉ P1 को िकताबों के बॉ पर नही ं
रखा गया है ।
(a) snacks
(b) perfumes
(c) mobile
(d) books
(e) None of these
(a) P2
(b) P5
(c) P3
(d) P6
(e) None of these
(a) P1
(b) P3
(c) P6
44
(d) P5
(e) P2
(a) P6
(b) P3
(c) P5
(d) P2
(e) None of these
(a) Four
(b) Two
(c) None
(d) Three
(e) More than Five
ANSWERS:
1. A
2. B
3. C
4. D
5. E
45
17 . Six people are sitting at the sides of a Triangular table such that
people sit on the sides of the triangle with two on each side. Some of
them are facing the centre and others are facing away from the centre.
Naman is sitting immediately right of Chintu and both of them are not
sitting adjacent to Pintu. Mohit is sitting 2nd to the left of Sonu, who is
facing the centre. Sonu and Pintu sitting on the same side. Pintu is sitting
2nd to the left of Neha and both of them are facing the same direction.
Immediate neighbors of Neha are facing the opposite direction of Neha.
1) How many people are sitting between Neha and Chintu, if counted
from the left of Neha?
ने हा और िचंटू के म िकतने बैठे ह, यिद नेहा के बाय से िगन?
a. 1
46
b. 46
c. 3
d. Either (a) or (b)
e. None of these
a. Pintu
b. Sonu
c. Mohit
d. Neha
e. Cannot be determined
I. Chintu
II. Naman
III. Pintu
a. Both I and II
b. Only III
c. Both II and III
d. None of the above
e. Only I
a. Neha
b. Pintu
c. Naman
d. Chintu
e. None of these
47
a. Chintu, Naman
b. Sonu, Chintu
c. Mohit, Neha
d. Pintu, Sonu
e. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. D
3. A
4. C
5. B
48
18 . Eight persons I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P work in different companies,
viz TCS, Wipro, Infosys, CTS, IBM, NIC, BEL and EIL but not necessarily in
the same order. Each of them likes a different colours, viz Red, White,
Green, Blue, Pink, Orange, Black and Yellow but not necessarily in the
same order. L likes neither Pink nor Black. The one who works in Wipro
does not like Black. M likes Blue. The one who works in NIC likes White. L
works neither in NIC nor in IBM. The one who works in TCS likes Orange.
Neither L nor K works in TCS. I works in Wipro. J likes Red. J works
neither in CTS nor in IBM. O works in BEL and likes Yellow. K works in EIL.
Either N or K likes White.
आठ I, J, K, L, M, N, O और P अलग-अलग कंपिनयों म काम करते ह,
जै से TCS, Wipro, Infosys, CTS, IBM, NIC, BEL और EIL ले िकन ज री नहीं िक
इसी म म हों। उनम से ेक को अलग-अलग रं ग पसंद ह, जै से लाल, सफेद,
हरा, नीला, गुलाबी, नारं गी, काला और पीला ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म
हों। L को न तो गुलाबी न ही काला रं ग पसंद है । जो िव ो म काम करता है
उसे काला रं ग पसंद नहीं है । M को नीला रं ग पसंद है । वह जो NIC म काय
करता है , सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करता है । L न तो NIC म और न ही IBM म काय करता
है । वह जो टीसीएस म काय करता है उसे संतरा पसंद है । न तो L न ही K
TCS म काय करता है । म िव ो म काम करता ं। J को लाल रं ग पसंद है । J न तो
CTS म और न ही IBM म काय करता है । O BEL म काय करता है और पीला रं ग
पसंद करता है । K ईआईएल म काम करता है । या तो N या K को सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद
है ।
A. P
B. J
C. M
D. O
E. None of these
A. Blue
B. White
49
C. Pink
D. Green
E. None of these
A. M-IBM-Blue
B. J-NIC-Black
C. O-BEL-White
D. Both (B) and (C)
E. None of these
A. IBM
B. TCS
C. NIC
D. Can't be determined
E. None of these
Answers
1. A
2. D
3. D
4. C
5. A
50
19 . Six people sit around a triangular table such that three of them sit at
the corners and the rest sit on the middle of the side. The one who sits
at the corner faces away from the center and the one who sits on the
middle of the side towards the center. They also like cars of different
company viz Tata, Maruti, Hyundai, Ford, Nissan and Kia but not
necessary in the same order. C faces center and two people sit between
C and one who likes Ford car. The one who likes Nissan and the one who
likes Tata are immediate neighbours. E is one of the people among
them. A sits immediately right to C. The one who likes Tata car sits at the
corner. D sits second to the right of F who likes Hyundai. The one who
likes Kia sits immediate right to the one who likes Nissan car. A does not
51
like Nissan. B sits at one of the corner but does not like Ford car and Kia
car.
a. F
b. C
c. B
d. E
e. None of these
a. D
b. E
c. A
d. F
e. None of these
a. One
b. Two
52
c. Three
d. Four
e. None of these
a. Maruti
b. Hyundai
c. Nissan
d. Ford
e. None of these
a. F
b. E
c. B
d. C
e. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. A
3. B
4. D
5. C
53
20 . There are eight people Mina, Sita, Archi, Shreya, Kanya, Harshita,
Kajal and Payal are sitting in a linear table and all are facing towards the
south. All people like different Subjects i.e.Biology, Maths, History,
Accounts, Economics, Physics, Chemistry and English but not necessarily
in the same order. Mina likes Economics. Kajal sits immediate left of one
who likes Accounts. Archi and Kanya sit together but none of them like
History. Kanya does not like Chemistry. Harshita does not sit near Archi.
The immediate right of the one who sits at extreme end like Physics.
There are three people sitting between Mina and Shreya. Payal likes
54
Biology. The people who like History and Economics sit together. The
one who like Chemistry is immediate right of the one who like English.
Shreya doesn't like English. The one, who sits at extreme end, like
Biology. Shreya sits third to the right of the one who likes Biology,
who is an immediate neighbor of Kajal.
1. What is the position of Archi with respect to the one, who like
History?
इितहास पसंद करने वाले के स भ म अच का ान ा है ?
55
3. Who sits immediate left of Harshita?
हिषता के ठीक बाय कौन बैठा है ?
(a) Mina
(b) Kajal
(c) Archi
(d) Payal
(e) Kanya
4. Who sits third to the left of the one, who like Maths?
गिणत पसंद करने वाले के बाय से तीसरे ान पर कौन बैठा है ?
(a) Kanya
(b) Payal
(c) Mina
(d) Harshita
(e) Sita
5. Archi sits second to the left of the one who likes _______?
आच , _______ पसंद करने वाले के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है ?
(a) History
(b) English
(c) Accounts
(d) Economics
(e) None of these
ANSWERS:
1. D
2. A
3. B
4. B
5. D
56
21 . Eight people - Rakesh, Rimi, Kishor, Shail, Priti, Simran, Shakha and
Misti are sitting around a rectangular table, but not necessarily in the
same order. Some of them are facing inside while the rest of them are
facing outside and two sit on each side of the table but not necessarily in
the same order. Each of them likes different clothes brand i.e. Madame,
Mufti, Lee, Biba, Wrangler, Nike, Zara and Chanel. Rakesh and Kishor are
facing outward direction but not as Simran. Shail sits fourth to right of
Rimi. The one who likes Lee sits immediately to the left of Simran and
immediately to the right of Rimi. Only two people sit between Shakha
and Misti. Kishor sits second to the left of Shakha. Shakha does not like
Lee. The one who likes Wrangler sits immediately right to the one who
likes Nike. Rakesh facing away from the centre. Immediate left of Rakesh
likes Mufti, who faces the opposite to the centre. Rakesh and who likes
Mufti, does not sit on the same side of the table. Simran and Priti are
facing the same side and only two people are sitting between them.
Simran does not sit immediately next to Rakesh. Rimi sits to the
immediate right of Priti and both Priti and Rimi are facing same
direction. The one who likes Nike sits fourth to the left of the one who
likes Lee. Shail is facing same direction as Simran. The one who likes
Chanel sits second to the right of the one who likes Lee. The one who
likes Zara sits fourth to the right to the one who likes Chanel. Simran
does not like Madame. Priti sits second to the left of Rakesh.
57
ओर उ ुख है । राकेश और जो मु ी को पसंद करते ह, टे बल के एक ही तरफ
नहीं बैठते ह। िसमरन और ीित का मुख एक ही ओर है और उनके बीच केवल दो
बैठे ह। िसमरन, राकेश के ठीक बगल म नहीं बैठी है । रमी, ीित के ठीक
दाय बैठी है और ीित और रमी दोनों का मुख समान िदशा की ओर है । वह
िजसे नाइके पसंद है वह ली को पसंद करने वाले के बाय से चौथे ान पर
बैठा है । शै ल का मुख िसमरन के समान िदशा की ओर है । वह िजसे चै नल
पसंद है वह ली को पसंद करने वाले के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । वह
िजसे ज़ारा पसंद है वह चैनल पसंद करने वाले के दाय से चौथे ान पर
बैठा है । िसमरन को मैडम पसंद नहीं है । ीित, राकेश के बाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठी है ।
(a) Rimi
(b) Simran
(c) Misti
(d) Shail
(e) Rakesh
3. Who is sitting third to the left of the person who sits second to the
right of Misti?
िम ी के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठे के बाय से तीसरे ान पर कौन बैठा
है ?
(a) Kishor
(b) Simran
(c) Misti
(d) Shail
(e) None of these
58
4. Who is sitting fourth to the right of one who likes Mufti?
मु ी को पसंद करने वाले के दाय से चौथे ान पर कौन बैठा है ?
(a) Misti
(b) Shail
(c) Simran
(d) Kishor
(e) None of these
(a) Rimi
(b) Misti
(c) Shail
(d) Rakesh
(e) None of these
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. D
3. A
4. C
5. C
59
22 . Six people P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting on a triangular table facing
away from the center. Three person sit at the corner and rest sit on the
middle of the side. Each of them likes different cricketer i.e. Dhoni, Kohli,
Chahal, Rahul, Pant and Sanju but not necessary in the same order.
Q sit second to the right of the one who likes Pant. P likes Rahul but does
not sit at any of the corner. R and the one who likes Kohli Seat at the
corner but none of them is neighbor of Q who does not like Sanju. There
is one person gap between P and the one who like Chahal. Q is the
neighbor of the one who like Chahal which was not like by U. R likes
Pant. Two people seat between T and the one who like Sanju.
a. T
b. U
c. Q
d.R
e. None of these
a. Dhoni
b. Kohli
c. Rahul
60
d. Sanju
e. None of these
a. U like Chahal
b. S like Sanju
c. P seat at one of the corner
d. Q and T are neighbours
e. None of these
a. Q-Rahul
b. U-Kohli
c. R-Pant
d. T-Sanju
e. P-Dhoni
a. Dhoni
b. Rahul
c. Sanju
d. Pant
e. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. B
3. E
4. C
5. D
61
23 . Six people Tom, Nobita, Snoopy, Jerry, Mickey and Tweety are
sitting in a triangle such that three are sitting at the corner of the table
and three are sitting in the middle of the sides of the table, facing away
from the centre. All six people like different dishes among Pizza, Pasta,
Burger, Momos, Chowmein and Dhokla. Nobita sits immediate right of
the one, who likes Pizza. Tom does not like Pizza. The one who likes
Momos is to the immediate right of the one who likes Dhokla. Tweety
62
does not like Dhokla. Tom doesn’t sit at corner of the table. The one who
likes Chowmein sits second to the left of Tom. Tweety sits adjacent to
the one who likes Chowmein. Nobita is not adjacent to the one who like
Chowmein. Jerry likes Pasta. Snoopy does not like Pizza.
छह लोग टॉम, नोिबता, ूपी, जेरी, िमकी और ीटी एक ि कोण म इस तरह बैठे
ह िक तीन टे बल के कोने पर बैठे ह और तीन टे बल के िकनारों के बीच म क से
बाहर की ओर मुं ह करके बैठे ह। सभी छह यों को िप ा, पा ा, बगर,
मोमोज, चाउमीन और ढोकला के बीच अलग-अलग ंजन पसंद ह। नोिबता
िप ा पसंद करने वाले के ठीक दाय बैठा है । टॉम को िप ा पसंद नहीं है ।
मोमोज पसंद करने वाला ढोकला पसंद करने वाले के ठीक दाय बैठा है । ीटी को
ढोकला पसंद नहीं है । टॉम टे बल के कोने पर नहीं बैठा है । चाउमीन पसंद करने
वाला टॉम के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । ीटी चाउमीन पसंद करने वाले
के िनकट बैठता है । नोिबता चाउमीन पसंद करने वाले के िनकट
नहीं बैठा है । जैरी को पा ा पसंद है । ूपी को िप ा पसंद नहीं है ।
a. Snoopy
b. Tom
c. Nobita
d. Tweety
e. Mickey
a. Mickey
b. Tom
c. Jerry
d. Nobita
e. None of the above
a. Snoopy, Jerry
63
b. Nobita, Tweety
c. Tom, Mickey
d. Jerry, Mickey
e. Jerry, Tom
a. Snoopy
b. Tom
c. Nobita
d. Tweety
e. Mickey
5) How many people sits between Tom and Mickey when counted from
left of Mickey?
िमकी के बाय से िगने जाने पर टॉम और िमकी के बीच िकतने लोग बैठे ह?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
e. 0
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. D
3. D
4. A
5. E
64
24 . G, H, I, J, K, L, M and N are sitting around a rectangular table in such
a way that four of them sit at four corners while the other four sit in the
middle of each of the four sides. The one, who sit at four corners face
the center of the table while those sit in the middle of the sides face
outside. The person, who is immediate left of L, is also second to the
right of J who sits at one of the corners. J is neither an immediate
neighbour of G nor K. L is not an immediate neighbour of M. J is an
immediate neighbour of L. H is an immediate neighbour of I. K sits 3rd to
the left of I. I faces outside. Only two people sit between K and G. The
person, who is immediate right of G, is also immediately left of N.
Only one person sits between M and K. H sits to the immediate left of
the one, who is sitting to the immediate right of M.
65
बैठा है । I का मु ख बाहर की ओर है । K और G के म केवल दो बैठे ह।
वह , जो G के ठीक दाय बैठा है , N के ठीक बाय भी है ।
M और K के बीच केवल एक बैठा है । H उस के ठीक बाय बैठा है ,
जो M के ठीक दाय बैठा है ।
1. Which among the following pair sit to the immediate right and
immediate left of H respectively?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु मशः H के ठीक दाय और ठीक बाय बैठा है ?
A) Person sits immediate right of M and the person sits immediate left of
J
B) Person sits immediate right of J and the person sits immediate left of
M.
C) Person sits immediate left of J and the person sits immediate right of
M.
D) Person sits exactly between L-G and the person sits exactly between I-
M.
E) None of these
2. If N and J interchange their position then who sits third to the left of
J?
यिद N और J आपस म अपना ान बदल ले ते ह तो J के बाय से तीसरे ान पर
कौन बैठा है ?
3. How many people are sitting between the person sitting to the
immediate right of M and immediate left of M when counted from right
of N?
N के दाय से िगने जाने पर M के ठीक दाय और M के ठीक बाय बैठे यों के
बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A) 5
B) 4
C) 3
66
D) 2
E) None of these
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. E
3. A
4. E
5. D
67
25 . A certain number of people sit in a row adjacent to each other.
Some of them like different colors and others like different dishes.
People who like colors face the South and people who like dishes face
the North. Two people sit between the one, who likes Idli and the one,
who likes Dosa, who is not a neighbour of the one, who likes Pink. No-
one sits to the right of the one, who likes Pink. Six people sit between
the one, who likes Pink and the one, who likes Yellow. The one, who
likes Idli, sits third to the left of the one, who likes Yellow. Only one
person sits to the right of the one, who likes Dosa.
68
2. How many people sit between the one, who likes Pink and the one,
who likes Idli?
गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाले और इडली पसंद करने वाले के बीच िकतने
बैठे ह?
A) Fifteen
B) Seven
C) Thirteen
D) Nine
E) Eleven
3. How many people sit to the left of the one, who likes Dosa?
डोसा पसंद करने वाले के बाय ओर िकतने बैठे ह?
A) 0
B) 2
C) 10
D) 11
E) 13
4. What is the position of the one, who likes Idli from the end?
अं त से इडली पसंद करने वाले का ान ा है ?
A) Seventh
B) Eleventh
C) Tenth
D) Ninth
E) Eighth
5. If the one, who likes Orange sits third to the left of the one, who likes
Pink then how many people sit between the one, who likes Yellow and
the one, who likes Orange?
यिद नारं गी रं ग पसंद करने वाला , गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाले के
बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है , तो पीला रं ग पसंद करने वाले और नारं गी रं ग पसंद
करने वाले के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A) Seven
B) Three
C) Two
D) Nine
69
E) Eight
Answers :
1) A
2) D
3) E
4) B
5) B
70
26 . Eight persons namely A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H live in the Four Floor
building but not necessarily in the same order. Each floor has two Flat
i.e; Flat A and Flat B from left to right. The lowermost floor is floor 1 and
above it is floor 2 so on until the topmost floor is floor 4. One person
lives in each flat. Note: Flat A of Floor1 is exactly below Flat A of Floor 2
and Flat A of Floor 1 is to the left of Flat B of Floor 1. B and F do not live
on the same floor of the building but live in the same flat. G lives to the
west of D. A lives in Flat A of the third Floor. H neither lives along with
the same floor of either B or E, who lives exactly above D. Two
floors are between B and D. G lives two floors below A and both live in
the straight line.
a) F
b) H
c) C
d) E
e) D
a) None
b) One
71
c) Two
d) Same floor
e) None of these
a) A
b) B
c) E
d) G
e) F
4) Four of the following five are in the same group, which does not
belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक ही समूह म ह, जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) H
b) C
c) E
d) G
e) D
a) B
b) H
67
c) C
d) Both A and C
e) None of these
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. C
3. B
4. D
5. D
72
27 . Seven people John, Tom, Jerry, Noah, Kian, Mannu and Chintu live
on separate floors of a 7- floor building. Ground floor is numbered 1, the
first floor is numbered. 2 and so on until the topmost floor is numbered
7. Each one of these have cracked a different exam, viz RRB Clerk, RRB
PO, IBPS Clerk, IBPS PO. SBI Clerk, SBI PO and LIC AAO but not
necessarily in the same order. Only three people live between the ones
who cracked SBI PO and IBPS Clerk. Kian lives immediately above Jerry.
The one who cracked RRB Clerk does not live immediately above or
immediately below Tom. Noah does not live immediately above or
immediately below John. Chintu had not cracked IBPS PO. Only three
people live above the floor on which John lives. Only one person lives
between John and the one who cracked SBI PO. Mannu lives
immediately below the one who cracked RRB PO. The one who cracked
RRB PO lives on an even-numbered floor. Kian did not crack IBPS Clerk.
Only two people live between Tom and the one who cracked SBI Clerk.
The one who cracked SBI Clerk lives below the floor on which Tom lives.
सात जॉन, टॉम, जेरी, नूह, िकयान, म ू और िचंटू एक 7-मं िज़ला इमारत के
अलग-अलग तलों पर रहते ह। भूतल की सं ा 1 है , पहली मं िजल की सं ा है । 2
73
और इसी तरह सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा 7 है । इनम से ेक ने एक अलग
परी ा दी है , जैसे आरआरबी क, आरआरबी पीओ, आईबीपीएस क,
आईबीपीएस पीओ। एसबीआई क, एसबीआई पीओ और एलआईसी एएओ
ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। SBI PO और IBPS क को पास करने
वाले यों के बीच केवल तीन रहते ह। िकयान जे री के ठीक ऊपर
रहता है । आरआरबी क पास करने वाला टॉम के ठीक ऊपर या ठीक
नीचे नहीं रहता है । नूह यूह ा के ठीक ऊपर या ठीक नीचे नहीं रहता है । िचंटू ने
आईबीपीएस पीओ ै क नहीं िकया था। जॉन िजस मंिजल पर रहता है उसके
ऊपर केवल तीन लोग रहते ह। जॉन और SBI PO को ै क करने वाले के बीच
केवल एक रहता है । म ू, आरआरबी पीओ पास करने वाले के ठीक नीचे
रहता है । आरआरबी पीओ को ै क करने वाला एक सम सं ा वाले तल पर
रहता है । िकयान ने आईबीपीएस क ै क नहीं िकया। टॉम और SBI क को
ै क करने वाले के बीच केवल दो लोग रहते ह। एसबीआई क को ै क करने
वाला टॉम िजस मं िजल पर रहता है , उसके नीचे रहता है ।
1. Which of the following is true with respect to Chintu as per the given
information'?
िदए गए अनु सार िचंटू के संबंध म िन िल खत म से कौन सा स है
जानकारी'?
A) John
74
B) Tom
C) Noah
D) Chintu
E) Mannu
A) RRB PO
B) SBI PO
C) IBPS Clerk
D) SBI Clerk
E) IBPS PO
5. How many people live between the floors on which Noah and the one
who cracked RRB PO live?
नू ह और आरआरबी पीओ पास करने वाले के बीच िकतने लोग रहते ह?
A) None
B) Two
C) One
D) More than three
E) Three
ANSWERS:
1. A
2. B
3. E
4. E
5. B
75
28 . Seven officers i.e. J. K, L, M, N, O and P are sitting around a
rectangular table for a meeting. Some of them are facing the centre and
some of them are facing outside the centre. One of the seats is vacant.
Officers facing the same side do not sit together. Four of them are sitting
at the corner of the table and four are sitting at the middle of the table.
Two officers sit between O and N. No officer sits between J and L who
face the same direction of J. M sits second to the left of K and both of
them sit at the corner of the table. J is an immediate neighbour of M. P
faces J who faces inside. N sits between M and K.
सात अिधकारी अथात जे. के, एल, एम, एन, ओ और पी एक बैठक के िलए एक
आयताकार मे ज के चारों ओर बैठे ह। उनम से कुछ का मुख क की ओर है और
कुछ का मु ख क से बाहर की ओर है । म से एक सीट खाली है । एक ही ओर
उ ु ख अिधकारी एक साथ नहीं बैठते ह। उनम से चार मेज के कोने पर बैठे ह
और चार मे ज के म म बैठे ह। O और N के बीच दो अिधकारी बैठे ह। J और L
के बीच कोई अिधकारी नहीं बैठा है , जो J की समान िदशा की ओर उ ु ख है । M,
K के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है और दोनों मेज के कोने पर बैठे ह। J, M का
76
िनकटतम पड़ोसी है । P का मुख J की ओर है जो अंदर की ओर उ ुख है । N, M
और K के बीच म बैठा है ।
A) L
B) No one
C) J
D) M
E) O
77
5. The officer sits second to the left of __ sits second to the right of __.
अिधकारी __ के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , __ के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा
है ।
A) O and J
B) M and N
C) P and J
D) K and L
E) None of these
ANSWERS:
1) D
2) C
3) D
4) B
5) C
78
29 . There are seven members A, B, C, D, E, F and G in a family. Each of
them attends seminar in different months, viz January, February, April,
May, July, September and December but not necessarily in the same
order. Each of them belongs to a different district of Bihar, viz
Bhagalpur, Patna, Darbhanga, Madhubani, Purnia, Madhepura and Ara
but not necessarily in the same order. D attends the seminar in a month
of 30 days. Only one member attends the seminar between the one who
belongs to Purnia and the grandson of A, who is father of G. The one
who belongs to Patna attends the seminar immediately before the one
who belongs to Purnia, who is married to E. The one who belongs to Ara
attends the seminar neither in the month of 30 days nor in the month of
31 days. Only two members attend the seminar between the one
who belongs to Ara and F. B, who is father of the one who belongs to
Purnia, attends the seminar immediately after F and does not belong to
Patna. G attends the seminar immediately before C. E, who is brother-in-
law of D, belongs to Madhepura and attends the seminar in December
exactly after the father of D. The one who belongs to Bhagalpur attends
the seminar in a month of 31 days. The grandson of A does not belong to
Darbhanga. The member who attends the meeting in February is
mother-in-law of B.
79
पहले सेिमनार म भाग ले ता है । आरा से संबंिधत न तो 30 िदनों के महीने म
और न ही 31 िदनों के महीने म सेिमनार म भाग ले ता है । एक के बीच केवल दो
सद सेिमनार म भाग ले ते ह जो आरा और F से संबंिधत है । B, जो पू िणया से
संबंिधत का िपता है , F के तु रंत बाद सेिमनार म भाग ले ता है और पटना से
संबंिधत नहीं है । G, C के ठीक पहले सेिमनार म भाग ले ता है । E, जो D का दर-
इन-लॉ है , मधेपुरा से संबंिधत है और D के िपता के ठीक बाद िदसंबर म सेिमनार
म भाग ले ता है । भागलपुर से संबंिधत 31 के महीने म सेिमनार म भाग ले ता
है । िदन। A का पोता दरभंगा से संबंिधत नहीं है । सद जो फरवरी म बैठक म
भाग ले ता है वह B की सास है ।
A. None
B. Two
C. Three
D. One
E. Four
A. F
B. E
C. G
D. C
E. None of these
A. May
B. April
C. September
D. July
E. None of these
80
4. How is B related to C?
B, C से िकस कार संबंिधत है ?
A. Son
B. Daughter
C. Son-in-law
D. Daughter-in-law
E. None of these
81
82
30 . Eight students P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a circular
table facing inside but not necessarily in the same order. All of them
joined eight different activities viz. Sports, Art classes, Theater, Yoga,
Dance classes, Group cycling, Music classes and Fitness classes but not
necessarily in the same order. Only three people sit between the one
who joined Art classes and the one who joined Theater. U sits second to
the left of the one who joined the Theater. W does not joined Yoga. The
one who joined Music classes sits on the immediate right of the one who
joined Fitness classes. Only two students sit between V and the one who
has joined Group cycling. The one who joined Art classes sits second to
the right of W. Only one student sits between T and the one who
joined Sports. P sits second to the left of the one who joined Sports. W is
an immediate neighbour of R. R is not an immediate neighbour of P or T
and he does not joined Group cycling. T sits second to the left of the one
who joined in Group cycling. The one who joined Yoga is not an
immediate neighbor of W. S sits on the immediate left of the one who
joined Yoga.
83
U के सामने कौन बैठा है ?
a. S
b. Q
c. V
d. T
e. None of these
a. None
b. Two
c. Three
d. Four
e. None of these
a. U
b. P
c. S
d. R
e. None of these
a. Music classes
b. Art classes
c. Theater
d. Group cycling
e. None of these
a. V- Music classes
b. Q- Art classes
c. P- Sports
84
d. U- Fitness classes
e. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. E
2. C
3. A
4. D
5. B
85
31 . Twelve persons are sitting around two circular table one encircled
by another. Each of them is facing the centre. Six persons V, W, X, Y, Z
and U are sitting around the inner circular table and six persons G, H, I, J,
K and L are sitting around the outer circular table but not necessarily in
the same order. (Note: The persons at the outer circular table are sitting
exactly behind the persons sitting around the inner circular table.)
W sits second to the right of Z. I is an immediate neighbour of the one
who sits behind W. Only one person sits between V and U. V is not an
immediate neighbour of W. G sits behind U. Only two persons sit
between I and K. L is an immediate neighbour of G. Y is an immediate
neighbour of V. I is not sitting behind Y. H is not an immediate neighbour
of I. K is not sitting behind Y.
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. None
E. More than three
2. Four of the following are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
86
िन िल खत म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. V, G
B. X, I
C. Z, K
D. W, L
E. Y, J
A. G
B. K
C. L
D. I
E. H
A. U
B. Z
C. Y
D. W
E. None of these
A. J
B. I
C. H
D. G
E. None of these
Answers
1. B
2. A
3. E
87
4. D
5. A
88
neighbour of P faces the opposite direction with respect to P and the
person who is the neighbour of P‟s neighbour also faces the opposite
direction with respect to P‟s neighbour. Q faces the north direction. S
sits exactly at the middle of the row and faces north. D and Q both are
sitting second to the left and second to the right of S respectively. A sits
second to the right of D and faces the same direction as D. R is an
immediateneighbour of Q but doesn't sit adjacent to S. C sits second
from the left end of the row and doesn't face south. people that are
sitting at the end of the row are facing opposite directions to each other.
Atmost three people sit between D and C.
A) 12
B) 13
C) 11
D) 15
E) 14
89
A) Five, Seven
B) Seven, Five
C) Three, Two
D) Two, Three
E) Three, Three
3) Who among the following sits to the right of the person sitting to the
immediate right of Q?
िन िल खत म से कौन Q के ठीक दाय बैठे के दाय बैठा है ?
5) Four of the five are alike in a certain way and hence form a group.
Which among the following doesn't belong to that group?
पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह बनाते ह।
िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A) C
B) S
C) Q
D) R
E) D
ANSWERS:
1) D
2) E
3) A
90
4) C
5) E
33 . Twelve people named John, Rohan, Kiran, Simran, Raju, Rishu, Kishu,
Anu, Samy, Raj, Deepu and Anita. These people form two rows. People
on row 1 are facing west and People on row 2 are facing east. Kiran,
Simran, Samy, Rishu, Kishu and Anita are in row 1 and John, Rohan, Raju,
Raj, Deepu and Anu are in row 2. Each Person of row 1 is exactly
opposite the other person in row 2. Anu is third to the right of Rohan.
Raj sits to the left end of the row. Anu is not opposite to either Samy or
Anita. Raju is not opposite to Samy. Kishu is third to the right of the one,
who is opposite to Raju. John is neither opposite to Kishu nor Samy.
Samy, which is at one of the ends of the row, is second to the left of
Anita. There are four people between Raj and Deepu. Samy is third to
the left of Kiran. Rishu is not opposite to Anu. Rohan is not adjacent to
Raju .
जॉन, रोहन, िकरण, िसमरन, राजू , रशु , िकशु , अनु, सामी, राज, दीपू और अनीता
नाम के बारह लोग। ये लोग दो पं याँ बनाते ह। पं 1 के लोग पि म की ओर
उ ु ख ह और पं 2 के लोग पूव की ओर उ ुख ह। िकरण, िसमरन, सामी,
रशु , िकशु और अनीता पं 1 म ह और जॉन, रोहन, राजू , राज, दीपू और अनु
पं 2 म ह। पं 1 का ेक पं 2 म दू सरे के ठीक िवपरीत
है । अनु तीसरी है रोहन के दायी ं ओर। राज पं के बाय छोर पर बैठा है । अनु
सैमी या अनीता के िवपरीत नहीं है । राजू सैमी के िवपरीत नहीं है । िकशु, राजू के
िवपरीत बैठे के दाय से तीसरे ान पर है । जॉन न तो िकशु और न ही सैमी
के िवपरीत है । सै मी, जो पं के एक छोर पर है , के बाय से दू सरे ान पर है
अनीता। राज और दीपू के बीच चार लोग ह। सामी, िकरण के बाय तीसरा है । रशु,
अनु के िवपरीत नहीं है । रोहन, राजू के िनकट नहीं है ।
91
c. Raju is not the neighbour of the person who is opposite Kiran.
d. Kiran is 3rd to the right of Simran.
e. None of these9
a. Samy, Kishu
b. Kiran, Simran
c. Anu, John
d. Deepu, Rohan
e. Raj, Rishu
a. John
b. Raj
c. Rohan
d. Anu
e. None of these
a. Four
b. Three
c. Two
d. One
e. None of these
a. John
b. Anita
92
c. Rishu
d. Kishu
e. Samy
ANSWERS:
1. b
2. a
3. a
4. d
5. c
SOLUTIONS:
93
order. Number of people facing the north direction is equal to the
number of people facing the south direction. R is not a President. V who
is Admin sits third to the left of P who is a CEO and both are facing in the
north direction. Q sits second to the left of P. Person who is Director and
the person who is the Accountant are sitting to the immediate right of
each other. Accountant is not an immediate neighbour of an HR. U sits
four places away from Clerk who faces north. S sits second to the left of
both W and R. Neither W nor R sits at the end of the row. Less than
three people are sitting to the right of the President who faces south
and President does not at the end of the row. S is not HR. Two people sit
between HR and President.
A) Third, Clerk
B) Second, Admin
C) Third, Admin
D) Second, Clerk
E) None of the Above
94
A) The person who is an HR
B) Person who is a Director
C) U
D) Both A and C
E) Both A and B
5) What is the profession of the person who sits fourth from the left end
of the row?
पं के बाएं छोर से चौथे ान पर बैठे का पेशा ा है ?
A) Manager
B) President
C) CEO
D) HR
E) None of These
ANSWERS:
1) C
2) D
3) A
4) B
5) C
95
35 . Eight people Ajay, Bablu, Chirag, Disha, Eshan, Fiza, Geeta and Hina
are sitting around a square table facing centre but not necessarily in the
same order. Four of them sit at the corner and while others are sitting at
the middle of the sides. Each one of them has different items such as
Tablet, Mobile, Laptop and PC. Not more than two people have same
items. Chirag and the one who has Tablet are immediate neighbour.
Eshan is an immediate neighbor of the one who has Mobile items and
does not sit at corner of the table. One person sits between the one who
has Laptop and Geeta. Hina does not have Laptop. Bablu sits second to
the right of Ajay. Two people sit between Bablu and Disha. Disha and
Ajay are not immediate neighbours. Person sitting on opposite sides
have same items. Bablu has PC items and sits second to the left of
Chirag. The one who has Laptop does sit immediate right of the one who
has PC.
96
पास लै पटॉप नहीं है । बबलू, अजय के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । बबलू और
िदशा के बीच दो बैठे ह। िदशा और अजय त ाल पड़ोसी नहीं ह। िवपरीत
भुजाओं पर बैठे यों के पास समान व ुएँ ह। बबलू के पास पीसी आइटम ह
और वह िचराग के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । िजसके पास लै पटॉप है वह
पीसी रखने वाले के ठीक दाय बैठा है ।
(a) Eshan
(b) Hina
(c) Chirag
(d) Disha
(e) None of these
2. How many people sit between Hina and the one who has PC?
िहना और पीसी रखने वाले के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) None of these
3. Which of the following does not sit at the corner of the table?
िन िल खत म से कौन मेज के कोने पर नहीं बैठा है ?
(a) Hina
(b) Ajay
(c) Bablu
(d) Chirag
(e) Disha
(a) Tablet
(b) Mobile
(c) PC
97
(d) Laptop
(e) None of these
(a) Ajay
(b) Chirag
(c) Disha
(d) Geeta
(e) None of these
ANSWERS:
1.a
2.c
3.e
4.b
5.e
98
36 . Seven people i.e. P. Q, R, S, T, U and V are sitting around a
rectangular table. Some of them are facing the centre and some of them
are facing outside the centre. One of the seat is vacant. Person facing
the same side do not sit together. Four of them sitting at the corner of
the table and four are sitting at the middle of the table P is an immediate
neighbour of S. V faces P who faces inside. T sits between S and Q. No
person sits between P and R who faces same direction of P. S sits second
to the left of Q and both of them sit at the corner of the table. Two
people sit between U and T.
99
C) T sits second to the left of P
D) Either A or C
E) None of these
A) R
B) No one
C) P
D) S
E) U
5. Person sitting second to the left of __ sits second to the right of __.
__ के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा __ के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
Answers:
1) D
2) C
3) D
4) B
5) C
100
37 . Six Professors - Pik, Raj, Sam, Tom, Alpha, and Jack are attending the
101
conference in different months from April to September, but not
necessarily in the same year. They are working in different Institutes -
IIT, TIFR, IIM, NIT, IISC and IARI. Jack attends the conference three
months before the one who works in TIFR. The number of Professors
attending before the one who works in TIFR is the same as the number
of Professors attending after the one who works in IIT. Pik neither works
in TIFR nor NIT. As many Professors attend the conference before Pik is
same as after Tom, who attends immediately after Raj. Sam doesn’t
work in IISC. Only two Professors attend the conference between the
one who works in IIT and Sam, who attends two months after the
one who works in NIT. Pik attends two months after the one works in
IIM.
102
A. The one who works in IIT
B. Pik
C. The one who attends the conference in June
D. Alpha
E. The one who attends two months before Raj
A. June
B. August
C. July
D. May
E. September
ANSWERS:
1. A
2. C
103
3. E
4. B
5. D
104
J, K, L, M, N, O और P तीन अलग-अलग कंपिनयों, यानी TCS, Infosys और
Google म काम करने वाले सात दो ह। िकसी भी कंपनी म तीन से अिधक या दो
से कम काम नहीं करते ह। उनम से दो ौ ोिगकी म और दो िडिजटल वसाय म
और एक िवपणन, िव और रसद म िवशेष ता रखते ह। उनम से तीन मिहलाएं
ह, े क कंपनी म एक। समान िवशेष ता वाले िकसी भी कंपनी म एक
साथ काम नहीं करते ह। N इ ोिसस म काम करता है और माकिटं ग म
िवशे ष ता ा है । O TCS म काम करता है और ौ ोिगकी म िवशे ष ता ा
है । Google म कायरत उनम से कोई भी ौ ोिगकी म िवशेष नहीं है । K Google
म केवल P के साथ काम करता है । L और M एक साथ काम नहीं करते ह। J न तो
O और न ही L के साथ काम करता है । J िडिजटल िबजनेस म िवशेष है जबिक
उसका दो P फाइनस म िवशेष है । इनम से एक मिहला लॉिज की
िवशे ष है । K लॉिज का िवशेष नहीं है । कोई भी मिहला िव म िवशेष
नहीं है ।
A. L, P and K
B. J, K and N
C. O, K and L
D. J, K and L
E. J, M and L
3. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which of the following does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. J
105
B. M
C. N
D. O
E. P
A. Digital Business
B. Technology
C. Marketing
D. Either A or B
E. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. D
3. A
4. B
5. C
106
39 . Eleven books B1 to B11 are kept one above another in the stack
such that the bottommost position is numbered as one and the topmost
book position is numbered as eleven. All books are not necessarily in the
same order. Book B2 is kept in a prime numbered position. Only two
books are kept between book B2 and book B7 which isn't kept above
book B5. Book B4 is kept below book B10 but isn't kept immediately
below. book B6 kept one of the positions below book B9. Book, which is
kept 3rd from the top, is not B6. The position of book B8 is twice the
position of book B10. Book B5 is kept in an even-numbered position.
Book B11 is kept three books above book B5. Only one book is kept
between book B11 and book B2 which is kept below book B11. Only
three books are kept between book B8 and book B9. book B1 is kept
below book B3.
107
ठीक नीचे नहीं रखा गया है । पु क B6 ने पु क B9 के नीचे िकसी एक ित को
रखा। पु क, जो ऊपर से तीसरे ान पर रखी गई है , B6 नहीं है । पु क B8 की
ित पु क B10 की ित से दोगुनी है । पु क B5 को एक सम सं ा वाली
ित म रखा गया है । पु क B11 को पु क B5 के ऊपर तीन पु क रखी गई
ह। पु क B11 और पु क B2 के म केवल एक पु क रखी गई है जो पु क
B11 के नीचे रखी गई है । पु क B8 और पु क B9 के म केवल तीन पु क
रखी गई ह। पु क B1 को पु क B3 के नीचे रखा गया है ।
a) Book B5
b) Book which is kept 3rd to the below of book B9c) Book which is kept
4th to the above of book B4
d) Book B8
e) Book B10
2) How many books are kept between book B6 and the book which is
kept immediately above book B4?
पु क B6 और पु क B4 के ठीक ऊपर रखी पु क के म िकतनी पु क
रखी गई ह?
3) What is the position of book B3 with respect to the one which is kept
5th from the bottom?
नीचे से 5व ान पर रखी पु क के स भ म पु क B3 का ान ा है ?
108
िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से अस कथन है/ह?
a) B5 and B4
b) B6 and B10
c) B10 and B4
d) B5 and B10
e) B6 and B9
ANSWERS:
1) B
2) E
3) D
4) E
5) C
109
110
40 . Ten persons Juhi, Suman, Rekha, Shivangi, Renu, Juhi, Soumya,
Anita, Priya and Payal are sitting in a linear row such that some of them
are facing towards north while some are facing towards south direction.
Not more than two persons facing the same direction are sitting
adjacent to each other. Priya does not face north direction. Suman sits
exactly between Priya and Radha. Two persons sit between Priya and
Payal. Both Juhi and Renu sit at the end of the row and both are facing
towards the north direction. Two persons sit between Renu and
Soumya, who faces the south direction. Anita sits two places away from
Juhi. Shivangi faces north direction. Immediate neighbors of Payal are
facing the north direction. Payal sits second to the right of Anita and face
the opposite direction to that of Anita. Immediate neighbors of Soumya
face the opposite direction to each other. Rekha and Shivangi are not
immediate neighbors of each other. Renu and Rekha are not adjacent to
each other.
Question :
111
A. Anita
B. Soumya
C. Suman
D. Rekha
E. None of these
A. One
B. Six
C. Four
D. Two
E. Five
112
रे खा के ठीक बाय कौन बैठा है ?
A. Juhi
B. Soumya
C. Priya
D. Anita
E. Payal
Answers:
1. C
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. D
113
41 . Eight people from different companies, viz TCS, Wipro, Adani group,
Google, Microsoft, SBI, HDFC and Walmart, are sitting in two parallel
rows containing four people each, in such a way that there is an equal
distance between adjacent persons. In row 1 P, Q, R and S are seated
and all of them are facing south. In row 2 A, B, C and D are seated and all
of them are facing north. Therefore in the given seating arrangement
each member seated in a row faces another member of the other row. R
sits second to right of the person from Walmart. The person fromTCS
faces the person from SBI. C is not from SBI. A is not from Google. Q
does not sit at any of the extreme ends of the line. The person from
Walmart does not face the person from Wipro. C is an immediate
neighbour of the person who faces the person from Walmart. Only
one person sits between C and the person from Google. The immediate
neighbour of the person from Google faces the person from Adani
group. A does not face the person from Walmart. B faces the person
from Microsoft. The one who faces D sits to the immediate left of P.
114
(a) The person fromTCS faces P
(b) The person from Walmart is an immediate neighbour of P
(c) P faces the person who sits second to the right of C
(d) P is from SBI
(e) P sits at one of the extreme ends of the line
Q3. Who amongst the following sit at extreme ends of the rows?
िन िल खत म से कौन पं के अंितम छोर पर बैठा है ?
Q4. Who amongst the following faces the person from Walmart?
िन िल खत म से कौन वॉलमाट के की ओर उ ुख है ?
115
(a) Wipro
(b) Adani group
(c) Walmart
(d) HDFC
(e) SBI
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. E
3. D
4. A
5. D
116
Each employee has been allocated to a department as per increasing
order of experience with the one in HR being the least experienced
whilst the one in Production being the most experienced. Both I and L
have less experience than the one who likes Oppo. L neither likes
Samsung nor is the least experienced employee. Only one person has
more experience than H. K works in Finance. The one who likes Apple is
more experienced than the one who likes Nokia but less experienced
than K. The one who likes Apple does not work in Sales. J is more
experienced than the one who likes Apple but less experienced than the
one who likes Redmi. H does not like Redmi. G likes Lenovo. The one
who likes Oppo is less experienced than J. The one who likes Samsung is
the 3rd most experienced person but neither this person nor H works in
either the Sales or Marketing department. H does not work in Admin
whereas J does not work in Accounts. K is more experienced than G.
117
A. Vivo
B. Nokia
C. Apple
D. Redmi
E. None of these
2. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on the given
arrangement and so form a group. Which is the one that does not
belong to that group?
िदए गए आधार पर िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह
व ा और इसिलए एक समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से
संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. M – J
B. H – K
C. K – L
D. G – I
E. M – H
A. M - I
B. G – J
C. M – J
D. I – J
E. None of these11
A. Redmi – HR
B. Redmi - Production
C. Admin – Vivo
D. Accounts – Oppo
E. None of these
118
5. As per the given arrangement, HR is related to Nokia and Finance is
related to Oppo in a certain way. Which of the following is Marketing
related to in the same manner?
दी गई व ा के अनुसार, एचआर नोिकया से संबंिधत है और िव एक िनि त
तरीके से ओ ो से संबंिधत है । िन िल खत म से कौन-सा िवपणन इसी कार से
संबंिधत है ?
B. Samsung
C. Apple
D. Cannot be determined
E. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. A
2. E
3. A
4. B
5. C
119
43 . Study the following information carefully and answer the questions
given below. Nine friends Arun, Mitu, Shikha, Arjun, Sohan, Monu,
Ankita, Archi, and Simran are going on a tour one after another in
sequential order but not necessarily in the same order. Three friends go
on a tour between Simran and Shikha. As many friends go on a tour
between Arun and Simran as between Shikha and Arun. Two friends go
on a tour between Arun and Archi. Only three friends go on a tour after
Ankita. Neither Shikha nor Simran goes at first and at last. Sohan goes on
a tour three friends before Monu. Mitu goes on a tour before Arjun but
not immediately before Arjun. Archi is going on a tour neither at last nor
immediately after Simran.
a) Two
b) Three
c) Four
d) One
e) No one
120
a) As many friends go to a tour between Simran and Ankita
b) As many friends go to a tour between Mitu and Ankita14
c) As many friends go to a tour between Sohan and Monu
d) As many friends go to a tour between Monu and Shikha
e) Both B & D
3) Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thus form a
group as per the given arrangement. Which of the following does not
belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इस कार दी गई
व ा के अनुसार एक समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से
संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) Sohan, Simran
b) Ankita, Monu
c) Arun, Shikha
d) Shikha, Arjun
e) Simran, Arun
a) Monu
b) Ankita
c) Shikha
d) Arun
e) Archi
a) Shikha
b) Mitu
c) Arjun
d) Ankita
e) Monu
121
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. B
3. B
4. E
5. D
122
2nd to the right of Tina who is opposite to Neha. Arya was to the
immediate left of Rohan.
बारह महेश, नेहा, आय, ि या, कुमार, रोहन, सोहन, टीना, उमा, िवशाल,
वसीम और आिद क के बाहर की ओर मुख करके एक वगाकार मे ज के चारों
ओर बैठे ह। े क कोने पर एक और ेक भुजा पर दो थे। नेहा
और िवशाल को 3 यों के अंतर पर बैठाया गया। िवशाल, सोहन के पड़ोसी
के िवपरीत है । ि या, उमा की पड़ोसन के सामने बैठी थी। वसीम, आिद के दाय
तीसरा था। वसीम महेश के िवपरीत बैठा था। सोहन, कुमार के दाय तीसरा था जो
एक कोने पर बैठा था। ि या, टीना के दाय से दू सरी थी जो नेहा के िवपरीत है । आय
को था रोहन के ठीक बाय।
(a) Sohan
(b) Rohan
(c) Priya
(d) Tina
(e) Kumar
3. How many persons are sitting between Wasim and Rohan, when
counted from left of Rohan?
रोहन के बाय से िगनने पर वसीम और रोहन के म िकतने बैठे ह?
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
(e) 6
123
4. Which of the following odd out of rest?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा आराम से बाहर है ?
(a)Tina, Neha
(b) Wasim, Mahesh
(c) Kumar,Priya
(d) Vishal, Arya
(e) Sohan, Rohan
(a) Kumar
(b) Rohan
(c) Vishal
(d) Neha
(e) Mahesh
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)E
3)B
4)D
5)B
124
45 . There are seven students i.e., Himesh, Irshad, Jai, Kalam, Lalit, Mona
and Nida of a school and all of them are studying on seven different
standards of a school viz. 12th, 11th, 10th, 9th, 8th, 7th and 6th but not
necessarily in the same order. All the standards given are to be
considered in a given order (12th is considered as Senior-most and 6th is
considered as the Junior-most). There are more than two student’s
standard between Jai and Nida. Jai is not the junior-most student. Kalam
is senior to Jai. Lalit is neither in 8th nor 6th. Mona is junior to Himesh.
Only two students are senior to Irshad. Only one student’s standard is
between Irshad and Nida. There are more than two student’s
standard between Kalam and Jai.
125
एक ू ल के सात छा अथात िहमेश, इरशाद, जय, कलाम, लिलत, मोना और
िनदा ह और ये सभी एक ू ल के सात अलग-अलग मानकों पर पढ़ रहे ह अथात।
12वां , 11वां , 10वां, 9वां , 8वां, 7वां और 6वां ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म
हो। िदए गए सभी मानकों को िदए गए म म माना जाना है (12वी ं को सबसे व र
माना जाता है और 6व को सबसे किन माना जाता है )। जय और िनदा के बीच दो
से अिधक छा ह। जय सबसे जूिनयर छा नहीं है । कलाम जय से व र ह। लिलत
न तो 8व और न ही 6व म है । मोना िहमेश से जूिनयर ह। केवल दो छा इरशाद से
व र ह। इरशाद और िनदा के बीच केवल एक छा का मानक है । दो से अिधक
छा ह कलाम और जय के बीच मानक।
A. Irshad, Himesh
B. Nida, Lalit
C. Kalam, Lalit
D. Himesh, Mona
E. Nida, Irshad
A. Kalam
B. Himesh
C. The one who is in standard 10th
D. Nida
E. None of these
A. Irshad
B. Jai
C. Kalam
D. Moma
E. None of these
126
A. Two
B. As many students in standard between Kalam and Lalit.
C. Three
D. As many students in standard between Nida and Jai.
E. None of these
A. Jai
B. Mona
C. Nida
D. Himesh
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)C
3)D
4)D
5)A
127
128
46 .P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live on seven different floors of a building but
not
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor of the building is
numbered one and the topmost floor is numbered seven. Each one of
them also likes a different game, viz Snooker, Badminton, Chess, Ludo,
Cricket, Hockey and Polo, but not necessarily in the same order. They
have different heights but two of them have the same height.
Only three persons live between Q and T. Q lives on one of the floors
above T, who does not live on the lowermost floor. The one who likes
Cricket is taller than only two persons. Only one person lives between
the one who is the tallest and the one who likes Chess. The ones who
like Hockey and Polo are shorter than V. The one who likes Polo lives on
one of the even-numbered floors above the one who likes Chess. Only
two persons live between V and the one who likes Chess. The one who
likes Snooker lives immediately above V. P lives immediately above U.
The one who lives on the fifth floor is the second tallest, P neither likes
Chess nor he is equal to S. U is smaller than only Q. The one who likes
Ludo lives on one of the odd- numbered floors below U. V does not like
Ludo. S lives on one of the floors above R. Only one person livesbetween
the one who likes Cricket and the one who likes Hockey. S does not
like Cricket. V does not like Badminton. Those who play Snooker and
Ludo have the same heights.
129
ऊपर िकसी एक सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है । V और शतरं ज पसंद करने
वाले के बीच केवल दो रहते ह। ूकर पसंद करने वाला V के ठीक
ऊपर रहता है । P, U के ठीक ऊपर रहता है । जो पां चवी ं मंिजल पर रहता है
वह दू सरा सबसे लं बा है , P को न तो शतरं ज पसंद है और न ही वह S के बराबर है ।
U केवल Q से छोटा है । वह जो लू डो पसंद करता है U के नीचे िवषम सं ा वाली
मं िजलों म से एक पर रहता है । V को लू डो पसंद नहीं है । S, R के ऊपर िकसी एक
मं िजल पर रहता है । ि केट पसंद करने वाले और हॉकी पसंद करने वाले के बीच
केवल एक रहता है । स नहीं है ि केट की तरह। V को बैडिमं टन पसंद नहीं
है । ूकर और लू डो खेलने वालों की ऊंचाई समान होती है ।
A. V, P
B. P, S
C. T, R
D. U, T
E. Can't be determined
130
A. T
B. The one who likes Ludo
C. The one who likes Polo
D. The one who likes Hockey
E. Can't be determined
5. How many floors are there between the persons whose heights are
equal?
िजन यों की ल ाई समान है उनके बीच िकतनी मंिजल ह?
A. One
B. None
C. Three
D. Four
E. None of these
Answers
1. A
2. C
3. D
4. E
5. A
131
47 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q live in a building, but not
necessarily in the same order. There are eight floors in that building and
only one person lives on each floor. Each of them likes a different sports,
viz Cricket, Football, Volleyball, Tennis, Kabaddi, Badminton, Hockey and
Rugby but not necessarily in the same order. The ground floor of the
building is numbered one and the floor above it is numbered two and so
on. The topmost floor of the building is numbered eight. The one who
likes Rugby lives immediately above the floor on which the one
who likes Badminton lives. The one who lives immediately below the
one who likes Volleyball, lives on an odd-numbered floor but he does
not live on the floor numbered one or three. N does not live on the
ground floor. Only one person lives between the floors on which K, who
likes Tennis, and the one who likes Volleyball live. Only three persons
live between the floors on which K and O live. O likes Hockey. Only two
persons live between the floors on which M and O live. M likes Football.
M lives above the floor on which O lives. L lives immediately above the
floor on which J lives. There live only three persons between the floors
132
on which J and the one who likes Badminton lives. N likes Cricket and P
does not like Badminton.
1. How many persons live between the floors on which P and Q live? P
और Q की मंिजलों के बीच िकतने रहते ह?
A. One
B. None
C. Two
D. Four
E. Three
A. First
B. Fifth
C. Second
D. Seventh
E. Eighth
133
3. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. M
B. J
C. Q
D. N
E. O
4. If all the persons are made to live in alphabetical order from top to
bottom, then the positions of how many will remain unchanged? यिद
सभी यों को ऊपर से नीचे तक वणानु म म रहने के िलए बनाया गया है , तो
िकतने लोगों की ित अप रवितत रहे गी?
A. Three
B. One
C. Two
D. None
E. Four
A. K
B. J
C. M
D. Q
E. None of these
134
48 . P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a square table. Four of
them sit at the corners while the remaining four sit in the middle of the
sides. Those who like fruits face the centre while those who like sweets
face outward. T faces outward. P likes Laddu. W likes Apple and sits third
to the right of the one who likes Rasagulla. R, who doesn't like sweets,
sits second to the left of W. U is not an immediate neighbour of R or W
but likes Orange. S sits second to the left of U. V likes Peda and the one
who likes Banana sits on the immediate right of V. T is not an immediate
135
neighbour of S. One of the them likes Grapes. One of the them likes
Petha.
1. Who among the following sits opposite the one who likes Grapes?
िन िल खत म से कौन अंगूर पसंद करने वाले के िवपरीत बैठा है ?
A. V
B. The one who likes Banana
C. S
D. The one who likes Rasagulla
E. T
A. V
B. Q
C. S
D. T
E. R
3. Who among the following sits exactly between Q and the one who
likes Laddu?
िन िल खत म से कौन Q और लड् डू पसंद करने वाले के ठीक बीच म बैठा
है ?
A. V
B. O
136
C. S
D. R
E. T
A. R is an immediate neighbour of S.
B. R faces the centre and likes Rasagulla.
C. R faces outward and likes Banana.
D. R sits on the immediate left of T.
E. None of these
5. What is the position of the one who likes Peda with respect to Q?
Q के स भ म पेड़ा पसंद करने वाले का ान ा है ?
Answers -
1. B
2. D
3. C
4. D
5.C
137
49 . Eight people-Alex, Jack, Lev, James, Mac, Sem, Van, and Wim go for
a party on different dates among 3th, 6th, 9th, 11th, 15st, 18th, 21th,
and 23th in the same month. Alex goes at least six days after Lev. Only
two people go for a party between Mac and James. At most one person
goes for a party between James and Sem. Lev doesn’t go for a party
adjacent to Sem. Jack goes for a party three days before Van. Only three
people go for a party between Van and Wim. James doesn’t go on an
even numbered date. Alex goes for a party one of the dates before Mac
and one of the dates after Wim.
138
लोग पाट के िलए जाते ह। जे सम सं ा वाली तारीख पर नहीं जाता है । एले
मै क से पहले की तारीखों म से एक और िवम के बाद की तारीखों म से एक पाट के
िलए जाता है ।
1) Which among the following person goes for a party just before Wim?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा िवम से ठीक पहले पाट म जाता है ?
2) After how many days Van goes for a party with respect to Mac?
मै क के स भ म वैन िकतने िदनों के बाद िकसी पाट म जाती है ?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five
D. Six
E. Seven
4) Four of the following five are related in a certain way and hence form
a group. Find the one which doesn’t belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से संबंिधत ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Alex-9th
B. James-21th
C. Sem-23th
139
D. Mac-11th
E. Van-6th
140
50 . Six people - A, B, C, D, E, and F were born in different months from
April to September, but not necessarily in the same year. They like
different colors - red, green, blue, white, black and violet. A was born
two months after the one who likes blue. Only two people were born
between the one who likes red and C, who was born two months after
the one who likes white. A neither like green nor white. As many people
were born before A is the same as after D, who was born immediately
after B. C doesn’t like black. F was born three months before the one
who likes green. The number of people born before the one who likes
green is the same as the number of people born after the one
who likes red.
छह - A, B, C, D, E, और F का ज अ ैल से िसतंबर तक अलग-अलग
महीनों म आ था, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक एक ही वष म हो। उ अलग-अलग रं ग
पसंद ह - लाल, हरा, नीला, सफेद, काला और बगनी। A का ज नीला रं ग पसंद
करने वाले के दो महीने बाद आ था। लाल रं ग पसंद करने वाले और C के
बीच केवल दो लोग पैदा ए थे, जो सफेद पसंद करने वाले के दो महीने बाद पै दा
141
आ था। A को न तो हरा और न ही सफ़ेद पसंद है । िजतने लोग A से पहले पै दा
ए थे उतने ही D के बाद पैदा ए थे, जो B के ठीक बाद पैदा ए थे। C को काला
रं ग पसंद नहीं है । F का ज हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाले से तीन महीने पहले
आ था। हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाले से पहले पैदा ए लोगों की सं ा, एक
के बाद पैदा ए लोगों की सं ा के समान है िजसे लाल पसंद है ।
1) How many people were born between E and the one who likes violet?
E और बगनी रं ग पसंद करने वाले के म िकतने पैदा ए थे?
A. One
B. Two
C. As many people born between B and A
D. Four
E. As many people born between F and D
3) As many people who were born after the one who was born in April
are the same as the people born before ____.
िजतने लोग अ ैल म पैदा ए के बाद पैदा ए ह उतने ही लोग ____ से
पहले पैदा ए ह।
A. June
142
B. August
C. July
D. May
E. September
A. The one who was born two people before F was born
B. E
C. The one who was born in June
D. A
E. D
143
51 . Seven boxes J, K, L, M, N, O and P are kept one above the other
containing different numbers of pencils ranging 10-90 but not
necessarily in the same order. The number of pencils in the box P is a
cube of a number but not 64. Only one box is kept between the boxes
containing 37 and 39 pencils. The box M has less number of pencils than
the boxes J. One of the boxes contains 72 pencils. Only five boxes are
kept between the box containing 62 pencils and the box L. The box P is
immediately above the box N. Not more than four boxes are kept
above J. Only two boxes are kept between J and the box containing 37
pencils, which is kept below the box J. M contains thrice the number of
pencils in box K. The box L contains 45 pencils and is not kept at the top.
The box M is not kept immediately above or below the box K. Only three
boxes are kept between the box M and the box O. The box M is kept
above the box O.
144
A. P
B. L
C. J
D. O
E. None of these
2. Which of the following boxes is kept exactly between the box M and
the box K?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा िड ा, िड ा M और िड ा K के ठीक बीच म रखा
गया है ?
A. P, N
B. K, L
C. K, J
D. O, L
E. None of these
3. Which of the following boxes contain the maximum and the minimum
number of pencils respectively?
िन िल खत म से िकस बॉ म मशः अिधकतम और ू नतम सं ा म पिसल
ह?
A. P, J
B. N, L
C. O, K
D. K, M
E. None of these
A. 45-M
B. 13-K
C. 37-N
D. 62-J
E. None of these
145
A. 45
B. 37
C. 39
D. 13
E. None of these
1. D
2. A
3. C
4. A
5. B
146
each day. There are two employees each who attend meetings of
Production, Marketing and Maintenance and only one employee attends
meeting of Administration. S attends meeting on Thursday. Two persons
attend meeting between S and one who attends meeting of
Maintenance. Three persons attend meeting between one who attends
meeting of Production and the one who attends meeting of
Administration. The ones who attends meetings of Production
attend before the one who attends meeting of Administration. The one
who attends meeting of Administration does not attends on Saturday.
The number of persons who attend meeting between S and the one who
attends meeting of Administration is the same as the number of persons
who attend meeting between V and one who attends meeting of
Marketing. The ones who attend meetings of Marketing attend before V.
V does not attend meeting of Maintenance. X attends meeting on the
day immediately before the day on which S attends. V does not attend
meeting on the day just after the day on which S attends. The number of
persons who attend meeting between S and W is the same as the
number of persons who attend meeting between S and Y. W
attends meeting on one of the days before the day on which Y attends.
U attends meeting of Production. Y does not attend meeting of
Marketing.
147
बाद वाले िदन मीिटं ग म शािमल नहीं होता है । S और W के बीच बैठक म भाग ले ने
वाले यों की सं ा S और Y के बीच बैठक म भाग ले ने वाले यों की
सं ा के समान है । W िजस िदन Y भाग ले ता है उससे पहले िकसी एक िदन बैठक
म भाग ले ता है । U उ ादन की बैठक म भाग ले ता है । Y माकिटं ग की बैठक म
भाग नहीं ले ता है ।
A. Marketing
B. Maintenance
C. Production
D. Administration
E. Either (A) and (B)
A. U
B. V
C. T
D. S
E. None of these
A. V
B. T
C. W
D. Y
E. U
A. Y-Friday
148
B. T-Saturday
C. X-Thursday
D. W-Friday
E. W-Tuesday
A. Three
B. More than three
C. Two
D. One
E. None
Answers -
1. A
2. A
3. E
4. E
5.B
149
53 . Seven Bags of different fruits Apple, Banana, Blackberry, Orange,
Grapes, Peach and Papaya are placed on 7 shelves such that the
lowermost shelf is numbered as 1 and the topmost shelf is numbered as
7. The Blackberry fruit Bag is placed on a prime numbered shelf but not
on the 2nd shelf. Only two Bags are placed between the Blackberry fruit
Bag and the Grapes fruit Bag but the Grapes fruit Bag is placed below the
Blackberry fruit Bag. The Papaya-fruit Bag is placed above the Grapes
fruit Bag. Only one Bag is placed between the Papaya fruit bag and the
Apple fruit bag. The Blackberry fruit Bag and Apple fruit Bag are not
placed adjacent to each other. Banana fruit Bag is placed below the
Apple fruit Bag on odd-numbered shelf. The Peach fruit Bag is not placed
adjacent to a Blackberry fruit Bag.
अलग-अलग फलों के सात बैग सेब, केला, ैकबेरी, संतरा, अंगूर, आड़ू और
पपीता को 7 अलमा रयों पर इस तरह रखा गया है िक सबसे िनचली शे की
सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर की शे की सं ा 7 है । ैकबेरी फलों की थै ली
को एक मु ख ान पर रखा गया है । मांिकत शे ले िकन दू सरी शे पर
नहीं। ैकबे री ू ट बैग और े ू ट बैग के बीच केवल दो बैग रखे गए ह
ले िकन े ू ट बैग ैकबेरी ू ट बैग के नीचे रखा गया है । पपीता- ू ट बैग को
अं गूर ू ट बैग के ऊपर रखा जाता है । पपीते के फल के थैले और सेब के फल के
थैले के बीच केवल एक थैला रखा गया है । ैकबेरी ू ट बैग और ए ल ू ट बैग
एक दू सरे से सटे ए नहीं रखे गए ह। केले के फलों का थैला िवषम सं ा वाले
शे पर से ब के फल के थैले के नीचे रखा गया है । पीच ू ट बैग को ैकबे री
ू ट बैग के बगल म नहीं रखा जाता है ।
A.Papaya
B.Orange
C.Grapes
150
D.Apple
E.Peach
2)How many shelves are below the shelf on which Peach fruit Bag is
placed?
िजस शे पर पीच ू ट बैग रखा है , उसके नीचे िकतने शे ह?
A.Three
B.Four
C.Five
D.Two
E.None of the above
3)Which of the following Bag is placed just below the Grapes fruit Bag?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा थैला अंगूर फल के थैले के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है ?
A.Apple
B.Papaya
C.Orange
D.Blackberry
E.Can’t be determined
4)How many shelves are below the shelf on which Banana fruit Bag is
placed?
िजस शे पर केले के फलों का थै ला रखा है, उसके नीचे िकतने शे ह?
A.Three
B.Four
C.Five
D.Two
E.None of the above
5)Which of the following Bag is placed just below the Apple fruit Bag?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा थैला सेब के फल के थै ले के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है ?
A.Peach
B.Papaya
C.Orange
D.Blackberry
E.Can’t be determined
151
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)E
3)A
4)E
5)A
152
54 . Six people sit around a triangular table. Three people sit at the
middle of the sides of the table and the rest three sit at corners of the
table. Some people face inside and some face outside the table. Chaya
sits fourth to the right of Bhuvi. Chaya and Eshan face the same direction
but opposite to Bhuvi. Eshan does not sit at any corner of the table.
Anshu and Dinesh face each other. Chaya sits second to the right of
Dinesh. Faizal sits adjacent to Chaya and faces outside.
153
3)What is the position of Bhuvi with respect to Dinesh?
िदनेश के स भ म भुवी का ान ा है ?
A. 3rd to the right
B. Immediate left
C. 5th to the right
D. 2nd to the left
E. 2nd to the right
4)Four among the following five are the same in a certain way and
related to a group. Which among the following does not belong to the
group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और एक समूह से
संबंिधत ह। िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. Anshu-Eshan
B. Faizal-Eshan
C. Chaya-Dinesh
D. Bhuvi-Dinesh
E. Faizal-Bhuvi
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)C
3)D
4)E
5)B
154
55 . Seven persons viz. Ac, Bc, Cc, Dc, Ec, Fc, and Gc are staying in a
seven-storey building, but not necessarily in the same order. Each of
them like different color viz. Red, Blue, Green, Violet, Pink, Golden, and
Silver. The lowermost floor is numbered 1 and the floor immediately
above is numbered 2 and so on. The number of floors above Gc is the
same as the number of floors below the one who likes Violet. Ec stays
three floors away from the one who likes Violet. Dc like Golden but
doesn’t stay above Bc. The one who likes Red stays on the topmost floor.
Cc does not like Silver whereas Ec does not like Blue. The one who likes
Green doesn’t stay below Fc. Bc stays on an even-numbered floor and
immediately below the one who likes Silver. Only two floors are there
between the one who likes Silver and Gc, who likes Pink. The number of
floors between Bc and Dc is the same as the number of floors between
Ec and Ac .
सात अथात। एसी, बीसी, सीसी, डीसी, ईसी, एफसी और जीसी एक सात
मं िजला इमारत म रहते ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से ेक
155
को अलग-अलग रं ग पसंद ह अथात। लाल, नीला, हरा, बगनी, गुलाबी, सुनहरा
और चां दी। सबसे नीचे वाले तल की सं ा 1 है और ठीक ऊपर वाले तल की
सं ा 2 है और इसी कार आगे भी। Gc के ऊपर की मंिजलों की सं ा बगनी
पसंद करने वाले के नीचे की मंिजलों की सं ा के समान है । Ec बगनी रं ग
पसंद करने वाले से तीन मंिजल दू र रहता है । Dc को गो न पसंद है
ले िकन Bc से ऊपर नहीं रहता है । वह िजसे लाल रं ग पसंद है वह सबसे
ऊपर वाली मं िजल पर रहता है । Cc को िस र पसंद नहीं है जबिक Ec को नीला
रं ग पसंद नहीं है । हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाला Fc के नीचे नहीं रहता है । Bc
एक सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है और चाँ दी पसंद करने वाले के
ठीक नीचे रहता है । केवल दो मंिजल ह िस र रं ग पसंद करने वाले और
गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाले Gc के बीच। Bc और Dc के बीच की मं िजलों की
सं ा Ec और Ac के बीच की मंिजलों की सं ा के समान है ।
156
4) The number of floors above the one who like Green is the same as the
number of floors below the one who like _____.
हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाले के ऊपर मंिजलों की सं ा समान है _____ पसंद करने
वाले के नीचे मंिजलों की सं ा।
A. Golden
B. Blue
C. Silver
D. Violet
E. None of these
ANSWERS:
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. C
5. E
157
158
56 . Ten persons are sitting in two rows containing five persons each. In
row 1, A, B, C, D and E are sitting and all of them are facing north. In row
2, F, G, H, I, O are sitting and all of them are facing south. In the given
seating arrangement each member sitting in a row faces another
member of the other row. Moreover, each of them likes a different
subject, viz Maths, Science, History, Civics, Zoology, Biology, Hindi,
English, Sanskrit and Botany, but not necessarily in the same order.
E sits exactly in the middle of the row and faces the one who likes
Zoology. Only one person sits between I and the one who likes Zoology. I
faces one of the immediate neighbours of the one who likes Biology.
Only two persons sit between B and the one who likes Biology. B faces
the one who likes English. F faces one of the immediate neighbours of C.
F does not like English. D is an immediate neighbour of C. The one who
likes Civics is not an immediate neighbour of C. O is not an immediate
neighbour of F and faces the one who likes Science. H faces the one who
likes Sanskrit. The one who likes Botany faces north. F does not face the
one who likes Botany. The one who likes Maths sits on the immediate
right of the one who likes Hindi. I does not like Maths.
159
िजसे नाग रक शा पसंद है वह C का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है . O, F का
िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है और उसका मुख िव ान पसंद करने वाले की
ओर है . H का मुख सं ृ त पसंद करने वाले की ओर है । वन ित िव ान
पसंद करने वाला उ र की ओर उ ुख है । F का मुख बॉटनी पसंद करने
वाले की ओर नहीं है । वह िजसे गिणत पसंद है वह िहं दी पसंद करने
वाले के ठीक दाय बैठा है . मुझे गिणत पसंद नहीं है ।
1. Which of the following pairs sit at the extreme ends of the rows?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु पं यों के अंितम छोर पर बैठा है ?
A. G,A
B. G,C
C. F,E
D. I,D
E. H,C
160
5. Who among the following is the immediate neighbour of the one who
likes Botany?
िन िल खत म से कौन वन ित िव ान पसंद करने वाले का िनकटतम
पडोसी है ?
A. The one who likes Biology
B. The one who likes Hindi
C. The one who likes Science
D. B
E. O
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. A
161
the middle of each of the four sides, but not necessarily in the same
order. The ones who sit at the four corners face the centre of the table
while those who sit in the middle of the sides do not face the centre.
Each of them works in a different bank, viz PNB, OBC, UBI, UCO, SBI, BOI,
BOB and BOM, but not necessarily in the same order. L sits third to the
left of the one who works in BOM. The one who works in BOM does not
face the centre. Only two persons sit between L and Q. The one who
works in PNB sits on the immediate right of Q. The one who works in SBI
sits second to the right of P. P is neither an immediate neighbour of Q
nor of L. P does not work in BOM. Only one person sits between J and
the one who works in SBI. M sits on the immediate left of the one who
works in BOI. P does not work in BOI. N works in BOB. N is not an
immediate neighbour of J. The one who works in OBC is an immediate
neighbour of N. The one who works in UCO bank is an immediate
neighbour of O.
1. Who among the following sits diagonally opposite the one who works
in PNB?
िन िल खत म से कौन पीएनबी म काम करने वाले के ितरछे िवपरीत बैठा
है ?
A. The one who works in OBC
B. M
162
C. J
D. The one who works in UBI
E. The one who works in UCO Bank
5. What is the position of the one who works in BOI with respect to P?
P के स भ म BOI म काय करने वाले का ान ा है ?
A. Second to the left
B. Third to the right
C. Fourth to the left
D. Second to the right
E. Third to the left
Answers -
163
1. A
2.. D
3. E
4. E
5.E
164
छाया, इिशता के ठीक दाय बैठी है । अमर, ईशान के दाय बैठा है । ईशान और भानु
का मु ख िवपरीत िदशाओं म है ।
165
ग रमा के दाय िकतने बैठे ह?
A.Five
B.One
C.Six
D.Seven
E.Three
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)A
3)C
4)C
5)D
59 . Six people Alok, Brijesh, Chandni, Dharm, Eva and Faizan (but not in
the same order as given) work in a hospital on different designations like
Junior doctor, Manager, Sr. manager, Doctor, Emergency officer and
H.O.D. The designations are given in increasing order of their seniority
i.e., Junior doctor is junior most designation and H.O.D. is senior most
designation. All the people also like different fruits. Chandni likes Mango
and is just junior to Faizan who is not junior to Doctor. Dharm is neither
just junior nor just senior to Eva. The one who likes papaya is
junior to the one who likes Apple and senior to the one who likes
Orange. The Manager does not like Banana. Brijesh is three designations
senior to the one who likes grapes. More than two people work between
Brijesh and Eva. Dharm does not like grapes and Apple.
छह लोग आलोक, बृजेश, चां दनी, धम, ईवा और फैजान (ले िकन िदए गए म म
नहीं) एक अ ताल म अलग-अलग पदों पर काम करते ह जैसे जूिनयर डॉ र,
मै नेजर, सीिनयर मै नेजर, डॉ र, आपातकालीन अिधकारी और एच.ओ.डी.
पदनाम उनकी व र ता के बढ़ते म म िदए गए ह यानी, जूिनयर डॉ र सबसे
166
जू िनयर पदनाम है और एच.ओ.डी. व र तम पदनाम है । सभी लोगों को अलग-
अलग फल भी पसंद होते ह। चां दनी को आम पसंद है और वह फैजान से ठीक
जू िनयर है जो डॉ र से जूिनयर नहीं है । धम ईवा से न तो िसफ जूिनयर है और न
ही सीिनयर है । पपीता पसंद करने वाला है सेब पसंद करने वाले से किन
और संतरा पसंद करने वाले से व र । मैनेजर को केला पसंद नहीं है ।
बृजेश, अंगूर पसंद करने वाले से तीन पद व र ह। बृजेश और ईवा के बीच
दो से अिधक काम करते ह। धम को अंगूर और सेब पसंद नहीं है ।
167
5)Which of the following statement is correct about Dharm?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन धम के बारे म सही है ?
A. is junior to Brijesh
B. likes papaya
C. is H.O.D.
D. is not senior to Doctor
E. Three people are senior to Dharm
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)D
3)B
4)E
5)C
60 . Eight people i.e., Anuj, Balvinder, Chaya, Divya, Era, Farukh, Giri and
Harsh live in two different flats (but not necessarily in the same order)
viz. Flat 1 and Flat 2 of a four-floor building such that the lowermost
floor is numbered as 1 and the floor just above it is numbered as 2 and
168
so on till the topmost floor is numbered as 4. Flat 1 is to the west of Flat
2 whereas Flat 1 of floor 2 is immediately above Flat 1 of floor 1 and Flat
2 of floor 2 is immediately above Flat 2 of floor 1. Anuj lives to the north
west of Harsh. Anuj lives below Divya’s floor. Chaya lives on an even
numbered floor. Farukh lives to the north east of Era. Farukh and
Divya live in different flats. Divya lives two floors above Giri on an even
numbered floor. Giri lives in odd numbered flat. Harsh lives on an odd
numbered floor. Farukh lives just above Chaya’s flat.
1)In which of the following flat and floor does Balvinder live?
िन िल खत म से िकस ैट और मंिजल म बलिवंदर रहता है ?
A. Flat 1, floor 3
B. Flat 2, floor 3
C. Flat 1, floor 4
D. Flat 2, floor 4
E. Flat 2, floor 1
2)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one who doesn’t belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। उस को खोज जो समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Giri
B. Chaya
C. Divya
D. Balvinder
E. Era
169
3)Which among the following statement(s) is/are true?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन स है /ह?
I. Anuj lives on an odd numbered floor
II. Farukh and Harsh lives in the same flat
III. Chaya lives in Flat 1
A. Both I and II
B. Both II and III
C. Only I
D. Both I and III
E. Only III
5)Who among the following lives with Giri on the same floor?
िन िल खत म से कौन िग र के साथ एक ही मंिजल पर रहता है ?
A. Farukh
B. Balvinder
C. Harsh
D. Chaya
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)E
3)A
4)E
5)D
170
61 . Twelve people are appearing for an exam on 14th and 25th of the
six different months of the same year viz. January, February, April, May,
October and November. Nida does not give exam after Harman. Girish
give exam immediately after Yogesh and in the month which has 30
days. Three people give exams between Harman and Farukh. Ramesh
does not give his exam in february. No one gives exam after Mona. Tina
has exam before Vikalp and both give exams on the same date. Umesh
and Ramesh has exams on different dates. Ramesh has an exam on an
odd date. Six people give exams between Ramesh and Farukh. Sunil and
Nida have exams in the same month but not in the month which has 30
days. Sunil and Ramesh have exams on different dates. Only four people
give exam between Girish and Parul, who has exam after Ramesh.
171
1)How many people have exam after Vikalp?
िवक के बाद िकतने लोगों की परी ा है ?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Two
D. More than four
E. None of these
3)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way so form a group,
which of the following does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह, िन म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Farukh
B. Yogesh
C. Umesh
D. Sunil
E. Tina
4)Who among the following person appears for exam immediate before
Nida?
िन िल खत म से कौन िनदा से ठीक पहले परी ा दे ता है ?
A. Parul
14B. Umesh
C. Vikalp
D. Sunil
E. None of these
172
D. Tina
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)E
3)E
4)D
5)A
173
सात लोगों, अथात, F, G, H, I, J, K और L को एक ही वष के सात अलग-अलग
महीनों अथात फरवरी, अ ैल, जून, जुलाई, िसतंबर, अ ू बर और िदसंबर म
पदो त िकया गया था, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक उसी वष म आदे श दे ना। J को 31
िदनों वाले महीने म पदो त िकया गया था ले िकन जुलाई म नहीं। J और L के बीच
केवल तीन लोगों को पदो त िकया गया था। I को उस महीने म पदो त िकया गया
था िजसम F से ठीक पहले केवल 30 िदन थे। G को K से ठीक पहले पदो त िकया
गया था।
174
1. K was promoted in a month having 31 days.
2. K was promoted in one of the given months after L.
3. Only two people were promoted between K and I.
A. Only (3)
B. Both (1) and (3)
C. Both (2) and (3)
D. Both (1) and (2)
E. Only (2)
1. E
2. B
3. C
4. D
5. C
175
63 . Seven members A, B, C, D, E, F and G are members of a family, out
of which three are females and four are males. There are two Officers,
two Clerks, one Accountant, one Editor and one Writer. No female is
either an Accountant or an Editor. C is a Clerk and is married to A,
who is an Accountant. F, who is an Editor is married to D, who is neither
a clerk nor a Writer. No two females have the same profession. B is
sister of G, who is an Officer.
176
4. Who among the following is the Clerk?
िन िल खत म से कौन िलिपक है ?
A. E
B. G
C. C
D. Both (A) and (C)
E. None of these
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. C
4. D
5.E
Solution -
177
64 . Twelve students sit in two parallel rows containing six in each in
such a way that they are equidistant from each other. Amar, Vikalp,
Eram, Onish, Uma and Kumar sit in row 1 and face north while Chavi,
Bhanu, Gita, Trisha, Danish and Priya sit in row 2 and face south but not
necessarily in the same order. The people in row 1 face the people in
row 2 and vice versa. One person sits between Kumar and the one who
faces Priya. Gita and Onish sit diagonally opposite to each other. Three
people sit between Gita and Priya.
178
B. Third to the left
C. Fourth to the right
D. Second to the right
E. None of these
4)Four among the following five are same in a certain manner and forms
a group. Which among the following does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और एक समूह बनाते
ह। िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Gita-Uma
B. Kumar-Bhanu
C. Vikalp-Danish
D. Eram-Priya
E. Onish-Trisha
ANSWERS :
179
1)A
2)C
3)D
4)C
5)E
65 . Eight female guests - Iram, Janvi, Kavita, Lina, Mona, Nida, Arya and
Priya sit on the circular table for dinner in a kitty party such that all of
them are facing towards the center, but not necessarily in the same
order. Janvi sits to the immediate right of Priya. One guest sits between
Priya and Kavita. Both Mona and Lina are not immediate neighbors. Nida
sits third to the left of Kavita. Lina sits second to the left of Iram. Two
180
guests sit between Iram and Janvi. The number of guests sitting between
Nida and Iram is the same as between Iram and Arya.
2) Who among the following pair of guests sits opposite to each other?
िन िल खत म से मेहमानों का कौन सा जोड़ा एक दू सरे के िवपरीत बैठा है ?
I. Priya,Iram
II. Nida,Janvi
III. Lina,Kavita
IV. Mona,Arya
181
e) Arya
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)B
3)C
4)B
5)C
182
66 . Four Women and four men sit around a square table in such a way
that one Women and one men sit on each side of the table facing
outside. Four Womens- P, Q, R and S. Four mens- A, B, C and D. All the
information is not necessarily in the same order as given. The person
who sits with A (on the same side of the table), sits opposite to R. P sits
second to the left of B. A sits immediate right of Q. C sits fourth to the
right of D. C does not sit adjacent to B and Q. S neither sits with B nor
with C.
183
B. A- S
C. Q- D
D. C- P
E. S- C
4)If A and P interchange their positions, then who among the following
sits opposite to P?
A. Q
B. C
C. S
D. B
E. None of these
5)Four among the following five are same in a certain manner and forms
a group. Who among the following does not belong to the group?
A. P
B. A
C. S
D. Q
E. R
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)E
3)C
4)D
5)B
184
67 . 11 people Prince, Kunal, Rupesh, Sneha, Tanu, Umar, Vishal, Yash,
Aditya, Yogesh and Zaid live on different floors of a building such that
the bottommost floor is numbered as 1, floor above it as 2 and so
on.Rupesh lives on 2nd floor. Kunal lives on prime numbered floor below
Sneha but not on 3rd floor. Umar lives just above Tanu, who lives just
above Sneha. Yogesh lives two floors above Zaid. Vishal lives three floors
above Yash. Prince lives just below Yash and lives on even numbered
floor.
185
A. Vishal
B. Sneha
C. Rupesh
D. Umar
E. Yogesh10
186
187
68 . Twelve persons Mona, Nilesh, Omar, Purvi, Kunal, Ramesh, Simran,
Tushar, Umesh, Aditya, Yash, and Zaid are sitting in two parallel rows
equidistant from each other such that six persons sit in each row. Mona,
Nilesh, Omar, Aditya, Yash, and Zaid are sitting in Row 1 and facing west.
Purvi, Kunal, Ramesh, Simran, Tushar, and Umesh are sitting in Row 2
and facing east direction. The person sitting in Row 2 faces the person
sitting in Row 1. Omar sits third to the left of Mona. The one who sits
opposite Omar sits immediately to the right of Simran. Nilesh does not
sit opposite Simran. Neither Tushar nor Purvi sits opposite Mona. Tushar
does not sit opposite Aditya. Only two persons sit between Kunal and
Ramesh, who sit opposite Yash. Only one person sits between Yash and
Aditya, who sits at one of the extreme end of the row.
3) How many persons sit between Purvi and the one who sits opposite
Omar?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. Cannot be determined
188
4) Who sits immediately to the left of the one who sits opposite Purvi?
A. Mona
B. Yash
C. Omar
D. Zaid
E. None of these
5) Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on a group,
which among the following does not belong to that group?
A. Aditya
B. Purvi
C. Kunal
D. Zaid
E. Nilesh
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)C
4)A
5)D
189
190
69 . Nine kids Manisha, Nida, Omesh , Priti, Qazi, Rahul, Sundar, Tanmay,
and Uma are going to a school one after another in sequential order but
not necessarily in the same order.Two kids go to a school between
Manisha and Tanmay. Tanmay is going to a school neither at last nor
immediately after Uma. Only three kids go to a school after Sundar.
neither Omesh nor Uma goes at first and at last. Three kids go to a
school between Uma and Omesh. As many kids go to a school between
Manisha and Uma as between Omesh and Manisha. Qazi goes to a
school three kids before Rahul. Nida goes to a school before Priti but
not immediately before Priti.
3) Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thus form a
group as per the given arrangement. Which of the following one does
not belong to that group?
a) Qazi,Uma
b) Sundar,Rahul
c) Manisha,Omesh
d) Omesh,Priti
e) Uma,Manisha
191
5) Who among the following kid goes to school immediately after
Manisha?
a) Omesh
b) Nida
c) Priti
d) Sundar
e) Rahul
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)B
3)B
4)E
5)D
192
70 . Eight Pre medical aspirants-Kabir, Ritu, Shyam, Trisha, Uzma, Vikalp,
Yogesh, and Zaid are applying for the exam one after another but not
necessarily in the same order.Kabir is the last person to apply for the
exam. Vikalp is applying immediately before Trisha. The number of
people applying between Yogesh and Zaid is the same as between Zaid
and Kabir. Uzma is applied as the third person either from the first or the
last. Only three people are applying between Uzma and Shyam. The
number of people applying before Uzma is the same as after Zaid.
1) Who among the following people applied fourth from the last?
A. The one who applied immediately before Zaid
B. Shyam
C. Trisha
D. The one who applied immediately after Zaid
E. None of these
193
5) As many people applied before Yogesh as after ___?
A. Ritu
B. Zaid
C. Kabir
D. Vikalp
E. Shyam
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)A
104)C
5)A
194
from the center. R and N face the same direction as O. More than one
person sits between N and E (from either sides). One person sits
between S and E. B sits second to the left of E. E and S face opposite
direction. M and O are sitting opposite to each other and both are facing
the center. B and U face the same direction. U does not sit immediate
left of M. S sits second to the right of U. M sits third to the right of B.
5)How many people sit between O and S when counted from the left of
S?
A. Six
B. Three
C. Five
D. Four
195
E. Two
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)C
3)E
4)A
5)D
196
Professor, Trainee and Intern. The order of seniority is given in
decreasing order from Director to Intern which means Director is the
senior most rank. The number of people junior to Rohan is same as the
number of people between Rohan and Tabish. Manish is junior to
Director but senior to Eshan.Chandan is not Associate Dean and Intern.
Nilesh is three ranks senior to Chandan. There is one person between
Nilesh and Rohan.
197
D. Rohan
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)D
3)B
4)E
5)D
73 . Eight containers are kept one above another in the form of a stack.
Container A5 is kept just above the container A6. Container A8 is kept
below container A7 but not adjacent to container A4. The number of
containers kept below container A2 is same as the containers kept above
container A7. Two containers are kept between container A1 and
198
container A2. Container A3 is kept immediately above container A1 and
two containers below container A4.
2)If all the containers are arranged in numerical order from bottom to
top, then the position of how many containers will remain unchanged?
A. Two
B. Three
C. One
D. None
E. More than three
4)Four of the following five pairs are alike in a certain way and thus form
a group. Which among the following pair does not belong to the group?
A. A4-A7
B. A3-A1
C. A2-A8
D. A6-A7
E. A1-A5
5)Which among the following container is kept at third position from the
top?
A. A4
B. A8
C. A3
199
D. A6
E. A1
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)A
3)D
4)D
5)C
200
74 . Eight people sit in a linear row and all of them face south direction.
Tina is one of the persons. Suresh is the only neighbour of Uma. The
number of people sitting to the left of Riya is same as the number of
people sitting to the right of Vyom. Waris sits third to the left of Parul.
Riya sits second to the right of Qazi. Two people sit between Riya and
Suresh.
201
D. More than two people sit to the left of Waris
E. All are true
4)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one who doesn’t belong to the group?
A. Suresh
B. Parul
C. Waris
D. Qazi
E. Tina
5)If all the people sit in an alphabetical order from left to right in the
row, then the position of how many people will remain unchanged?
A. One
B. Three
C. None
D. Two
E. More than three
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)B
3)C
4)E
5)A
202
75 . Eight people live on different floors of a four-floor building where
ground floor is numbered as 1, floor just above it is numbered as 2 and
so on till the topmost floor is numbered as 4. Each floor has two flats i.e.,
Flat X and Flat Y. Flat X is west of Flat Y. Mona lives just south-west of
Karuna. Nida lives to the east of Omar. Rajiv lives just south-east of
Kumar. Karuna lives two floors above Lalit but not in same
flat. Purvi lives above Nida but not on the same floor with Karuna.
203
D. Flat X, 3rd floor
E. None of these
3)Four among the following five are same in a particular manner and
related to a group. Who among the following does not belong to the
group?
A. Omar
B. Mona
C. Kumar
D. Lalit
E. Purvi
204
76 . Eight people sit around a square table in such a way that four people
sit at corners and rest sit at middle of the side of the table. Some of
them face towards the center and some face away from the center.
Note- The people whose name starts with a vowel only sit at corners.
Gaurav sits immediate right of Era who faces opposite direction as
Aditya faces. Immediate neighbors of Omar face opposite direction as
Sachi faces. Umar and Yogesh do not face same direction to each other.
Yogesh and Omar are not immediate neighbors but both face same
direction as Aditya faces. Sachi sits third to the left of Aditya. Three
people sit between Sachi and Karan who does not sit adjacent to Era.
Immediate neighbors of Umar face outside.
205
C. Five
D. Six
E. Four
3)If Era and Yogesh interchanged their positions, then who among the
following sits opposite to Yogesh?
A. Gaurav
B. Karan
C. Sachi
D. Aditya
E. None of these
4)How many people sit between Sachi and Omar when counted to the
right of Sachi?
A. Six
B. Two
C. Four
D. None of these
E. None
5)Four among the following five are same in a definite way and forms a
group. Who among the following does not belong to the group?
A. Aditya
B. Umar
C. Era
D. Karan
E. Gaurav
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)B
3)D
4)C
206
5)A
207
D. Girish, Johar
E. Faizal, Harsh, Kunal
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)B
5)D
208
78 . Eight people live on different floors of an eight-floor building where
the ground floor is numbered as 1, just above it is 2 and so on till the
topmost floor is numbered as 8. They all like different Foods i.e. Burger,
Pizza, Pasta, Maggie, egg, fruit, frenchies and Salad. Gagan lives just
above the one who likes Burger. Farah likes egg and lives on the prime
numbered floor below Gagan. Bina lives above Eram but below the one
who likes Pizza. The one who likes fruit does not live on ground floor.
The one who likes Pasta live two floors above the one who likes egg.
Chandu lives four floors below the one who likes Maggie and two floors
above Anu. Three people live between Chandu and Gagan. Harshita
lives just below the one who likes Salad but on the even floor. There is
one person Divya.
209
1) How many people live between Divya and Harshita?
दद ा और हपषवता के बीच ककतने जतत रहते ह?
A. Four
B. Three
C. Five
D. Two
E. None of these
5)Four among the following five pairs are same in a certain way and
forms a group. Which among the following does not belong to the
group?
A. Gagan-Pizza
B. Anu-Egg
C. Eram-Burger
D. Chandu-Pasta
210
E. Farah-egg
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)A
3)B
4)D
5)E
211
Blackberry. Umesh sits 3rd to the left of Lavish.Harsh is the only
immediate neighbor of Lavish. Yash and the one who likes Banana are
immediate neighbors. Yash sits 4th to the right of the one who likes
Mango and 4th to the left of the one who likes Peach. Ramesh does not
like Mango. Lavish and the one who likes Peach are immediate
neighbors. Esha sits exactly between Aditya and Ramesh. Tarun sits to
the right of Aditya.
1)How many people sit to the left of the one who sits immediate left of
Umesh?
उमेश के ठीक बायबैठे के बायनकिते बैठेह?
A. More than 10
B. 10
C. 7
D. 8
E. 4
3) ___ likes ____ and sits ____ from one of the extreme ends?
A. Tarun, Mango, 4th
B. Harsh, Peach, 2nd
C. Umesh, Banana, 4th
D. Either Tarun, Mango, 4th or Harsh, Peach, 2nd
E. None of these
4)How many people sit between the ones who like Banana and
Blackberry?
A. Seven/सात
212
B. Eight/आठ
C. Six/छह
D. Four/चार
E. More than seven/सात सेअिनक
5)The number of people sitting between Tarun and the one who likes
Blackberry is half that of the number of people who sit between ____
and the one who likes ____?
A. Yash, Peach
B. Umesh, Blackberry
C. Ramesh, Mango
D. Yash, Blackberry
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)B
72)C
3)B
4)A
5)D
213
80 . Seven people - Paras, Qazi, Riya, Shyam, Tina, Umar and Vishal live
in seven floors building such that the bottom most floor is numbered as
1, the floor just above the bottom most floor is numbered as 2 and so on
till the top most floor is numbered as 7. Each person likes different fruits
214
i.e., Banana, Blueberry, Orange, Mango, Papaya, Apple and Peach. All
the information is not necessarily in the same order. Three people live
between Paras and Tina who likes Blueberry. The one who likes Peach
lives just above Tina. The one who lives on the topmost floor likes
Banana. The one who likes Orange lives two floors above the one who
likes Mango. Umar likes neither Banana nor Peach. Umar lives above
Vishal. Paras lives two floors above Qazi. The one who likes Apple lives
just below Paras on an odd numbered floor. One person lives between
Vishal and Shyam who doesn’t like Peach.
2)How many people live between Riya and the one who likes Peach
fruit?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. None
E. More than three
3)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one which doesn’t belong to the group?
A. Riya- Apple
B. Paras-Mango
C. Umar-Peach
D. Tina-Papaya
E. Qazi-Blueberry
4)If all the people live in an alphabetical order from top to bottom, then
the position of how many people remains unchanged?
A. One
B. Three C. None
D. Two
E. More than three
215
5)Which among the following statement(s) is/are true?
I. Riya lives on the topmost floor.
II. Vishal likes Peach fruit.
III. The person who lives on the bottom most floor likes Blueberry fruit.
A. Both I and II
B. Both II and III
C. Only I
D. Only III
E. All I, II and III
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)C
3)D
4)C
5)A
216
right of Bina to Chandan is same as the number of people sitting from
the left of Eshu to Garima. Two people sit between Chandan and Farukh.
Adhyan sits second to the left of Farukh. Hina sits three places away
from Adhyan. Even number of people sit between Garima and Hina.
Ishita sits third to the right of Hina. Chandan sits second to the right of
Bina. Two people sit between Bina and Eshu. Bina and Farukh are not
immediate neighbors.
A. 10
B. 12
C. 14
D. 16
E. None of these
2)How many people sit between Eshu and Adhyan when counted to the
left of Adhyan?
A. Two / दो
B. Five / पां च
C. Four / चार
D. Three / तीि◌
E. One / एक
4)If Mona sits exactly between Garima and Ishita then who among the
following sits fourth to the left of Mona?
A. Farukh
B. Hina
C. Eshu
D. Bina
E. Chandan
217
5)How many people sit between Eshu and Bina when counted to the left
of Bina?
A. Two / दो
B. Five / पां च
C. Four / चार
D. Three / तीि◌
E. One / एक
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)B
3)D
4)B
5)A
218
who sits second to the right of Wasim who is not an immediate
neighbour of Shweta. Priya sits fourth to the left of Kamal and sits one of
the extreme ends of the row. More than three teachers are sitting
between Riya and Kamal. Teachers who sit at extreme ends faces
opposite directions. Riya does not face south. Uma and Yogesh facing
same direction.Both Virender and Priya facing same direction to each
other. Yogesh sits fourth to the left of Zaid, both are facing opposite
direction.
2. If all are made to sit alphabetically from right to left then the position
of how many will remain the same?
यभद कर
, तर
?
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) More than three
(e) None
?
(a) Third to the right
(b) Immediate right
(c) Fifth to the left
(d) Second to the left
(e) Third to the left
4. How many people are facing north direction?
ओर ?
(a) One
(b) Two
219
(c) Four7
(d) More than four
(e) Three
ओर ?
(a) Wasim,Kamal,Uma
(b) Zaid,Virender,Shweta
(c) Tarun,Shweta,Riya
(d) Priya,Yogesh,Uma
(e) Yogesh,Uma,Kamal
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)A
3)C
4)D
5)D
83 . Eight Women Anju, Bina, Chavi, Divya, Esha, Fiza, Gita and Hina are
sitting in a rectangular room at a party. Four Women sit on corners
220
while four sits on the sides of wall. Women at the corners face towards
the centre while
women at sides face away from the centre. Hina sits immediate right of
Bina, who sits at one of the sides. Anju and Bina are not immediate
neighbours. Gita is not adjacent to Divya. Fiza does not sit at any side.
Anju sits opposite to Esha, who sits second to the right of Divya. Chavi
does not sit immediate right of Divya.
221
5) How many Women sit between Hina and Esha when counted from
the left of Esha?
िईा केबायसेभगननेपर भहना और िईा केबीच भकतनी मभहलाएों बैठती
ह?
a. Three
b. Five
c. Four
d. One
e. Two
222
84 . Eight kids Raghav, Aditya, Vishal, Gita, Divya, Jai, Mayur and
Shyam sitting in square table in a classroom. Four of them sit at the
corner and while others are sitting at the middle of the sides. The kid
who sits at the corner facing towards the centre and other faces
outside. They all like different fruits such as Pear, Grapes, Pumpkin,
Apple, Blackberry, Banana, Mango and Orange not necessarily in the
same order. Gita sits immediate left of one who likes Blackberry fruit.
Only three kids were sitting between Aditya and Mayur. One who like
orange fruit sits third to the right of Mayur and that is not Jai. Jai sits
third to the left of one who likes Blackberry fruit. One who likes Pear
fruit sits immediate right of the one who likes Apple fruit. Divya does
not like Pear and the one who likes Pear does not sits at the corner. Jai
does not like Grapes fruit. One who like Grapes fruit sits immediate left
of one who likes Mango fruit. Raghav likes Banana fruit. Divya sits
immediate left of Raghav.
Only two kids were sitting between Divya and one who liked
Blackberry fruit. Only one kid was sitting between Gita and Vishal.
223
भन भल खत मसेभकस ब ेकर सोंतरा पसोंद है?
(a) Vishal
(b) Shyam
(c) Divya
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
3. How many kids sit between Divya and the one who likes Mango,
when counted from right of Divya?
(a) None
(b) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
5. If Jai and Aditya interchange their place, then who sits third to the
left of Jai?
(a) Shyam
(b) Gita
(c) The one who likes Apple
(d) Mayur
(e) Both (c) and (d)
ANSWERS :
1)A
224
2)B
3)E
4)D
5)B
85 . Seven girls- Arya, Bhavya, Chaya, Diksha, Esha, Fiza and Gita sit
around a circular table such that all of them face towards the centre.
Each girl likes different fruit- Peach, Apple, Blueberry, Mango, Banana,
Grapes and Orange. All the information is not necessarily in the same
order. The one who likes Banana sits second to the right of Fiza. Diksha is
immediate neighbor of Bhavya. Orange is liked by the one who sits two
places away from Arya. Esha likes Mango and sits immediate right of the
one who likes Blueberry. The one who likes Grapes sits second to the
225
right of Gita. Gita neither likes Blueberry nor likes Banana. The one who
likes Peach sits two places away from Chaya. One girl sits between Chaya
and Esha. Esha doesn’t like Peach. Fiza sits adjacent to both Chaya and
Bhavya.
4)How many girls sit between Chaya and Arya when counted from the
left of Arya?
आयवके बायसेनिगि◌◌ेपर छाया और आयवके म नकिती ि◌ड़नकया◌ा◌ँबैठी
ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. None
D. Three
226
E. More than three
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)E
3)E
4)D
5)D
227
and V give lecture at the same time but not at the time when U gives
lecture. S gives lecture in Ranchi at the same time as Q. One of the
lectures at 6 pm is in Patna. W does not give lecture at the same
time as V. No professor lectures at 8 am or 6 pm in Kolkata. V gives
lecture in Mumbai but not at 6 pm. R gives lecture neither in Jaipur nor
in Patna.
228
87 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are sitting around a table
facing the centre, but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
has a different number of pens, viz 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26 and 32 but
not necessarily in the same order. M sits third to the left of J, who has 12
pens. The one who has 18 pens is an immediate neighbour of J. O has
229
four more pens than P. The one who has 21 pens sits second to the right
of the one who has 18 pens. M has more pens than N. Only two persons
sit between Q and the one who has 18 pens. O is an immediate
neighbour of J but not an immediate neighbour of the one who has
the highest number of pens. K has 17 pens and sits on the immediate left
of M. L and P are immediate neighbour and both of them have a total of
33 pens.
3. How many persons have more number of pens than L but less number
of pens than O?
A. Two
B. None
C. Four
D. One
E. Three
4. What is the position of K with respect to the one who has 12 pens?
A. Third to the left
B. Third to the right
C. Fourth to the left
D. Fourth to the right
E. Either (C) or (D)
230
5 . Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
A. L-15
B. Q-26
C. P-18
D. J-12
E. O-22
Answer -
231
88 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q will have to attend seminar in
the month of July, August, September and October. They will attend the
seminar on 6th and 8th of the given months. Not more than two persons
will attend the seminar in the same month. J will attend the seminar in
the month of September.Only three persons will attend the seminar
between J and P. More than two persons will attend the seminar
between P and M. Two persons will attend the seminar between M
and Q. Three persons will attend the seminar between Q and L. K will
not attend the seminar immediately before or immediately after the
dates on which Q attends the seminar. K will not attend the seminar on
8th October. Two persons will attend the seminar between N and O. N
will attend the seminar on 8th of any of the given months. O will not
attend the seminar in the month of August.
232
4. If L is related to K and Q is related to O, in the same way N is related
to?
A. J
B. L
C. K
D. P
E. None of these
5. Who among the following will attend the seminar on 6th September?
A. J
B. Q
C. P
D. K
E. None of these
Answer -
11.B
12.D
13.E
14.A
15.B
233
234
89 . Eight people - Amit, Bablu, Charu, Daksh, Emran, Faizal, Gaurav and
Himesh sit around a square table such that four of them sit at corner and
the remaining sit at the middle of the sides but not necessarily in the
same order. They all face towards the centre. Bablu is an immediate
neighbor of Faizal. Charu sits adjacent to Gaurav. Daksh sits second to
the left of Gaurav. Daksh doesn’t sit at the middle of the side of
the table. Faizal sits second to the right of Himesh. Emran sits adjacent
to Himesh and opposite to Bablu.
2)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one who doesn’t belong to the group?
A. Faizal
B. Bablu
C. Amit
D. Charu
E. Emran
3)How many people sit between Bablu and the one who sits immediate
right of Daksh when counted from the left of Bablu?
235
A. Two
B. One
C. Three
D. More than four
E. Four
4)If all the people sit in alphabetical order in clockwise direction starts
from Amit, then the position of how many people will remain unchanged
(excluding Amit)?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. None
5) Name the person sitting at one corner and between Emran and Charu.
A. Faizal
B. Bablu
C. Amit
D. Charu
E. Gaurav
236
90 . Eight people – Purvi, Kumar, Ramesh, Suresh, Trisha, Umesh, Vishal
and Yash get vaccinated one after another but not necessarily in the
same order. Three people get vaccinated between Vishal and Suresh.
Two people get vaccinated between Ramesh and Purvi. Vishal gets
vaccinated two people before Ramesh. Kumar is not the first person to
get vaccinated. Umesh gets vaccinated after Purvi and just before Yash.
Trisha gets vaccinated before Purvi. Kumar gets vaccinated just before
Suresh.
237
2)Who among the following gets vaccinated first?
A. Trisha
B. Yash
C. Purvi
D. Vishal
E. None of these
3)Four of the following five pairs are alike in a certain way and hence
form a group. Find the one which doesn’t belong to the group?
A. Suresh-Umesh
B. Trisha-Kumar
C. Purvi-Yash
D. Ramesh-Suresh
E. Vishal-Trisha
238
239
91 . Eight people Purvi, Qazi, Ramesh, Suresh, Tabish, Umesh, Vishal and
Yash are sitting in a straight line at an equal distance between each
other, but not necessarily in the same order. Some of them are facing
north and some are facing south. There are two people sit between
Suresh and Vishal. Suresh is the immediate neighbor of Purvi, who sits
2nd to the right of Qazi. Vishal faces to the north and sits at one of the
extreme ends. Qazi sits 3rd to the right of Suresh. Tabish does not sit at
extreme ends. No two people sitting adjacent to each other face
in the same direction.Umesh sits 4th to the right of Ramesh. Ramesh is
neither an immediate neighbor of Qazi nor Suresh.
240
D. Four
E. More than four
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)D
3)B
4)D
5)A
241
92 . P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W attend a seminar in March, June, November
and December of the same year. In each month the seminar is either on
13th or on 26th of the month. Not more than two persons attend the
seminar in the same month. T attends the seminar on 13th of a month
having 30 days. Only three persons attend the seminar between T and V.
P and V attend the seminar neither on the same date nor in the same
month. P does not attend the seminar in June. Only two persons attend
the seminar between P and S. U and S attend the seminar on the same
date. Q attends the seminar one of the days before the day on which U
242
attends the seminar. Only one person attends the seminar between Q
and R. Only three persons attend seminar between R and W.
243
93 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are sitting around a square
table, two on each side. Five are not facing the centre while the
remaining three are facing the centre. Each of them likes a different
colour, viz Red, Blue, White, Black, Green, Yellow, Pink and Brown but
not necessarily in the same order. J sits fourth to the right of the one
who likes Brown. Only one person sits between J and the one who likes
244
Blue. K is not facing the centre while the one who likes Red faces the
centre. Only three persons sit between the one who likes Blue and O.
The one who likes Yellow sits second to the left of the one who likes
White and the one who likes White is not an immediate neighbour of
the one who likes Brown. The one who likes Green sits third to the left
the one who likes Pink and is not an immediate neighbour of K. The one
who likes Pink sits second to the left of the one who likes Brown. M sits
second to the left of the one who likes Black. L sits on the immediate left
of the one who likes Blue. N likes Yellow and Q sits second to the right of
the one who likes Brown. K likes Brown.
1. Who among the following sits third to the left of the one who likes
Brown?
A. The one who likes Red
B. The one who sits second to the right of L
C. The one who sits on the immediate left of the one who likes Green
D. The one who likes White
E. None of these
2. Who among the following sits between the one who likes Green and
the one who likes Pink, when counted from the right of M?
A. The one who likes Red and the one who likes Black.
B. The one who likes White and J.
C. The one who likes Black and the one who likes Brown.11
D. The one who likes Yellow and the one who likes Brown.
E. None of these
245
E. All are true.
5. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
A. J, L
B. M, O
C. N, Q
D. P, L
E. K, M
in all other options the second person sits third to the right
of first person .
246
94 . Seven people sit in a row facing north. They all cleared different
entrances like IIT, NEET, MD, MS, DM, UPSC and MCH but not
necessarily in the same order as given. The person who cleared DM sits
247
second to the right of the person who cleared MCH. Two people sit
between the one who cleared MD and the one who
cleared IIT. Charu sits just left of Vani and neither of them cleared UPSC
and IIT. Mayur sits fourth to the right of the one who cleared UPSC.
Mayur sits adjacent to Bina and Nora who cleared MD. Yash did not clear
UPSC. One of the immediate neighbors of Zaid cleared MS.
1)How many people sit to the right of the person who cleared NEET?
NEET उ ीणषकरनेवाले के ि◌◌ाएं दकतने बैठेह?
A. Four B. Two
C. Five
D. One
E. None of these
5)Who among the following sits exactly between Zaid and Mayur?
दन दल खत मसेकौन जैि◌ और मयूर के ठीक बीर् मबैठा है ?
248
A. Nora
B. Vani
C. Yash
D. Bina
E. None of these
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)B
3)C
4)E
5)B
249
95 . Six people Alok, Brijesh, Chandni, Dharm, Eva and Faizan (but not in
the same order as given) work in a hospital on different designations like
Junior doctor, Manager, Sr. manager, Doctor, Emergency officer and
H.O.D. The designations are given in increasing order of their seniority
i.e., Junior doctor is junior most designation and H.O.D. is senior most
designation. All the people also like different fruits. Chandni likes Mango
and is just junior to Faizan who is not junior to Doctor. Dharm is neither
just junior nor just senior to Eva. The one who likes papaya is junior to
the one who likes Apple and senior to the one who likes Orange. The
Manager does not like Banana. Brijesh is three designations senior to the
one who likes grapes. More than two people work between Brijesh and
Eva. Dharm does not like grapes and Apple.
A. Four
B. Two
C. One
D. Three
E. None
3)Who is two designations junior to Chandni?
A. Alok
B. Eva
C. Brijesh
D. The one who likes Banana
E. None of these
250
5)Which of the following statement is correct about Dharm?
A. is junior to Brijesh
B. likes papaya
C. is H.O.D.
D. is not senior to Doctor
E. Three people are senior to Dharm
251
96 . Eight people i.e., Anuj, Balvinder, Chaya, Divya, Era, Farukh, Giri and
Harsh live in two different flats (but not necessarily in the same order)
viz. Flat 1 and Flat 2 of a four-floor building such that the lowermost
floor is numbered as 1 and the floor just above it is numbered as 2 and
so on till the topmost floor is numbered as 4. Flat 1 is to the west of Flat
2 whereas Flat 1 of floor 2 is immediately above Flat 1 of floor 1 and Flat
2 of floor 2 is immediately above Flat 2 of floor 1. Anuj lives to the north
west of Harsh. Anuj lives below Divya’s floor. Chaya lives on an even
numbered floor. Farukh lives to the north east of Era. Farukh and Divya
live in different flats. Divya lives two floors above Giri on an even
numbered floor. Giri lives in odd numbered flat. Harsh lives on an odd
numbered floor. Farukh lives just above Chaya’s flat.
1)In which of the following flat and floor does Balvinder live?
A. Flat 1, floor 3
B. Flat 2, floor 3
C. Flat 1, floor 4
D. Flat 2, floor 4
E. Flat 2, floor 1
2)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one who doesn’t belong to the group?
A. Giri
B. Chaya
C. Divya
D. Balvinder
E. Era
252
E. Only III
5)Who among the following lives with Giri on the same floor?
A. Farukh
B. Balvinder
C. Harsh
D. Chaya
E. None of these
253
97 .Twelve people are appearing for an exam on 14th and 25th of the six
different months of the same year viz. January, February, April, May,
October and November. Nida does not give exam after Harman. Girish
give exam immediately after Yogesh and in the month which has 30
days. Three people give exams between Harman and Farukh. Ramesh
does not give his exam in february. No one gives exam after Mona. Tina
has exam before Vikalp and both give exams on the same date. Umesh
and Ramesh has exams on different dates. Ramesh has an exam on an
odd date. Six people give exams between Ramesh and Farukh. Sunil and
Nida have exams in the same month but not in the month which has 30
days. Sunil and Ramesh have exams on different dates. Only four people
give exam between Girish and Parul, who has exam after Ramesh.
254
3)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way so form a group,
which of the following does not belong to that group?
A. Farukh
B. Yogesh
C. Umesh
D. Sunil
E. Tina
4)Who among the following person appears for exam immediate before
Nida?
A. Parul
14B. Umesh
C. Vikalp
D. Sunil
E. None of these
255
98 . Seven bags of kids i.e., Parul, Qazi, Ramesh, Sarvesh, Tarishi, Umesh
and Vishal are kept one above the other. They all contain a different
number of watches i.e., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Two bags are kept between
the bag which contains 7 watches and the bag of Ramesh. Bag of
Ramesh is not kept at the topmost position. Bag of Ramesh is kept
immediately below the bag of Umesh. The bag which contains 9 watches
is kept below the bag which contains 4 watches and above the bag
which contains 6 watches. Bag of Vishal does not contain 4 watches.
Two bags are kept between the bag of Umesh and the bag which
contains 3 watches. Three bags are kept between Parul’s and the bag
which contains 5 watches. Parul’s is kept above the bag which contains 5
watches. Two bags are kept between the bag which contains 7 watches
and the bag which contains 5 watches. The bag which contains 3
watches is not kept at the bottommost. Bag of Tarishi is kept
immediately above the bag of Qazi. Bag of Qazi is kept above the bag of
Ramesh and below Parul. Bag of Umesh contains 8 watches. Bag of
Vishal is kept just above Sarvesh.
256
D. Sarvesh
E. Tarishi
4)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based from a
group, find the one which does not belong to that group?
A. Parul
B. Tarishi
C. Ramesh
D. Umesh
E. Vishal
ANSWERS :
71)A
2)C
3)E
4)D
5)A
257
258
99 . Eight persons-Parichay, Kumar, Rohan, Sita, Tina, Umesh, Varun, and
Yash go for a party on different dates among 3rd, 6th, 9th, 11th, 15th,
18th, 21st, and 23rd in the same month. Parichay goes at least six days
after Rohan. Rohan doesn’t go for a party adjacent to Umesh. Only two
persons go for a party between Tina and Sita. Sita doesn’t go on an even
numbered date. Kumar goes for a party three days before Varun. Only
three persons go for a party between Varun and Yash. Parichay goes for
a party one of the dates before Tina and one of the dates after Yash. At
most one person goes for a party between Sita and Umesh.
1) Which among the following person goes for a party just before Yash?
A. The one who goes five days before Tina
B. The one who goes three days after Kumar
C. The one who goes just after Umesh
D. Rohan
E. Sita
2) After how many days Varun goes for a party with respect to Tina?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five
D. Six
E. Seven
4) Four of the following five are related in a certain way and hence form
a group. Find the one which doesn’t belong to that group?
A. Parichay -9th
259
B. Sita -21th
C. Umesh -23rd
D. Tina -11th
E. Varun -6th
ANSWERS :
1) D
2) E
3) A
4) E
5) B
260
100 . Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five people
each. In row 1 P, Q, R, S and T are seated and all of them are facing
south. In row 2, A, B, C, D and Eare seated and all of them are facing
north. All the persons like different soft drinks, viz Thums Up, Mirinda,
Slice, Fanta, Sprite, Coke, Pepsi, Frooti, Maaza and Limca, but not
necessarily in the same order. The person who likes Coke sits second to
the right of the person who likes Limca. The person who likes Slice does
not face B. The person who likes Sprite sits second to the left of R.
Neither R nor P sits on the extreme ends of line. Only two persons sit
between the one who faces the person who likes Sprite and D. The
person who Thums Up sits second to the right of B. Only P is an
immediate neighbour of the person who likes Mirinda. The person who
likes Mirinda does not face the person who likes Thums Up. Only two
persons sit between the
261
one who faces P and the one who likes Fanta. D faces the person who
likes Frooti. More than two people sit between Q and S. Only one person
sits between the one who likes Fanta and the one who likes Limca. The
person who likes Maaza is an immediate neighbour of the one who faces
the person who likes Thums Up. C sits second to the left of E. C neither
likes Thums Up nor sits at an extreme end of the line.
1. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
A. Q-R
B. D-B
C. S-T
D. T-P
E. A-E
2. Who among the following faces the one who likes Slice?14
A. The person who likes Coke.
B. T
C. The person who likes Frooti.
D. The person who likes Sprite.
E. None of these
4. Who among the following the faces the one who likes Fanta?
A. R
B. T
C. P
D. Cannot be determined
E. None of these
262
C. R
D. T
E. P
Answer -
1. C
2. E
3. D
4. D
5. D
263
बैठा है। वह जो T के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , P के िवपरीत
बैठा है। R, P की ओर उ ुख नही ं है। V, Q के बाय तीसरा है।
II. How many people sit between U and P when counted from the
left of P?
P के बाएँ से िगने जाने पर U और P के म िकतने बैठे ह?
a. Three
b. Four
c. One
d. Two
e. None
III. If all the persons are made to sit in alphabetical order, starting
from the position of P and moving clockwise, the position of how
many will remain the same exluding P?
यिद सभी यों को वणानु म म िबठाया जाता है , तो
P की ित से घड़ी की िदशा म चलते ए, P को छोड़कर िकस की ित
समान रहे गी?
a. None
b. Two
c. Three
d. One
e. Four
264
यिद P और S ने अपने पदों की अदला-बदली की, तो P के ठीक बाएं कौन बैठेगा?
a. R
b. U
c. Q
d. V
e. None of these
Solution
i. c
ii. d
iii. d
iv. c
v. A
265
102 . There are Seven cars placed one above the other in a modern
parking. Each car is identified by a letter among (Q, W, E, R, T, Y, & U )
written on it. The parking in which the cars are placed are numbered
sequentially from 1 to 7 starting with the lowest slot . Each car is painted
with a different color. The car U is of black color and is placed in a slot
that is three slot above the royal blue car. Car W which is a olive color is
placed in the 1st slot. Car R is placed in a slot above Car Y. Car R is not of
red color. There are two cars between the slot in which car R and Y are
placed. Car T is in a slot immediately above that of car E, which is
painted yellow. The white color car is in a slot that is immediately below
the black car. There is one color car also which is in green color. Car Q is
two slot above box T in even number.
एक आधुिनक पािकग म एक के ऊपर एक सात कार रखी ई ह। े क कार की
पहचान उस पर िलखे एक अ र (Q, W, E, R, T, Y, & U) से होती है । िजन पािकग
म कारों को रखा गया है , उ सबसे कम ॉट से शु करते ए 1 से 7 तक
िमक प से मांिकत िकया गया है । ेक कार को एक अलग रं ग से रं गा
जाता है । कार U काले रं ग की है और एक ॉट म रखी गई है जो रॉयल ू कार
266
के ऊपर तीन ॉट है । कार W जो जैतूनी रं ग की है , पहले ॉट म रखी गई है ।
कार R को कार Y के ऊपर एक ॉट म रखा गया है । कार R लाल रं ग की नहीं है ।
उस ॉट के बीच दो कार ह िजसम कार R और Y को रखा गया है । कार T, कार E
के ठीक ऊपर एक ॉट म है , िजसे पीले रं ग से रं गा गया है । सफेद रं ग
कार एक ॉट म है जो काली कार के ठीक नीचे है । एक रं ग की कार भी है जो हरे
रं ग की है । कार Q सम सं ा म बॉ T के ऊपर दो ान पर है ।
IV. Which among the following is true about the car that is 4 car
below the white car?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा उस कार के बारे म स है जो सफेद कार से
4 कार नीचे है ?
a) It is immediately below the royal blue car
b) It is car T
c) It is immediately above the olive car
d) It is red in color
267
e) Both c and d
V. How many cars are there between olive and green car?
जै तून और हरे रं ग की कार के बीच िकतनी कार ह?
a) Two
b) Six
c) Three
d) None
e) One
Answer -
Ib
II C
III D
IV E
VC
268
103 . Eight kids Eshan, Farukh, Garima, Himesh, Irshad, Kartik,
Jitesh and Lavish are standing in the linear line row facing east.
Himesh and Lavish are immediate neighbours to each other. Himesh
is third from any end of the row. Number of kids between Himesh
and Irshad is one more than the number of kids between Himesh and
Lavish. Eshan stands 2nd to the right of Himesh who is immediate to
Kartik. Either Farukh or Garima stand at any of the extreme ends.
Lavish stands 2nd to left of Jitesh.
आठ ब े ईशान, फा ख, ग रमा, िहमेश, इरशाद, काितक, िजते श और लिवश
एक पं म पूव की ओर मुख करके खड़े ह। िहमेश और लिवश एक दू सरे के
िनकटतम पड़ोसी ह। िहमेश पं के िकसी भी छोर से तीसरे ान पर ह। िहमे श
और इरशाद के बीच ब ों की सं ा िहमेश और लिवश के बीच ब ों की सं ा
से एक अिधक है । ईशान, िहमेश के दाय से दू सरे ान पर खड़ा है जो काितक के
ठीक बगल म है । या तो फा ख या ग रमा िकसी भी अंितम छोर पर खड़े ह।
लिवश, िजतेश के बाय से दू सरे ान पर खड़ा है ।
269
(b) Jitesh
(c) Either (a) or (b)
(d) Kartik
(e) Irshad
3. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way hence form a
group, which of the following does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह, िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
(a) Irshad, Kartik
(b) Himesh, Lavish
(c) Eshan, Jitesh
(d) Garima, Eshan
(e) Garima, Farukh
ANSWERS :
1)a
2)c
3)d
4)a
5)d
270
271
104 . Seven notebooks of different students were kept one above the
other from top to bottom. Only three notebooks are kept between X1
and X3. More than three notebooks are kept below X3. X7 is kept
above X2 and below X6. Only two notebooks are kept between X2
and X4. X5 is kept just above X1. X4 is kept above X3.
अलग-अलग िव ािथयों की सात कॉिपयाँ एक के ऊपर एक ऊपर से नीचे
तक रखी ई थी ं। X1 और X3 के बीच केवल तीन नोटबु क रखे गए ह। X3
के नीचे तीन से अिधक नोटबुक रखी गई ह। X7 को X2 के ऊपर और X6
के नीचे रखा गया है। X2 और X4 के बीच केवल दो नोटबु क रखी गई ह।
X5 को X1 के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है। X4 को X3 के ऊपर रखा गया है ।
2. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
form a group find which one of the following does not belong to
that group?
272
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) X6-X3
b) X7-X3
c) X3-X2
d) X2-X1
e) X7-X5
a) Both I and II
b) Only II
c) Only I
d) Both I and III
e) All I, II and III
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)A
3)B
4)C
5)D
273
274
105 . There are eight people Puspesh, Kamal, Ramesh, Suresh, Tina,
Umesh, Vishal and Wasim seating around a square table but not
necessary in same order. They are seating in a way that person who
seated at corner facing outside the centre and person who seated at
middle of the side facing inside from the centre. Vishal and Wasim
are immediate neighbours of Suresh. Puspesh sits third right of
Vishal. Wasim does not sit opposite to Ramesh. Suresh sits third to
the right of Ramesh. Only two people sit between Wasim and Kamal.
Tina does not facing outside the centre. Umesh is not the immediate
neighbor of Ramesh.
आठ लोग ह पु ेश, कमल, रमेश, सुरेश, टीना, उमेश, िवशाल और वसीम
एक वगाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे ह । वे इस कार बैठे ह िक कोने पर
बैठे का मुख क से बाहर की ओर है और म भाग म बै ठे
का मुख क से अंदर की ओर है। िवशाल और वसीम सुरेश के िनकटतम
पड़ोसी ह। पु ेश, िवशाल के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बै ठा है । वसीम, रमेश
के िवपरीत नही ं बैठा है। सुरेश, रमेश के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ।
वसीम और कमल के बीच केवल दो बैठे ह। टीना का मु ख क से
बाहर की ओर नही ं है। उमेश, रमेश का िनकटतम पड़ोसी नही ं है ।
2. How many people sit between Puspesh and Wasim when counted
to the left of Puspesh?
पु ेश के बाईं ओर से िगनने पर पु ेश और वसीम के म िकतने
बैठे ह?
(a) None
(b) One
275
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
5. Who sits opposite to the one who sits immediate left of Tina?
टीना के ठीक बाय बैठे के िवपरीत कौन बैठा है ?
(a) Wasim
(b) Vishal
(c) Suresh
(d) Umesh
(e) None of these
276
277
106 .Eight family members of a joint family- Lavish, Manish,
Naveen,
Kritika , Puran, Karan, Rashmi and Sushma are sitting in a linear
row for a housie game at a party such that all of them are facing
towards the north, but not necessarily in the same order. Lavish sits
to the immediate right of Sushma. Atleast two persons sits to the
right of Kritika. The number of persons sitting to the left of Puran is
the same as the number of persons sitting to the right of Karan.
Kritika sits third to the right of Manish. Puran sits to the immediate
left of Manish. Only one person sits between Karan and Rashmi.
एक संयु प रवार के आठ सद - लिवश, मनीष, नवीन,
कृितका, पू रन, करण, र और सुषमा एक पाट म हाउसी गे म के िलए
एक पं म इस तरह बैठे ह िक सभी का मुख उ र की ओर है, लेिकन
ज री नही ं िक इसी म म हों। लिवश, सुषमा के ठीक दाय बै ठा है।
कृितका के दाय ओर कम से कम दो बैठे ह। पुराण के बायी ं ओर बै ठे
यों की सं ा करण के दायी ं ओर बैठे यों की सं ा के समान
है। कृितका मनीष के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है। पू रन, मनीष के ठीक
बाय बैठा है। करण और र के बीच केवल एक बैठा है ।
278
III. Rashmi,Naveen
a) Only II and III
b) Only I
c) Only I and III
d) Only II
e) All I, II and III
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)C
4)A
5)A
279
280
107 . Seven fruit Jam boxes of brand Amigo, Bcool, Cincona,
Diabliss,Everest, Fortune and Gomez are placed one above the other
in a stack in a supermarket but not necessarily in the same order.
One box of jam is placed between box of Amigo and Bcool. Three
Jam boxes are placed between boxes of Gomez and Amigo. Fortune’s
box is placed two places below Gomez’s. Same number of Jam boxes
are placed below and above of Cincona box and Everest box
respectively.
Cincona box is placed below box of Amigo but not immediate below.
एिमगो, बीकूल, िसनकोना, डाय स, एवरे , फॉ ून और गोमेज़ ां ड के
सात ू ट जैम बॉ एक सुपरमाकट म एक के ऊपर एक ै क म रखे गए
ह लेिकन ज री नही ं िक इसी म म हों। जैम का एक िड ा अमीगो और
बीकूल के िड े के बीच रखा गया है। तीन जैम बॉ गोमेज़ और एिमगो के
बॉ के बीच रखे गए ह। फॉ ून का बॉ गोमेज़ के बॉ से दो ान
नीचे रखा गया है। समान सं ा म जैम बॉ मश: िसनकोना बॉ और
एवरे बॉ के नीचे और ऊपर रखे गए ह।
िसनकोना बॉ को एिमगो के बॉ के नीचे रखा गया है लेिकन ठीक नीचे
नही ं।
1) How many Jam boxes are placed below the box of Diabliss?
डाय स के िड े के नीचे िकतने जैम बॉ रखे गए ह?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five
D. One
E. None of these
281
2) How many Jam boxes are placed between box of Everest and
Cincona?
एवरे और िसनकोना के बीच िकतने जैम बॉ रखे गए ह
?
A. Two
B. Three
C. One
D. Four
E. None of these
3)Which among the following box is placed just above Cincona box?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा बॉ िसनकोना बॉ के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है ?
A. Everest
B. Diabliss
C. Gomez
D. Fortune
E. None of these
5)If all the Jam boxes are arranged according to alphabetical order
from bottom to top, then which among the following box/Jam boxes
is/are will remain same on its position?
यिद सभी जैम बॉ ों को वणमाला म के अनुसार नीचे से ऊपर की ओर
व त िकया जाता है , तो िन िल खत म से कौन सा बॉ /जैम बॉ अपने
ान पर समान रहे गा?
A. Both Diabliss and Fortune
B. Only Diabliss
C. Only Fortune
D. Both Cincona and Diabliss
E. No box will remain same on its position
ANSWERS :
1)A
282
2)B
3)C
4)D
5)B
283
108 . Certain number persons live in a apartment having certain number
of floors such that ground floor is numbered as 1 and the floor which is
immediately above the ground floor is numbered as 2 and so on. Not
more than 12 floors are there in the building. Gaurav lives above Lalit
but not immediate above Lalit.Mohit and Amir do not live on adjacent
floors. At most four persons live above Kalam. Lalit lives above
Kalam. Three persons live between Shikha and Nida. At most two
persons live below Amir.Fiza lives below Amir. Only five people live
between Kalam and Shikha, who lives on 1st floor. Number of floors
between Lalit and Nida is same as the number of floors between Fiza
and Mohit.
िनि त सं ा म मंिजलों वाले अपाटमट म कुछ सं ा म रहते ह जै से भू तल
की सं ा 1 है और भूतल के ठीक ऊपर वाले तल की सं ा 2 है और इसी कार
आगे भी। भवन म 12 से अिधक तल नहीं ह। गौरव लिलत के ऊपर रहता है ले िकन
लिलत के ठीक ऊपर नहीं रहता है । मोिहत और आिमर आस मं िजलों पर नहीं
रहते ह। कलाम के ऊपर अिधकतम चार रहते ह। लिलत कलाम के ऊपर
रहता है । िशखा और िनदा के बीच तीन रहते ह। अिधकतम दो
आिमर के नीचे रहते ह। िफ़ज़ा आिमर के नीचे रहती है । कलाम और िशखा के
बीच केवल पांच लोग रहते ह, जो पहली मंिजल पर रहते ह। लिलत और िनदा के
बीच की मंिजलों की सं ा िफजा और मोिहत के बीच की मंिजलों की सं ा के
समान है ।
284
मोिहत और गौरव के बीच िकतने रहते ह?
A.Five
B.Three
C.Six
D.Four
E.None of the above
4)Who lives three floors above the floor on which Amir lives?
आिमर िजस मं िजल पर रहता है उससे तीन मंिजल ऊपर कौन रहता है ?
A.Nida
B.Lalit
C.Kalam
D.Can’t be determined
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)C
3)D
4)E
5)B
285
109 . Fourteen persons are sitting in two parallel rows such that seven
persons are sitting in each row. J, K, L, M, N,O and I are sitting in row 1
facing north while V, W, X, Y, Z, A and B are sitting in row 2 facing south.
The one who faces L sits fifth to the left of V. K sits third to the left of O.
M is an immediate neighbour of the one who faces Y. A sits at one of
positions to the right of X. Y faces neither I nor N. Y sits to the immediate
left of B. I sits third to the left of J and neither of them sits at any
extreme end of the row. The one facing J sits immediate right to Z. Only
one person sits between Z and W. The one who faces W sits third to the
right of N.
चौदह दो समानांतर पं यों म इस कार बैठे ह िक ेक पं म सात
बैठे ह। J, K, L, M, N,O और I पं 1 म उ र की ओर उ ुख होकर बैठे
ह जबिक V, W, X, Y, Z, A और B पं 2 म दि ण की ओर उ ुख होकर बैठे ह।
L की ओर उ ुख V के बाय से पांचव ान पर बैठा है । K, O के बाय से
तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । M, Y की ओर उ ुख का िनकटतम पडोसी है । A,
X के दाय िकसी एक ान पर बैठा है । Y न तो I की ओर उ ु ख है । न ही N. Y, B
286
के ठीक बाएं बैठा है । I, J के बाएं से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है और उनम से कोई भी
पं के अंितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है । वह जो J की ओर उ ुख है , Z के
ठीक दाय बैठा है । केवल एक Z और W के म बैठा है । वह
िजसका मुख W की ओर है , N के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ।
1. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which of the following does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. A
B. K
C. Z
D. L
E. V
287
5. What is the position of K with respect to M?
M के स भ म K का ान ा है ?
A. Third to the left
B. Second to the left
C. Fourth to the left
D. Third to the right
E. Fifth to the right
1. E
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. C
Solution -
facing south A V B Y W X Z
Facing north K N I O M J L
288
110 . Web Series of different duration were released on different days of
a week from Monday to Friday. More than two web series were released
between Dare Devil and She Hulk. The web series which is of 90 minute
duration was released before Mirzapur. One of the web series was of 20
minutes more duration than Mirzapur. Dare Devil was released
immediately after the one which is of 130 minute duration. Dahan was
released immediately after the 100 minute duration web series. Only
one web series was released after Dahan. No web series was released
between the one which is of 100 minute and Dahan. Criminal Justice was
released on Tuesday. No web series was released between Criminal
Justice and the one which is of 75 minute duration. Only one web series
is released between the one which is of 75 minute duration and the one
which is of 100 minute duration.
स ाह के अलग-अलग िदन सोमवार से शु वार तक अलग-अलग अविध की वेब
सीरीज रलीज की जाती थी। डे यर डे िवल और शी ह के बीच दो से ादा वे ब
सीरीज रलीज ईं। वेब सीरीज़ जो 90 िमनट की अविध की है , िमजापु र से पहले
रलीज़ ई थी। एक वेब सीरीज िमजापुर से 20 िमनट ादा समय की थी। डे यर
डे िवल को 130 िमनट की अविध के तु रंत बाद रलीज़ िकया गया था। दहन को
100 िमनट की अविध वाली वेब सीरीज के तु रंत बाद रलीज कर िदया गया। दहन
के बाद िसफ एक ही वेब सीरीज रलीज ई। जो 100 िमनट की है और दहन के
बीच कोई वेब सीरीज़ रलीज़ नहीं ई थी। ि िमनल ज स मंगलवार को रलीज
ई। ि िमनल ज स और 75 िमनट की अविध वाली वेब सीरीज़ के बीच कोई
वे ब सीरीज़ रलीज़ नहीं ई। जो 75 िमनट की अविध की है और जो 100 िमनट की
अविध की है , के बीच केवल एक वेब सीरीज जारी की जाती है ।
289
D. Three
E. More than three
3. What is the total duration (in minutes) of She Hulk and Mirzapur
together?
शी ह और िमजापुर की िमलाकर कुल अविध (िमनटों म) िकतनी है ?
A. 135
B. 225
C. 165
D. 175
E. 190
Answer -
1. B
290
2. E
3. D
4. A
5.C
111 . There are several persons sitting in a row and have different
kitchen items, viz Cup, Bowl, Plates, Spoon, Fork and Glass. Each person
has only one item. They are sitting in alphabetical order facing either
north or south. The one having Spoon sits neither adjacent to the one
having Cup nor to the left of the one having Glass. The one having Fork
sits to the right of the one having Spoon. Only three persons are there
between the one having Glass and the one having Plates, with the one
having Glass sitting closer to the west end as compared to the one
having Plates. Equal number of persons are facing north and south in the
row. The one having Spoon faces north. Gaurav, having Cup, sits on the
291
immediate right of the one having Plates. The one having Bowl face the
same direction as the one having Fork. The immediate neighbours of
Gaurav face opposite directions.
एक पं म कई बैठे ह और उनके पास अलग-अलग रसोई के सामान ह,
जै से कप, कटोरा, ेट, च च, कां टा और िगलास। ेक के पास केवल
एक व ु होती है । वे वणानु म म या तो उ र या दि ण की ओर मुख करके बैठे
ह। िजसके पास च च है वह न तो कप वाले के िनकट बैठा है और न ही िगलास
वाले के बाईं ओर बैठा है । िजसके पास काँ टा है वह च च वाले के दाय बैठा है ।
ास वाले और े ट वाले के बीच केवल तीन ह, े ट वाले
की तु लना म ास वाले पि म छोर के करीब बैठे ह। पं म समान
सं ा म उ र और दि ण की ओर उ ुख ह। िजसके पास च च है
उसका मु ख उ र की ओर है । गौरव, िजसके पास कप है , ेट वाले के ठीक दाय
बैठा है । बाउल वाला उसी िदशा की ओर उ ुख है िजसके पास फोक है ।
गौरव के त ाल पड़ोसी का मुख िवपरीत िदशाओं म है ।
3. What is the position of the one having Fork with respect to the
one having Spoon?
च च वाले के स भ म काँ टा रखने वाले का ान ा है ?
A. Second to the left
292
B. Fourth to the right
C. Third to the right
D. Can’t be determined
E. None of these
Answers
1. E
2. D
3. D
4. C
5. B
293
112 . Seven persons Kalam, Lalit, Manish, Naveen, Omesh, Purvi and
Qazi arrives India on different days in the same week (Monday –
Sunday). Each of them likes different fruits (Plum, Banana, Apple,
Orange, Grapes, Blackberry and Mango). Three persons arrive between
Qazi and the one, who likes Mango. Person, who likes Mango, doesn’t
arrive on Sunday. Person, who likes Banana, arrives two days before
Lalit, who likes Orange. Person, who likes Plum, arrives three days
before Manish. Purvi doesn’t like Grapes. Omesh arrives immediately
after the person, who likes Apple. Qazi arrives two days before the one,
likes Apple. Kalam arrives immediately before Naveen. Naveen doesn’t
arrive on Thursday.
सात कलाम, लिलत, मनीष, नवीन, ओमेश, पूव और काज़ी एक ही स ाह
(सोमवार - रिववार) म अलग-अलग िदनों म भारत आते ह। उनम से े क को
अलग-अलग फल पसंद ह (बेर, केला, सेब, संतरा, अंगूर, ै कबेरी और आम)।
काजी और आम पसंद करने वाले के बीच तीन आते ह। वह ,
िजसे आम पसंद है , रिववार को नहीं आता है । वह , िजसे केला पसंद है ,
लिलत, िजसे संतरा पसंद है , से दो िदन पहले आता है । वह िजसे बेर पसंद
है , मनीष से तीन िदन पहले आता है । पूव को अंगूर पसंद नहीं है । ओमेश सेब
पसंद करने वाले के ठीक बाद आता है । काज़ी सेब पसंद करने वाले
से दो िदन पहले आता है । कलाम नवीन से ठीक पहले आता है । नवीन गु वार को
नहीं आता है ।
294
1) How many persons arrive before Purvi?
पू व से पहले िकतने प ंचते ह?
A.Four
B.Two
C.Three
D.Six
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
295
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)B
5)E
296
की फाइलों की सं ा से दोगुनी है । F और एक, िजसम 7 फाइल ह, के बीच तीन
रै क ह। सातव रै क म 9 फाइल नहीं ह।
4) ___ is three racks below the one, which has least number of Files.
िजनम सबसे कम फाइल ह, ___ उस के तीन रै क नीचे ह
A.C
B.G
C.H
D.F
E.None of the above
297
D.Three, 12
E.One, 6
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)A
3)C
4)B
5)E
114 . Seven persons, Priya, Qazi, Ramesh, Shivam, Tanu, Umar and Vishal
have seven different cars, R, C, S, V, A, W and L. Each of them likes five
phones, O, P, M, I and N (Each phone is liked by at least one person). Not
more than two persons like the same phone. Qazi has C. Shivam likes I.
Only Ramesh likes P and has A. Both Vishal and Tanu like the same
phone. Vishal likes neither N nor O. One of the persons who likes M has
298
L. Vishal has R. Person, who likes O, has W. Priya doesn’t have W. One of
the persons who likes N has S. Person, who has V and Qazi do not like
the same phone. Qazi doesn’t like O.
सात यों, ि या, काज़ी, रमेश, िशवम, तनु, उमर और िवशाल के पास सात
अलग-अलग कार R, C, S, V, A, W और L ह। उनम से ेक को पां च फोन, O, P,
M, I और N पसंद ह। ( ेक फोन कम से कम एक ारा पसंद िकया
जाता है )। दो से अिधक यों को एक ही फोन पसंद नहीं है । काजी के पास C
है . िशवम I को पसंद करता है । केवल रमेश को P पसंद है और उसके पास A है ।
िवशाल और तनु दोनों को एक ही फोन पसंद है । िवशाल को न तो N पसंद है और
न ही O। M को पसंद करने वाले यों म से एक के पास L है । िवशाल के पास
R है । िजस को O पसंद है , उसके पास W है । ि या के पास W नही ं है । V
और काजी को एक ही फोन पसंद नहीं है । काज़ी को O पसंद नहीं है ।
1) _____ has V.
_____के पास V है
A.Shivam
B.Priya
C.Umar
D.Tanu
E.Either (a) or (b)
3) ______ has S.
________ के पास S है ।
A.Umar
B.Tanu
C.Shivam
D.Priya
E.None of the above
299
A.Umar
B.Qazi
C.Person, who has V
D.Person, who has C
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)A
3)D
4)A
5)B
300
115 . Seven persons, Lalit, Mohit, Nida, Omar, Purvi, Kunal and Rahul,
are sitting in a straight row of eight seats. Each of them is facing north.
One seat is vacant. Omar is not sitting adjacent to Mohit. Kunal’s seat is
adjacent to Omar’s seat. At least two persons are sitting between Kunal
and Purvi. Rahul is not sitting adjacent to Mohit. The number of seats
between the seats of Rahul and Lalit is not one. Nida is not sitting
adjacent to the vacant seat. Mohit is 2nd person to the left of Purvi.
Nida’s seat is 2nd to the right of purvi’s seat. One person is sitting
between Nida and Omar. Vacant seat is not at the extreme ends. Vacant
seat is not exactly in the middle of Purvi’s seat and Nida’s seat.
सात लिलत, मोिहत, िनदा, उमर, पूव , कुणाल और रा ल आठ सीटों की
एक सीधी पं म बैठे ह। उनम से ेक का मुख उ र की ओर है । एक सीट
खाली है । उमर मोिहत के िनकट नहीं बैठा है । कुणाल की सीट उमर की सीट से
सटी ई है । कुणाल और पूव के बीच कम से कम दो बैठे ह। रा ल, मोिहत
के िनकट नहीं बैठा है । रा ल और लिलत की सीटों के बीच सीटों की सं ा एक
नहीं है । िनदा खाली सीट के आस-पास नहीं बैठी है । मोिहत, पूव के बाय से दू सरा
है । िनदा की सीट पूव की सीट के दाय से दू सरी है । िनदा और उमर के
बीच एक बैठा है । खाली सीट अंितम छोर पर नहीं है । खाली
पू व की सीट और िनदा की सीट के ठीक बीच म सीट नहीं है ।
301
E.2
4)If Yash is sitting adjacent to Lalit, then how many persons are sitting
between Yash and Kunal?
यिद यश, लिलत के सि कट बैठा है , तो यश और कुणाल के म िकतने
बैठे ह?
A.4
B.1
C.3
D.None
E.2
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)D
3)A
4)C
5)C
302
116 . Six persons Paras,Kunal, Riya, Sarvesh, Tina and Umesh are sitting
around a circular table having seven seats such that one of the seats is
vacant. All of them are facing towards the centre. Umesh sits second to
the left of Tina. Only two seats are there between the vacant seat and
the seat of Tina. Riya and Umesh are not sitting together.Kunal
sits on the second seat to the left of Paras’s seat. Only one person sits
between Kunal and Riya, and that person is not Umesh.Riya is not sitting
adjacent to Paras.
छह पारस, कुणाल, रया, सवश, टीना और उमेश सात सीटों वाली एक
गोलाकार मे ज के चारों ओर इस कार बैठे ह िक उनम से एक सीट खाली है । उन
सभी का मुख क की ओर है । उमेश, टीना के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
खाली सीट और टीना की सीट के बीच केवल दो सीट ह। रया और उमेश साथ
नहीं बैठे ह।कुणाल पारस की सीट के बाईं ओर दू सरी सीट पर बैठता है । कुणाल
और रया के बीच केवल एक बैठा है , और वह उमेश नहीं है । रया
पारस के आस-पास नहीं बैठी है ।
1) Who among the following is the third person to the left of Paras?
िन िल खत म से कौन पारस के बाय तीसरा है ?
A.Riya
B.Umesh
303
C.Tina
D.Sarbesh
E.Either Umesh or Tina
2)Who among the following sits on the seat which is 4th to the left of
vacant seat?
िन िल खत म से कौन उस सीट पर बैठा है जो खाली सीट के बाय से चौथी है ?
A.Kunal
B.Paras
C.Tina
D.Umesh
E.None of the above
5)If Jitu sits on vacant seat and Sarvesh and Riya interchange their
positions, then who sits 3rd to the left of Jitu?
यिद जीतू खाली सीट पर बैठता है और सवश और रया अपना ान आपस म
बदल ले ते ह, तो जीतू के बाएं से तीसरे ान पर कौन बैठा है ?
A.Tina
B.Sarvesh
C.Riya
D.Umesh
E.Kunal
ANSWERS :
304
1) D
2)B
3)E
4)D
5)A
117 . Seven boxes G, H, I, J, K, L and M are placed one above other, but
not necessarily in the same order. Each of them has a different book viz.
Geography, History, Chemistry, English, Hindi, Biology and Physics but
not necessarily in the same order. Three boxes are placed between box I
and the box which have Chemistry book. The box which has Physics book
305
is placed immediately above box I. Box H neither has a Chemistry book
nor Physics book. Box K does not have English book. Box which has
History book is placed above Hindi book. Two Boxes between the box
which have History book and Hindi book. Box I and H do not have
Geography book. Box L does not have Chemistry book. Box H is not
placed below box J. Box which has Geography book is placed
immediately above box G. There are two boxes placed between box J
and the box which has Geography book. Box which has Chemistry book
is placed just above box J. The box which has English book is placed
immediately above box M. Only two boxes are placed between box H
and box K.
सात िड े G, H, I, J, K, L और M एक के ऊपर एक रखे गए ह, ले िकन ज री
नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से ेक की एक अलग पु क है अथात।
भूगोल, इितहास, रसायन िव ान, अं ेजी, िहंदी, जीव िव ान और भौितकी पर ु
आव क नहीं इसी म म हो. िड ा-I और िजस िड े म रसायन िव ान की
िकताब है , उनके बीच तीन िड े रखे गए ह। िजस बॉ म भौितकी की िकताब है
वह बॉ I के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । बॉ H म न तो रसायन िव ान की
िकताब है और न ही भौितकी की िकताब है । बॉ K म अं ेजी की िकताब नहीं है ।
िजस बॉ म इितहास की िकताब है उसे िहंदी की िकताब के ऊपर रखा गया है ।
िजस िड े म इितहास की िकताब और िहंदी की िकताब है , उनके बीच म दो
िड े ह। बॉ I और H म भूगोल की िकताब नहीं है । बॉ L म केिम ी की
िकताब नहीं है । बॉ H, बॉ J के नीचे नहीं रखा गया है । बॉ िजसम भू गोल
की िकताब है , रखा गया है
बॉ G के ठीक ऊपर। बॉ J और िजस बॉ म भूगोल की िकताब है , उनके
बीच दो बॉ रखे गए ह। बॉ िजसम रसायन िव ान की िकताब है , बॉ J के
ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । िजस बॉ म अं ेजी की िकताब ह, वह बॉ M के
ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । बॉ H और बॉ K के बीच केवल दो बॉ रखे गए
ह।
306
िन िल खत म से िकस बॉ म रसायन िव ान की िकताब है ?
(a) H
(b) I
(c) G
(d) J
(e) K
3. Which of the following pair of boxes are placed at top and bottom
respectively?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा बॉ का जोड़ा मश ऊपर और नीचे रखा गया है?
(a) M, H
(b) G, J
(c) L, I
(d) I, M
(e) L, J
5. How many boxes are placed below the box which contains History
book?
िजस िड े म इितहास की िकताब है उसके नीचे िकतने िड े रखे गए ह?
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
(e) 1
ANSWERS:
1. D
2. E
3. E
4. A
5. D
307
SOLUTIONS:
308
118 . A certain number of Jute bags with names on them are stacked one
above another, such that the bottommost bag is numbered as 1 and the
bag above it is 2 and so on. Number of Jute bags placed above Vikalp’s
bag is one more than the number of Jute bags between Vikalp's and
Suraj's bag. Number of Jute bags between Umar’s and Tanu’s is equal to
the number of Jute bags below Paras’s. Tanu’s is placed 2nd to the
above of Vikalp’s. Umar’s is placed 2nd from the top. Vikalp’s
is placed 4th to the above of Paras' bag, which is a prime numbered bag.
One bag is placed between Paras’s and Suraj’s.
जू ट की थै िलयों की एक िनि त सं ा िजन पर उनके नाम ह, उ एक के ऊपर
एक रखा जाता है , जैसे िक सबसे नीचे के थैले की सं ा 1 है और उसके ऊपर के
थैले की सं ा 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी। िवक के बैग के ऊपर जू ट के बैग
की सं ा िवक और सूरज के बैग के बीच जूट के बैग की सं ा से एक अिधक
है । उमर और तनु के बीच जूट बैग की सं ा पारस के नीचे जूट बैग की सं ा के
बराबर है । तनु को िवक के ऊपर से दू सरे ान पर रखा गया है । उमर शीष से
दू सरे ान पर है । िवक को पारस के थैले से ऊपर चौथे ान पर रखा गया है ,
जो एक अभा सं ा वाला थैला है । पारस और सूरज के बीच एक बैग रखा गया
है ।
309
पारस के थैले के नीचे िकतने जूट के थैले रखे ह?
A.1
B.2
C.4
D.6
E.None of the above
3) If a bag Q is placed just above Tanu’s bag, then how many Jute
bags are placed between Q and Umar’s bag?
यिद एक थैला Q तनु के थैले के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है , तो Q और उमर के थैले
के बीच िकतने जू ट के थैले रखे गए ह?
A.2
B.4
C.1
D.3
E.None of the above
5)How many Jute bags are placed between Suraj’s and Tanu’s bag?
सूरज और तनु के बैग के बीच िकतने जूट के बैग रखे गए ह?
A.7
B.5
C.3
D.4
E . None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)B
3)A
4)C
5)A
310
119 . 12 persons, Amit, Brijesh, Chaya, Dheeraj, Esha, Fiza, Gaurav,
Hema, Ishita, Jatin, Kamlesh and Lalit are sitting in a row facing north
and at an equal distance from each other. There is no vacant seat. All of
them are facing the north. One person is sitting between Kamlesh and
Esha, who is sitting adjacent to Lalit. Two persons are sitting between
Lalit and Jatin. Dheeraj is not sitting adjacent to Chaya. Hema is sitting
3rd to the left of Amit. Two persons are sitting between Amit and Chaya,
who is not sitting at the extreme end. One person is sitting between
Chaya and Kamlesh. Fiza is sitting immediate right of Brijesh, who is not
sitting in the right of Chaya.
12 , अिमत, बृजेश, छाया, धीरज, ईशा, िफजा, गौरव, हे मा, इिशता, जितन,
कमलेश और लिलत एक पं म उ र की ओर मुख करके और एक दू सरे से
समान दू री पर बैठे ह। कोई सीट खाली नहीं है । उन सभी का मुख उ र की ओर
311
है । कमलेश और ईशा के बीच एक बैठा है , जो लिलत के सि कट बैठी है ।
लिलत और जितन के बीच दो बैठे ह। धीरज छाया के आस-पास नहीं बैठा
है । हे मा, अिमत के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है । अिमत और छाया के बीच दो
बैठे ह, जो अं ितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है । छाया और कमलेश के बीच एक
बैठा है । िफ़ज़ा बृजेश के ठीक दाय बैठी है , जो छाया के दाय नहीं बैठी है ।
312
B.3
C.6
D.4
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)A
3)C
4)A
5)B
120 . Seven persons, Lalit, Mona, Nida, Omar, Priya, Qazi and RIYA are
sitting around a circular table. Some of them are facing the centre and
others are facing away from the centre. Each of them attend lecture in
different colleges, A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. Person, who attends lecture in
F, is sitting 2nd to the left of RIYA. Persons, who attend the lecture in E
313
and B, are not facing away from the centre.Immediate neighbours of
Omar are facing the opposite direction to Omar.Priya, who attends
lecture in C is sitting 2nd to the right of Riya. Lalit, who attends the
lecture in D is not sitting adjacent to Riya. Riya is sitting 3rd to the left of
Omar and both are facing the same direction. Nida is sitting 2nd to the
left of Lalit.
Mona attends the lecture in G. Neither Riya nor Nida attends the lecture
in A.
सात , लिलत, मोना, िनदा, उमर, ि या, काज़ी और रया एक वृ ाकार मेज
के चारों ओर बैठे ह। उनम से कुछ का मुख क की ओर है और अ का मुख
क से बाहर की ओर है । उनम से ेक अलग-अलग कॉले जों, A, B, C, D, E, F,
और G म ले र म भाग ले ता है । वह , जो F म ले र म भाग ले ता है , रया
के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । E और B म भाग ले ने वाले यों का मु ख
क से बाहर नहीं है । उमर के िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों का मुख ओमर के िवपरीत
िदशा म है । ि या, जो C म ले र म भाग ले ती है , रया के दाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठी है । लिलत, जो D म ले र म भाग लेता है , रया के िनकट नहीं बैठा है । रया,
उमर के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है और दोनों का मुख समान िदशा की ओर
है । िनदा, लिलत के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है । मोना G म ले र म भाग ले ती
है । न तो रया और न ही िनदा A म ले र म भाग ले ती है ।
1)How many persons are sitting between Priya and Qazi, when counted
from the left of Priya?
ि या के बाय से िगनने पर ि या और काजी के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A.2
B.4
C.1
D.3
E.None of the above
314
A.Omar
B.Ramesh
C.Nida16
D.Either (b) or (c)
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)E
3)D
4)A
5)A
315
121 . Seven persons, Amit, Bina, Chirag, Dheeraj , Era, Faizan and Girish
like different fruits, Grapes, Banana, Blackberry, Mango, Peach, Orange,
and Apple. Each of them bought House in three different months (May,
June and March) in the same year. At least two persons bought house in
the same month. Both Girish and Faizan bought House in the same
month. Person, who likes Banana doesn’t buy House in the month of 31
days. Bina, who likes Peach, bought House in June. Neither Girish nor
Faizan likes Banana. Era likes Blackberry. Neither Dheeraj nor Girish likes
Orange. Persons, who like Grapes and Apple don’t buy house in the
same month.Amit likes Mango and bought House in May. Dheeraj
bought House in March.
सात , अिमत, बीना, िचराग, धीरज, एरा, फैजान और िगरीश अलग-अलग
फल पसंद करते ह, अंगूर, केला, ैकबेरी, आम, पीच, संतरा और सेब। उनम से
ेक ने एक ही वष म तीन अलग-अलग महीनों (मई, जून और माच) म घर
खरीदा। समान महीने म कम से कम दो यों ने घर खरीदा। िगरीश और
फैजान दोनों ने एक ही महीने म मकान खरीदा। केला पसंद करने वाला 31
िदनों के महीने म घर नहीं खरीदता है । पीच पसंद करने वाली बीना ने जून म घर
खरीदा। न तो िगरीश और न ही फैजान को केला पसंद है । युग को ै कबेरी पसंद
है । न तो धीरज और न ही िगरीश को संतरा पसंद है । अंगूर और सेब पसंद करने
316
वाले एक ही महीने म घर नहीं खरीदते ह। अिमत को आम पसंद है और
उ ोंने मई म घर खरीदा। धीरज ने माच म घर खरीदा था।
5)In which of the following months three persons bought the House?
िन िल खत म से िकस महीने म तीन यों ने घर खरीदा?
A.May
B.June
C.March
317
D.Either (a) or (c)
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)B
3)A
4)A
5)A
318
right of E. The one who owns Microphone sits second to the left of the
one who owns Printer. G owns Printer and sits exactly between E and B.
The one who owns Computer sits second to the left of H. H sits third to
the left of D. The one who owns Router sits on the immediate right of H,
who does not own Headphones. C sits fourth to the right of B. Neither B
nor C is an immediate neighbour of H. E owns Typewriter and sits third
to the right of the one who owns Router. The one who owns Laptop sits
second to the right of the one who owns Typewriter.
आठ A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे ह।
उनम से चार का मुख क की ओर है जबिक चार का मुख क से बाहर की ओर
है । उनम से ेक के पास अलग-अलग गैजेट ह, जैसे कं ूटर, लै पटॉप, ि ंटर,
कैमरा, राउटर, माइ ोफ़ोन, हे डफ़ोन और टाइपराइटर ले िकन आव क नहीं
िक इसी म म हों। G का मुख क की ओर नहीं है और वह E और B दोनों के
बाय बैठा है । A तीसरे ान पर बैठा है
E के दाय। िजस के पास माइ ोफ़ोन है , वह ि ंटर के मािलक के बाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । G के पास ि ंटर है और वह E और B के ठीक म म बैठा
है । िजसके पास कं ूटर है वह H के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । H, D के बाय
से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । हे डफोन। C, B के दाय से चौथे ान पर बैठा है । न तो
B न ही C, H का िनकटतम पडोसी है । E टाइपराइटर का मािलक है और राउटर
रखने वाले के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । िजसके पास लै पटॉप है वह
टाइपराइटर रखने वाले के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
319
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन स है / नहीं ह?
A. The one who owns Router sits second to the left of D.
B. The one who owns Laptop and the one who owns Typewriter are
immediate neighbours.
C. The one who owns Microphone sits opposite D
D. Both (B) and (C)
E. None of these
5. Which of the following statements is true regarding the one who owns
Headphone?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन हे डफोन मािलक के संबंध म स है ?
A. The one who owns Headphone sits second to the right of B.
B. A owns Headphone.
C. The one who owns Laptop sits on the immediate left of the one who
owns Headphone.
D. D owns Headphone and sits third to the left of F.
E. None of these
Answer -
1. D
2. B
3. B
4. E
5. C
320
123 . Seven friends Kusum, Rahul, Rohan, Swati, Preeti, Archana and
Sanjay travelled to three different cities for work, viz Goa, Mumbai and
Bangalore. Each of them travelled on different days of the week starting
on Monday and ending on Sunday. Minimum two persons travelled to
each city and Goa is the only city where three people travelled.
Rahul did not travel to Bangalore. Rohan travelled to Goa but not on
thursday. Preeti travelled on Wednesday. The one who travelled on
Tuesday travelled to Mumbai and the one who travelled on Saturday
travelled to Bangalore. Kusum travelled to Goa on Monday. Archana
travelled to Mumbai but neither on Tuesday nor on Saturday. Sanjay
travelled on Sunday but not to Bangalore.
सात िम कुसुम, रा ल, रोहन, ाित, ीित, अचना और संजय ने काम के िलए
तीन अलग-अलग शहरों अथात गोवा, मुंबई और बगलोर की या ा की। उनम से
ेक ने सोमवार से शु होकर रिववार को समा होने वाले स ाह के अलग-
अलग िदनों म या ा की। ूनतम दो यों ने ेक शहर की या ा की और
गोवा एकमा ऐसा शहर है जहाँ तीन लोगों ने या ा की।
321
रा ल ने बगलोर की या ा नहीं की। रोहन ने गोवा की या ा की ले िकन गु वार को
नहीं। ीित ने बुधवार को या ा की। िजसने मंगलवार को या ा की उसने मुंबई की
या ा की और िजसने शिनवार को या ा की उसने बगलोर की या ा की। कुसुम ने
सोमवार को गोवा की या ा की। अचना ने मुंबई की या ा की ले िकन न तो
मं गलवार को और न ही शिनवार को। संजय ने रिववार को या ा की ले िकन
बगलोर नहीं।
1. Which of the following persons travelled on the second last day of the
week?
िन िल खत म से िकस ने या ा स ाह के दू सरे अंितम िदन या ा की?
A. Swati
B. Rahul
C. Rohan
D. Preeti
E. None of these
322
5. Who among the following travelled to Goa?
िन िल खत म से िकसने गोवा की या ा की?
A. Rahul
B. Swati
C. Sanjay
D. Archana
E. None of these
Answer -
1. A
2. E
3. D
4. E
5. C
Solution
323
124 . Seven people are posted in a Hospital on different positions like
Director, Deputy Director, HOD, Consultant, Senior resident, Junior
resident and peon. (Posts are given in decreasing order of seniority from
Director to peon). The number of people junior to Hina is same as the
number of people posted between Tushar and Varun. Yash is just senior
to Zaid. Satvik is either HOD or Junior resident. Three people work
between Satvik and Hina. Yogesh is four posts senior to Varun who is not
just senior to Hina.
एक अ ताल म िनदे शक, उप िनदे शक, एचओडी, सलाहकार, सीिनयर रे िजडट,
जू िनयर रे िजडट और चपरासी जैसे िविभ पदों पर सात लोग तै नात ह। (पद
िनदे शक से चपरासी तक व र ता के घटते म म िदए गए ह)। िहना से जूिनयर
लोगों की सं ा तु षार और व ण के बीच पो िकए गए लोगों की सं ा के समान
है । यश जैद से ज सीिनयर है । सा क या तो एचओडी ह या जू िनयर रे िजडट
ह। सा क और िहना के बीच तीन लोग काम करते ह। योगेश, व ण से चार पद
व र ह जो िहना से ज व र नहीं ह।
324
D. Satvik is not Junior resident
E. All are correct
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)B
3)C
4)A
5)B
325
125 . There are eight Racks with names of students Priya,Kumar,
Ramesh, Shivam, Tina, Umar, Vinod and Yash in an Almirah. The
bottommost Rack is numbered 1 and the topmost Rack is numbered 8.
Among these Racks, four adjacent Racks are painted with different
paints (Yellow, Pink, Black, Purple). Kumar is not painted Rack. Priya is
two Racks above the Rack, which is Purple painted. Priya is Pink painted.
Vinod is three Racks below Tina. Neither 2nd nor 7th Rack is painted.
Tina is immediately above the Rack, which is Black painted.Yash is the
1st Rack. Shivam is immediately above Umar.
एक अलमारी म छा ों ि या, कुमार, रमेश, िशवम, टीना, उमर, िवनोद और यश
के नाम वाले आठ रै क ह। सबसे नीचे वाले रै क की सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर
वाले रै क की सं ा 8 है । इन रै कों म, चार आस रै कों को अलग-अलग पट
(पीला, गुलाबी, काला, बगनी) से रं गा गया है । कुमार को रै क पट नहीं िकया गया
है । ि या रै क के ऊपर दो रै क ह, जो बगनी रं ग का है । ि या गुलाबी रं ग की है ।
िवनोद, टीना से तीन रै क नीचे है । न तो दू सरे और न ही सातव रै क को पट िकया
गया है । टीना रै क के ठीक ऊपर है , जो काले रं ग का है । यश पहला रै क है । िशवम,
उमर के ठीक ऊपर है ।
326
B.Two
C.Five
D.Six
E.None of the above
5)There are ___ Racks between Umar and Pink painted Rack.
उमर और गुलाबी पट वाले रै क के बीच ___ रै क ह।
A.Two
B.Four
C.One
D.Three
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)E
5)A
327
126 . 11 racks of Purvi, Qazi, Riya, Shyam, Tanu, Umesh, Vinod, Sunil,
Aditya, Yogesh and Zaid are one above another in a cupboard. The
bottommost rack is numbered as 1, rack above it as 2 and so on. All of
the racks contain Keys but only the colours of seven racks are known and
the colors are among Orange, Blue, Purple, Pink, Red, Brown and Yellow.
Rack of Aditya is below rack of Shyam. rack of Qazi, is just above rack of
Yogesh, which is just above rack of Shyam, which is above the rack that
contains red coloured Keys. Rack of Zaid is prime numbered rack. There
are two racks between rack of Purvi and rack of Umesh. Equal number of
racks are above and below rack of Purvi, which contains Blue coloured
Keys.The colour of Keys of rack of Qazi and rack of Aditya is not known.
Two racks are below rack containing purple Keys. Rack of Vinod is below
the rack of Sunil.The topmost rack contains Pink Keys. Rack of Tanu is
below rack, which contains purple Keys. Rack of Zaid, which contain
yellow Keys, is just below rack of Riya, which contains Orange Key.
एक अलमारी म पूव , काजी, रया, ाम, तनु, उमेश, िवनोद, सुनील, आिद ,
योगेश और जैद के 11 रै क एक के ऊपर एक रखे ए ह। सबसे नीचे वाले रै क की
328
सं ा 1 है , उसके ऊपर वाले रै क की सं ा 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी। सभी
रै क म चािबयां होती ह ले िकन केवल सात रै क के रं ग ात होते ह और रं ग नारं गी,
नीला, बगनी, गुलाबी, लाल, भूरा और पीला होता है । आिद का रै क ाम के रै क
के नीचे है । काजी का रै क योगेश के रै क के ठीक ऊपर है , जो ाम के रै क के
ठीक ऊपर है , जो की लाल रं ग की चािबयों वाले रै क के ऊपर ह. ज़ै द का रै क
ाइम नंबर वाला रै क है । पूव के रै क और उमेश के रै क के बीच दो रै क ह। पू व
के रै क के ऊपर और नीचे समान सं ा म रै क ह, िजनम नीले रं ग की चािबयां ह।
काजी के रै क की चािबयों का रं ग और आिद के रै क का पता नहीं है । बगनी
चािबयों वाले रै क के नीचे दो रै क ह। िवनोद का रै क सुनील के रै क के नीचे है ।
सबसे ऊपर वाले रै क म गुलाबी चािबयां ह। तनु का रै क रै क के नीचे होता है ,
िजसम बगनी रं ग की चािबयां होती ह। जैद का रै क, िजसम पीली चािबयां ह, रया
के रै क के ठीक नीचे है , िजसम ऑरज की है ।
4)How many racks are between rack of Riya and rack of Shyam?
रया के रै क और ाम के रै क के बीच िकतने रै क ह?
329
A.Two
B.Five
C.Four
D.Three
E.One
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)B
3)A
4)C
5)E
Solution :
330
331
127 . Seven persons, Avnish, Bablu, Charu, Dinesh, Eshan, Faizal and
Girish have clothes of different brands, Parx, Allen solly, Raymond, Mufti
and Van huesen. Each of them has different number of pockets, from 1
to 7. At least five persons have clothes of different brands. Not more
than two persons can have cloth of same brand. Person, who has lowest
number of pockets, has Allen solly. Neither Girish nor Avnish has pockets
in the multiple of 3. Only Girish has Van huesen cloth. Faizal has 3
pockets. Charu has 1 pocket less than Eshan. Person, who has 4 pockets,
has Mufti cloth. Both Avnish and Charu have clothes of same brand.
Bablu has 3 pockets less than Eshan, who has prime numbered pockets.
Person, who has Raymond, has 1 pocket more than Charu. Dinesh has at
least 2 pockets less than Faizal.
सात यों, अवनीश, बबलू, चा , िदनेश, ईशान, फैज़ल और िगरीश के पास
अलग-अलग ां ड के कपड़े ह, Parx, Allen solly, Raymond, Mufti और Van
Husen. उनम से ेक के पास 1 से 7 तक अलग-अलग जे ब ह। कम से कम पांच
यों के पास अलग-अलग ां ड के कपड़े ह। दो से अिधक यों के पास
एक ही ां ड का कपड़ा नहीं हो सकता। िजस की जेबों की सं ा सबसे
कम है , उसके पास एलन सॉली है । न तो िगरीश और न ही अवनीश के पास 3 के
गुणक म जेब ह। केवल िगरीश के पास वान ह्यूसेन कपड़ा है । फैजल की 3 जे ब
ह। चा के पास ईशान से 1 पॉकेट कम है । , िजसकी 4 जेब ह,
मु ी कपड़ा है । अवनीश और चा दोनों के पास एक ही ां ड के कपड़े ह। बबलू
के पास इशान से 3 पॉकेट कम ह, िजसके पास अभा सं ा वाले पॉकेट ह।
िजस के पास रे मंड है , उसकी जेब चा से 1 पॉकेट अिधक है । िदनेश की
फैजल से कम से कम 2 जेब कम ह।
332
D.Bablu
E.None of the above
4)What is the sum of the pockets of Avnish, Girish, Dinesh and Faizal?
अवनीश, िगरीश ,िदनेश और फैजल की जे बों का योग तया है ?
A.11
B.10
C.13
D.15
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)E
4)A
333
5)A
334
रिववार को और न ही शु वार को छु ी होती है । K का बुधवार को अवकाश है
और उसे टाटा पसंद है । ऑडी पसंद करने वाले का गु वार को अवकाश है ।
3. How many person(s) has their off day between the one who likes
Ferrari and L?
फेरारी पसंद करने वाले और L के बीच िकतने यों का
अवकाश है ?
A. More than three
B. None
C. One
D. Two
E. Three
4. If the one who likes Audi is related to I in the same way as the one
who likes Lexus is related to K, then following the same pattern, J
is related to who among the following?
यिद ऑडी पसंद करने वाला I से उसी तरह संबंिधत है जै से ले स
पसंद करने वाला K से संबंिधत है , तो उसी पैटन का अनु सरण करते
ए, J िन िल खत म से िकससे संबंिधत है ?
A. The one who likes Mercedes
B. The one who likes Tesla
C. The one who likes Ferrari
D. The one who likes BMW
335
E. The one who likes Tata
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. A
3. E
4. B
5. D
SOLUTIONS:
129 . Ten persons Anu, Bhanu, Chandan, Dinesh, Esha, Faizal, Garima,
Harshit, Ishita and Jatin sit in a straight row facing north. Person, whose
name starts with consonants have different number of choclates (1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 and 7). No two persons with names starting with consecutive
336
alphabets sit adjacent to each other. Person, who sits at the extreme left
end, has even number of chocolates. Bhanu doesn’t sit to the right of
Chandan. Harshit has 2 chocolates. Garima sits to the left of
Harshit.Garima has neither 6 chocolates nor sits to the right of
Faizal. Dinesh doesn’t sit to the left of the one, who has 3rd lowest
number of chocolates.Chandan has 3 chocolates and sits 3rd to the right
of Anu. Person with 5 chocolates sits immediate left of Bhanu. Esha sits
2nd to the right of the one, who has 4 chocolates. Ishita sits immediate
left of the one, who has 7 chocolates.
दस अनु, भानु, चंदन, िदनेश, ईशा, फैजल, ग रमा, हिषत, इिशता और
जितन एक सीधी पं म उ र की ओर मुख करके बैठे ह। िजस का नाम
ंजन से शु होता है उसकी चॉकलेट की सं ा अलग-अलग होती है (1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 और 7)। लगातार अ र से शु होने वाले नाम वाले कोई भी दो एक
दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं बैठे ह। वह जो अंितम बाएं छोर पर बैठा है , उसके
पास सम सं ा म चॉकले ट ह। भानु, चंदन के दाय नहीं बैठा है । हिषत के पास 2
चॉकलेट ह। ग रमा हिषत के बायी ं ओर बैठी है । ग रमा के पास न तो 6 चॉकलेट ह
और न ही फैजलके दाय बैठी है । िदनेश उस के बाय नहीं बैठा है िजसके
पास तीसरी सबसे कम सं ा म चॉकलेट ह। चंदन के पास 3 चॉकले ट ह और वह
अनु के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । 5 चॉकलेट वाला भानु के ठीक बाय
बैठा है । ईशा उस के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है िजसके पास 4 चॉकलेट
ह। इिशता उस के ठीक बाय बैठी है िजसके पास 7 चॉकलेट ह।
337
अं ितम छोर पर बैठे यों की चॉकलेट का योग ___ है ।
A.11
B.9
C.7
D.13
E.None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)D
3)D
4)C
5)B
Solution
Jatin (6), Garima(5), Bhanu (1), Faisal (4), Anu, Esha, Harshit(2),
Chandan(3), Ishita, Danish(7)
338
130 . Eight peoples Amir, Bina, Charu, Dinesh, Eshan, Farukh, Garima and
Harman are sitting around the square table. Four peoples sit on the
middle of each side while four sit on the corners. peoples at the corner
face towards the center while people along the sides face away from the
center. No two peoples with names starting with consecutive alphabets
sit adjacent or opposite to each other. Amir and Garima are immediate
right of each other. Charu sits adjacent to Harman. Harman faces
towards the center. Eshan and Dinesh face in same direction.Bina sits
second to the left of Garima.
आठ आिमर, बीना, चा , िदनेश, ईशान, फा ख, ग रमा और हरमन
वगाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे ह। ेक भुजा के म म चार बैठते ह
जबिक चार कोने पर बैठते ह। कोने पर बैठे लोगों का मुख क की ओर है जबिक
बगल के लोगों का मुख क से बाहर की ओर है । लगातार अ र से शु होने वाले
नाम वाले कोई भी दो एक दू सरे के आस या िवपरीत नहीं बैठते ह। आिमर
और ग रमा एक दू सरे के ठीक दाय ह। चा हरमन के िनकट बैठी है । हरमन का
मु ख क की ओर है । ईशान और िदनेश का मुख समान िदशा की ओर है । बीना
ग रमा के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है ।
2)How many people sit between Harman and Bina when counted from
left of Harman?
हरमन के बाय से िगने जाने पर हरमन और बीना के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A.One
339
B.Four
C.Five
D.Three
E.Two
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)E
3)D
4)B
5)C
340
131 . 12 persons are sitting in two parallel rows such that six persons sit
in each row. Pavich, Qazi , Ramesh, Sarvesh, Tina and Umesh sit in row 1
while Avnish, Bhavesh, Chandan, Disha, Emran and Fiza sit in row 2.
Persons in both the rows face each other. Persons in row 1 face south
while persons in row 2 face north. Pavich sits second to the right of Tina
but not on any extreme end. Sarvesh is not adjacent to Pavich.One
person sits between Disha and Chandan.Fiza sits immediate left of
Bhavesh but not opposite to Qazi.Qazi sits third to the right of Umesh,
who sits opposite to Emran, who sits immediate left of Disha.
12 दो समानांतर पं यों म इस कार बैठे ह िक े क पं म छह
बैठते ह। पािवच, काज़ी, रमेश, सवश, टीना और उमेश पं 1 म बैठे ह
341
जबिक अवनीश, भावेश, चंदन, िदशा, इमरान और िफजा पं 2 म बैठे ह। दोनों
पं यों म एक दू सरे के सामने ह। पं 1 के यों का मुख दि ण की
ओर है जबिक पं 2 के यों का मुख उ र की ओर है । पािवच टीना के दाय
से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ले िकन िकसी अंितम छोर पर नहीं। सवश पिवच के
िनकट नहीं है । एक िदशा और चंदन के बीच बैठता है । िफजा भावे श के
ठीक बाएं बैठती है ले िकन काजी के िवपरीत नहीं। काजी उमेश के दाएं से तीसरे
ान पर बैठता है , जो इमरान के िवपरीत बैठता है , जो िदशा के ठीक बाएं बैठता
है ।
342
E.Pavich
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)B
3)A
4)D
5)A
132 . Eight persons Nayan, Karan, Ritu, Seema, Gagan, Chetan, Pooja and
Neha are living one above another on a eight floor building but not
necessarily in the same order. More than one person is living between
Nayan and Karan. As many person living between Karan and Gagan as
343
between Nayan and Karan. Only one person is living between Gagan and
Chetan. More than three persons are living between Chetan and Seema.
No person is living between Pooja and Ritu. Only two persons are living
between Ritu and Neha. Ritu is living at one of the positions above Neha.
आठ नयन, करण, रतु , सीमा, गगन, चेतन, पूजा और नेहा एक आठ
मं िजला इमारत म एक के ऊपर एक रहते ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म
हों। नयन और करण के बीच एक से अिधक रहते ह। िजतने करण
और गगन के बीच रहते ह उतने ही नयन और करण के बीच रहते ह। गगन और
चे तन के बीच केवल एक रहता है । चेतन और सीमा के बीच तीन से अिधक
रहते ह। पूजा और रतु के बीच कोई नहीं रहता है । रतु और ने हा के
बीच केवल दो रहते ह। रतु , नेहा से ऊपर िकसी एक ान पर रह रही है ।
3. Who among the following are living on second and fifth floor
respectively?
िन िल खत म से कौन मश: दू सरी और पांचवी ं मं िजल पर रहते ह?
A. Neha and Ritu
B. Ritu and Gagan
C. Seema and Chetan
D. Chetan and seema
344
E. None of these
5. Who among the following are living between Seema and Ritu?
िन िल खत म से कौन सीमा और रतु के बीच रह रहे ह?
A. Nayan and Chetan
B. Chetan and Gagan
C. Gagan and Ritu
D. Nayan and Pooja
E. None of these
Answers
1. A
2. D
3. A
4. B
5. D
345
133 . Eight persons Daniel, Era, Faiz, Goblin, Henry, Ikram, James and
Kevin live in a building but not necessarily in the same order.
There are eight floors in that building and only one person lives on each
floor. The ground floor of the building is numbered one and the floor
above it is numbered two and so on. The topmost floor of the building is
numbered eight. Henry lives above the floor on which Ikram lives. Only
one person lives between the floors on which Henry and Ikram lives
respectively. Faiz lives on the floor number three. Only one person lives
between the floors on which Faiz and Goblin live respectively. Goblin
lives below the floor on which Henry lives. Only two persons live
between the floors on which Faiz and James live respectively. Kevin lives
immediately above the floor on which Era lives.
आठ डे िनयल, एरा, फैज, गोबिलन, हे नरी, इकराम, जे और केिवन एक
इमारत म रहते ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों।
उस इमारत म आठ मंिजल ह और ेक मंिजल पर केवल एक रहता है ।
इमारत के भूतल की सं ा एक है और इसके ऊपर की मंिजल की सं ा दो है
346
और इसी तरह आगे भी। इमारत की सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा आठ है ।
हे नरी उस मंिजल के ऊपर रहता है िजस पर इकराम रहता है । केवल एक
उन मं िजलों के बीच रहता है िजन पर मश: हे नरी और इकराम रहते ह। फैज
तीसरी मं िजल पर रहते ह। फ़ैज़ और गो न के तलों के बीच केवल एक
रहता है । गो न उस मंिजल के नीचे रहता है िजस पर हे नरी रहता है । फैज़ और
जे मशः िजन मंिजलों पर रहते ह, उनके बीच केवल दो रहते ह।
केिवन एरा के ठीक ऊपर वाली मंिजल पर रहता है ।
1. How many floors are there between the floors on which Era and
Henry live respectively?
मशः एरा और हे नरी के रहने वाले तलों के बीच िकतने तल ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. ThreeD. Four
E. None of these
3. If all the persons are made to sit in alphabetical order from top to
bottom, the positions of how many persons will remain
unchanged?
यिद सभी यों को ऊपर से नीचे वणानु म म िबठाया जाए, तो िकतने
यों के ान अप रवितत रहगे?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. Five
347
C. James
D. Ikram
E. None of these
Answer -
1. B
2. A
3. B
4. A
5. E
Solution
348
134 . Seven people C, D, E, G, R, S and T belongs to different cities i.e.
Pune, Indore, Gurgaon, Hyderabad, Bangalore, Dehradun and Kota but
not necessarily in the same order. Each one of them are learning
different computer courses viz, Coding, Graphic Designing, Web
Desigining from the same Institute. At least two persons are learning the
same course. D is learning Graphic designing with the one who belongs
to to Guragon. D neither belongs to Bangalore or Hyderabad. E is neither
learning Coding nor Graphic designing. E neither belongs to Bangalore
nor Hyderabad. Those who belong to Hyderabad and Bangalore are
learning the same computer course. S is neither learning with the one
who belongs to Bangalore nor with D. C is learning only with the one
who belongs to Dehradun. G is neither learning Web Designing nor
belongs to Hyderabad. S doesn’t belongs to dehradun and T
doesn’t learn with E. R doesn’t belongs to Kota and E doesn’t belongs to
Indore. G is learning with the one who belongs to Kota.
सात C, D, E, G, R, S और T िविभ शहरों अथात पु णे, इं दौर, गुड़गांव,
है दराबाद, बगलोर, दे हरादू न और कोटा से संबंिधत ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। उनम से ेक एक ही सं ान से अलग-अलग कं ूटर पा म
जै से कोिडं ग, ािफक िडजाइिनंग, वेब िडजाइिनंग सीख रहे ह। कम से कम दो
समान पा म सीख रहे ह। D उस के साथ ािफक िडजाइिनंग
349
सीख रहा है जो गुड़गां व से संबंिधत है । D न तो बगलोर या है दराबाद से संबंिधत है ।
E न तो कोिडं ग सीख रहा है और न ही ािफक िडजाइिनंग सीख रहा है । E न तो
बगलोर और न ही है दराबाद से संबंिधत है । जो है दराबाद और बगलोर के ह वे एक
ही कं ूटर कोस सीख रहे ह। S न तो उसके साथ सीख रहा है जो बगलोर से
संबंिधत है और न ही D के साथ। C केवल दे हरादू न से संबंिधत के साथ
सीख रहा है । G न तो वेब िडजाइिनंग सीख रहा है और न ही है दराबाद से संबंिधत
है । S दे हरादू न से सं बंिधत नहीं है और T
E के साथ नहीं पढ़ता है । R कोटा से संबंिधत नहीं है और E से संबंिधत नहीं है
इं दौर। G उस के साथ सीख रहा है जो कोटा से संबंिधत है ।
350
C. E
D. Both (A) and (B)
E. None of these
5. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
forms a group. Find the one which does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. E, Bangalore
B. G, Hyderabad
C. C, Dehradun
D. S, Pune
E. R, Kota
Answers
1. B
2. D
3. A
4. D
5. A
351
135 . Eight persons Mona, Naveen, Omesh, Priya, Qazi, Riya, Shivam and
Tushar live on different floors of 8-storey apertment. The bottommost
floor is numbered as 1, floor above it as 2 and so on. Shivam lives just
above Priya’s floor. Riya and Omesh do not live on adjacent floors. Qazi
lives three floors above Mona, who lives on prime numbered floor.Priya
lives two floors above Naveen’s floor and both live on even numbered
floor. Riya lives above Omesh, who does not live on bottommost
floor.
आठ मोना, नवीन, ओमेश, ि या, काज़ी, रया, िशवम और तु षार 8 मंिजला
अपाटमट के िविभ तलों पर रहते ह। सबसे नीचे वाले तल की सं ा 1 है , उससे
ऊपर के तल की सं ा 2 है और इसी कार आगे भी। िशवम, ि या की मं िजल के
ठीक ऊपर रहता है । रया और ओमेश आस मंिजलों पर नहीं रहते ह। काज़ी
मोना से तीन मं िजल ऊपर रहता है , जो अभा सं ा वाली मं िजल पर रहती है ।
ि या नवीन की मं िजल से दो मंिजल ऊपर रहती है और दोनों सम सं ा वाली
मं िजल पर रहती ह। रया ओमेश के ऊपर रहती है , जो की सबसे नीचे नहीं रहता
है
352
A.Tushar
B.Omesh
C.Riya
D.Qazi
E.Mona
ANSWERS
1)D
2)B
3)B
4)A
5)C
353
136 . Eight Notebooks - Z1,Z2,Z3,Z4,Z5,Z6,Z7, and Z8 are kept one above
the other on a single table, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost rack is numbered as one and the topmost rack is numbered
as eight. Notebook Z3 is kept two Notebooks above Notebook Z7.
Notebook Z6 is kept immediately above Notebook Z2. Notebook Z6 is
kept somewhere below Notebook Z4. Only two Notebooks are kept
between Z8 and Z7. Notebooks Z3 and Z8 are not kept adjacent to each
other. Only one Notebook is kept between Z1 and Z8. Notebook Z4 is
kept immediately above Notebook Z8.
आठ नोटबुक - Z1,Z2,Z3,Z4,Z5,Z6,Z7, और Z8 को एक टे बल पर एक के ऊपर
एक करके रखा गया है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। सबसे नीचे के रै क
को एक और सबसे ऊपर के रै क को आठ के प म िगना जाता है । नोटबुक Z3
354
को नोटबु क Z7 के ऊपर दो नोटबुक रखा गया है । नोटबुक Z6 को नोटबु क Z2 के
ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । नोटबुक Z6 को नोटबुक Z4 के नीचे कही ं रखा गया है ।
Z8 और Z7 के बीच केवल दो नोटबुक रखी गई ह। नोटबुक Z3 और Z8 एक दू सरे
के िनकट नहीं रखे गए ह। Z1 और Z8 के बीच केवल एक नोटबुक रखी गई है ।
नोटबुक Z4 को नोटबुक Z8 के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है ।
355
c) Only II
d) Only I
e) Both II and III
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)E
3)A
4)E
5)A
356
357
137 . There are eight members B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I in a family. The
date of birth of each of them falls in the month of July and October on
different dates, viz 2nd, 13th, 19th and 27th but not necessarily in the
same order. There are three generations in the family. No two members
have the same date of birth. B is the oldest member of the family. The
maximum number of members were born between the date of birth of B
and that of his wife. C’s birthday is on 13th October. I has three offspring
but only two of them were born in july. C has two offspring and one of
them was born in October. C is sister-in-law of F and E. E’s birthday is in
the month having odd number of days and her elder brother celebrates
his birthday immediately after her but it is not F. F is uncle of G. Only
one member celebrates his/her birthday between F’s birthday and
G’s birthday. G and F’s birthdays are in the same month. G celebrates his
birthday immediately before his grandmother. H is sister of G. Only one
member celebrates his/her birthday between H’s birthday and her
paternal aunt’s birthday. I is a female.
एक प रवार म आठ सद B, C, D, E, F, G, H और I ह। उनम से ेक की ज
ितिथ जुलाई और अ ू बर के महीने म अलग-अलग तारीखों, अथात 2, 13, 19
और 27 को पड़ती है , लेिकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। प रवार म तीन
पीिढ़यां ह। िक ी ं भी दो सद ों की ज ितिथ एक समान नहीं होती है । B प रवार
का सबसे बड़ा सद है । B और उसकी प ी के ज की तारीख के बीच सद ों
की अिधकतम सं ा पैदा ई थी। C का ज िदन 13 अ ू बर को है । I के तीन
संतान ह ले िकन उनम से केवल दो का ज जुलाई म आ है । C की दो संतान ह
और उनम से एक का ज अ ू बर म आ था। C, F और E की साली है । E का
ज िदन िवषम िदनों वाले महीने म आता है और उसका बड़ा भाई अपना
ज िदन उसके ठीक बाद मनाता है ले िकन यह F नहीं है । F, G का अंकल है ।
केवल एक सद का ज िदन F के ज िदन और जी का ज िदन के बीच है । G
और F का ज िदन एक ही महीने म है । जी अपना ज िदन अपनी दादी के
ज िदन से ठीक पहले मनाते ह। H, G की बहन है । केवल एक
सद अपना ज िदन एच के ज िदन और अपनी मौसी के ज िदन के बीच
मनाता है । I एक मिहला है ।
358
1. How many members celebrates their birthdays between B’s
birthday and his grandson’s birthday?
B के ज िदन और उसके पोते के ज िदन के बीच िकतने सद अपना
ज िदन मनाते ह?
A. None
B. Two
C. Three
D. Five
E. Four
5. How is I related to F?
मेरा F से ा संबंध है ?
A. Father-in-law
B. Mother-in-law
359
C. Mother
D. CND
E. None of these
Answers
1. D
2. B
3. D
4. C
5. C
360
138 . Eight sweepers Pavich, Kamal, Rohan, Shyam, Tabish, Umesh,
Vishal and Yash sweep on different floors (but not necessarily in the
same order) of an eightfloor apartment where the ground floor is
numbered as 1 and the topmost floor is numbered as 8. Tabish sweeps
two floors above Vishal. Kamal sweeps on an odd floor but below Pavich.
Rohan sweeps exactly between Kamal and Vishal. Rohan sweeps
adjacent to Shyam. Yash does not sweep on the topmost floor. Pavich
sweeps on an even floor. Same number of sweepers sweep above and
below Pavich and Vishal respectively. Kamal does not sweep just below
Pavich.
आठ सफाई कमचारी पािवच, कमल, रोहन, ाम, तािबश, उमेश, िवशाल और
यश आठ मंिजल के एक अपाटमट के अलग-अलग मंिजलों पर सफाई करते ह
(ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी क्रम म हों) जहां भूतल की सं ा 1 है और सबसे
ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा 8 है । तािबश िवशाल से दो मंिजल ऊपर झाड़ू लगाती है ।
कमल िवषम तल पर ले िकन पािवच के नीचे झाड़ू लगाता है । रोहन कमल और
िवशाल के ठीक बीच म झाड़ू लगाता है । ाम के बगल म रोहन झाडू लगाता है ।
यश सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल पर झाडू नहीं लगाता है । पािवच सम तल पर झाडू लगाता
है । पािवच और िवशाल के ऊपर और नीचे समान सं ा म ीपर मश: सफाई
करते ह। कमल पािवच के ठीक नीचे झाड़ू नहीं लगाता है ।
361
A. Rohan
B. Pavich
C. Vishal
D. Tabish
E. None of these15
4)Four among the following five pair are same in a certain manner and
belong to a group, which among the following does not belong to the
group?
िन िल खत पां च जोड़ी म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और एक समूह से
संबंिधत ह, िन िल खत म से कौन सा समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Yash,Vishal
B. Vishal,Tabish
C. Shyam,Kamal
D. Umesh,Tabish
E. Pavich,Rohan
362
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)B
5)A
363
number of newspapers kept below newspaper A3. Only two newspapers
are kept between A3 and A6. newspaper A2 is kept three newspapers
above newspaper A5. newspaper A4 is not kept adjacent to newspaper
A6.
आठ समाचार प -A1,A2,A3,A4,A5,A6,A7, और A8 को एक पं म एक के
ऊपर एक बैग म रखा जाता है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। सबसे नीचे
वाले बैग की सं ा एक है और सबसे ऊपर वाले बैग की सं ा आठ है । A7 और
A8 के बीच केवल तीन अखबार रखे गए ह, जहां सबसे नीचे और सबसे ऊपर वाले
बैग म कोई भी अखबार नहीं रखा गया है । अखबार A7 को अखबार A8 के नीचे
कही ं रखा गया है । समाचार प A8 के ऊपर रखे गए समाचार प ों की सं ा
समाचार प A3 के नीचे रखे गए समाचार प ों की सं ा के समान है । A3 और A6
के बीच केवल दो समाचार प रखे गए ह। समाचारप A2 को समाचार प A5 के
ऊपर तीन समाचार प ों को रखा गया है । समाचार प A4 को समाचार प A6 के
िनकट नहीं रखा गया है ।
364
arrangement?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा संयोजन फाइनल के संबंध म स है ?
a) Second-newspaper A3
b) Third- newspaper A6
c) Eighth-newspaper A8
d) First-newspaper A7
e) Fifth-newspaper A2
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form
a group. Which of the following one does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) newspaper A4
b) newspaper A1
c) newspaper A2
d) newspaper A5
e) newspaper A3
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)E
3)A
4)C
5)D
365
366
140 . Eight workers- X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, and X8 are sitting in a
linear row after their duty facing the north direction but not necessarily
in the same order. X2 sits third to the right of X5. Both X6 and X4 are
sitting adjacent to each other. X3 sits sixth to the left of X4. X1 sits fifth
to the left of X6. Both X7 and X1 are not sitting adjacent to each other.
Both X5 and X3 are sitting adjacent to each other.
आठ कमचारी- X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, और X8 अपनी ू टी के बाद उ र
िदशा की ओर मुख करके एक रे खीय पं म बैठे ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। X2, X5 के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । X6 और X4 दोनों एक दू सरे
के आस बैठे ह। X3, X4 के बाय से छठे ान पर बैठा है । X1, X6 के बाय से
पां चव ान पर बैठा है । X7 और X1 दोनों एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं बैठे ह। X5
और X3 दोनों एक दू सरे के आस बैठे ह।
1) As many workers sit between X1 and X3 as the workers sit
between X6 and ___?
X1 और X3 के बीच िजतने कमचारी बैठते ह उतने ही कमचारी X6 और
___ के बीच बैठते ह?
a) X2
b) X7
c) X8
d) X5
e) None of the above
367
4) Who among the following worker sits third from the right end?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कमचारी दाय छोर से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ?
a) X4
b) X7
c) X6
d) X8
e) X1
Answers :
1)B
2)A
3)B
4)B
5)A
368
141 . Seven students Bhanu, Chaya, Divya, Karan, Mayur, Omesh and
Payal take coaching classes on different days of the same week from
Monday to Sunday but not necessarily in the same order. More than
three students take classes between Bhanu and Mayur. No one takes
class between Mayur and Omesh. Karan takes class just before Chaya’s
class. Two students take classes between Omesh and Payal. Only one
student takes class between Divya and Payal. Payal takes class Either
Tuesday or Wednesday.
सात छा भानु, छाया, िद ा, करण, मयूर, ओमेश और पायल सोमवार से रिववार
तक एक ही स ाह के अलग-अलग िदनों म कोिचंग ास ले ते ह ले िकन ज री
नहीं िक इसी म म हों। भानु और मयूर के बीच तीन से अिधक छा क ाएं ले ते
ह। मयूर और ओमेश के बीच कोई ास नहीं ले ता। छाया की ास से ठीक
पहले करण ास ले ता है । ओमेश और पायल के बीच दो छा क ा लेते ह।
िद ा और पायल के बीच केवल एक िव ाथ क ा ले ता है । पायल या तो मंगलवार
या बुधवार को क ा लेती है ।
369
A. Bhanu
B. Divya
C. Chaya
D. Mayur
E. None of these 15
4)Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence they
form a group. Which one of the following does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए वे एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Divya-Karan
B. Omesh - Mayur
C. Chaya-Bhanu
D. Payal-Omesh
E. Mayur-Karan
370
C. Karan takes classes on Monday
D. Both (a) and (c) true
E. None is true
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)C
3)D
4)B
5)E
142 . Seven Books - A1,A2,A3,A4,A5,A6, and A7 are kept one above the
other on a single almirah, but not necessarily in the same order. The
371
lowermost rack is numbered as one and the topmost rack is numbered
as seven. Only two Books are kept between A7 and A3, where either of
the Books is kept on the lowermost rack. Book A2 is kept two Books
above Book A1. Book A5 is kept above Book A1. Only one Book is kept
between the Books A4 and A3. Both the Books A4 and A7 are kept on
adjacent shelves. Book A1 is kept above Book A7. The number of Books
kept above Book A5 is the same as the number of Books kept below
Book A6 .
सात पु क - A1,A2,A3,A4,A5,A6, और A7 को एक ही अलमारी म एक के ऊपर
एक रखा गया है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। सबसे नीचे के रै क को
एक और सबसे ऊपर के रै क को सात के प म िगना जाता है । A7 और A3 के
बीच केवल दो िकताब रखी गई ह, जहां दोनों म से कोई भी िकताब सबसे िनचले
रै क पर रखी गई है । पु क A2 को पु क A1 के ऊपर दो पु क रखी गई ह।
पु क A5 को पु क A1 के ऊपर रखा गया है । पु कों A4 और A3 के बीच
केवल एक पु क रखी गई है । A4 और A7 दोनों पु क आस अलमा रयों पर
रखी गई ह। पु क A1 को पु क A7 के ऊपर रखा गया है । पु क A5 के ऊपर
रखी गई पु कों की सं ा पु क A6 के नीचे रखी गई पु कों की सं ा के
समान है ।
2) Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
form a group. Which of the following one does not belong to that
group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
a) A2,A5
b) A1,A7
c) A4,A6
d) A6,A3
e) A5,A4
372
3) Which of the following statement is/are true with respect to the final
arrangement?
फाइनल व ा के संबंध म िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन स है /ह?
a) Only two Books are kept between A2 and A7
b) Book A6 is kept immediately above Book A4
c) No Book is kept below Book A7
d) Book A2 is kept on an even numbered rack
e) None of the statements are true
Answers:
1) B
2) E
3) A
4) A
5) B
373
374
143 . 14 persons are sitting in two parallel rows such that seven persons
sit in each row. Payal, Kamal, Ritesh, Shariq, Tanmay, Umesh and Vani sit
in row 1 facing south while Aditya, Brijesh, Chandan, Dinesh, Emraan,
Farida and Garima sit in row 2 facing north. Person in both rows face
each other. The distance between any two adjacent persons is same.
Three persons are sitting between Ritesh and Shariq. Payal is the only
person, who is sitting adjacent to Tanmay, who is sitting opposite to
Chandan. Vani is sitting immediately left of Kamal, who is sitting
opposite to Farida, who is sitting 3rd from one of the extreme ends.
Umesh is not sitting adjacent to Ritesh. Garima and Aditya are sitting
adjacent to each other. Dinesh is sitting exactly in the middle of the row.
Two persons are sitting between Dinesh and Emraan, who is sitting
opposite to Ritesh.
14 दो समानांतर पं यों म इस कार बैठे ह िक े क पं म सात
बैठे ह। पायल, कमल, रतेश, शा रक, त य, उमेश और वाणी पं 1म
दि ण की ओर मुख करके बैठे ह जबिक आिद , बृजेश, चंदन, िदनेश, इमरान,
फरीदा और ग रमा पं 2 म उ र की ओर मुख करके बैठे ह। दोनों पं यों म
एक दू सरे का सामना करते ह। िक ी ं दो आस यों के बीच की दू री
समान है । रतेश और शा रक के बीच तीन बैठे ह। पायल एकमा है ,
जो त य के समीप बैठी है , जो चंदन के िवपरीत बैठी है । वाणी कमल के ठीक
बायी ं ओर बैठी है , जो फरीदा के िवपरीत बैठी है , जो िकसी एक अंितम छोर से
तीसरे ान पर बैठी है । उमेश, रतेश के आस-पास नहीं बैठा है । ग रमा और
आिद एक दू सरे के सि कट बैठे ह। िदनेश पं के ठीक म म बैठा है ।
िदनेश और इमरान के बीच दो बैठे ह, जो रतेश के िवपरीत बैठे ह।
375
2) How many persons are sitting between Brijesh and Emraan (in the
same row)?
बृजेश और इमरान (एक ही पं म) के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A4
B2
C5
D3
E None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)E
3)A
4)B
5)D
376
144 . Eleven people live in an eleven-story apartment but not necessarily
in the same order. One person lives on one floor. The ground floor is
numbered 1 and the top floor is numbered 11. Four people live between
Tushar and Kranti. Five people live between Aditya and Tushar. Aditya
does not live on the ground floor. Ram lives near to Aditya. Lalit lives
above Ram. Four people live between Lalit and Kunal. Vikas lives above
Chandan and below Devendra. Farukh lives on the fifth floor. Three
people live between Girish and Farukh. Six people live between
Krantiand Girish.
377
ारह एक ारह मंिजला अपाटमट म रहते ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। एक एक मंिजल पर रहता है । भूतल की सं ा 1 है और शीष
मं िजल की सं ा 11 है । तु षार और ां ित के बीच चार लोग रहते ह। आिद और
तु षार के बीच पांच लोग रहते ह। आिद भूतल पर नहीं रहता है । राम आिद के
पास रहता है । लिलत राम के ऊपर रहता है । लिलत और कुणाल के बीच चार लोग
रहते ह। िवकास चंदन के ऊपर और दे व के नीचे रहता है । फा ख पांचवी ं
मं िजल पर रहता है । िगरीश और फा ख के बीच तीन लोग रहते ह। ां ित और
िगरीश के बीच छह लोग रहते ह।
378
c)Ram, Tushar
d)Aditya, Kranti
e)Vikas, Farukh
ANSWERS :
1)B
2)A
3)E
4)C
5)C
379
145 . Seven friends Ashish, Bhusan, Chavi, Divya, Eshan, Farah, and
Girish joined a course of different durations i.e. 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4
weeks, 5 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, and 10 weeks but not necessarily in
the same order. Girish joined the course which has the least number of
weeks. Chavi joined the course which has a duration of more than 7
weeks. Ashish joined the course which has less number of weeks than
the course joined by Divya. Bhusan joined the course which has a
duration less than 5 weeks but does not join the course which has even
numbered weeks. Farah joined the course which has a duration half of
the duration of the course joined by chavi. The difference between the
duration of the courses joined by Ashish and Chavi is more than 3 weeks.
Eshan joined the course which has a duration of more than 7 weeks.
380
सात दो आशीष, भूषण, छिव, िद ा, ईशान, फराह और िगरीश अलग-अलग
अविध के एक कोस म शािमल ए, यानी 2 स ाह, 3 स ाह, 4 स ाह, 5 स ाह,
7 स ाह, 8 स ाह और 10 स ाह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक उसी आदे श म ।
िगरीश सबसे कम स ाह वाले पा म म शािमल आ। छिव उस कोस म
शािमल ईं िजसकी अविध 7 स ाह से अिधक है । आशीष उस कोस म शािमल
आ िजसम िद ा ारा शािमल ए कोस से कम स ाह ह। भूषण उस कोस म
शािमल ए िजसकी अविध 5 स ाह से कम है ले िकन वह उस कोस म शािमल
नहीं होता है िजसकी सं ा सम सं ा ह। फराह उस कोस म शािमल हो गई
िजसकी अविध चवी ारा शािमल िकए गए कोस की आधी अविध की है । आशीष
और छिव ारा शािमल िकए गए पा मों की अविध के बीच का अं तर 3 स ाह
से अिधक है । ईशान उस कोस म शािमल हो गया िजसकी अविध 7 स ाह से
अिधक है ।
2) Who among the following joined the course which has duration of
8 weeks?
िन िल खत म से कौन 8 स ाह की अविध वाले पा म म शािमल आ
है ?
a)Bhusan
b)Farah
c)Eshan
d)Chavi
e)Can’t be determined
381
c)5 weeks
d)2 weeks
e)Can’t be determined
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)D
5)B
382
146 . Adil, Brijesh, Chandan, Durgesh, Esha and Faizan live on different
floors in the same building having six floors. Each one likes different
colors i.e. Black, Red, Green, White, Yellow and Pink but not necessarily
in the same order. There are two floors between the floors of Durgesh
and Faizan, who like Yellow. Faizan lives above Durgesh. Durgesh do not
live on the second floor. Durgesh lives below Adil. Brijesh lives on an
evennumbered floor. Chandan lives above Faizan. The one, who likes
Black, lives four floors away from the one, who likes Red. Esha does not
like pink. Both Chandan and Esha do not like White. Adil, who likes Red,
lives on an even-numbered floor below the sixth floor.
आिदल, बृजेश, चं दन, दु गश, ईशा और फैजान छह मंिजलों वाली एक ही इमारत
म अलग-अलग मं िजलों पर रहते ह। ेक को अलग-अलग रं ग पसंद ह
अथात काला, लाल, हरा, सफेद, पीला और गुलाबी ले िकन आव क नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। दु गश और फैजान की मंिजलों के बीच दो मंिजल ह, फैजान िजसे पीला
रं ग पसंद है । फैजान दु गश के ऊपर रहता है । दु गश दू सरी मंिजल पर नहीं रहता
है । दु गश आिदल के नीचे रहता है । बृजेश एक सम सं ा वाली मं िजल पर रहता
है । चंदन फैजान के ऊपर रहता है । वह िजसे काला रं ग पसंद है , लाल रं ग
पसंद करने वाले से चार मंिजल दू र रहता है । ईशा को गुलाबी रं ग पसंद नहीं
383
है । चंदन और ईशा दोनों को ही सफेद रं ग पसंद नहीं है । आिदल, िजसे लाल रं ग
पसंद है , छठी मंिजल के नीचे एक सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है ।
384
III. Esha lives just above the one, who likes White.
I. चं दन लाल रं ग पसंद करने वाले से तीन मंिजल दू र रहता है ।
II. हरा रं ग पसंद करने वाले के ऊपर तीन रहते ह।
III.ईशा सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करने वाले के ठीक ऊपर रहती है ।
a)Only I
b)Both II and III
c)Both II and I
d)Only III
e)All are correct
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)C
3)D
4)D
5)C
385
147 . Twelve people are sitting in two rows that are parallel to each
other. In row 1- Ayush, Bina, Charu, Disha, Emraan, and Fiza are sitting
facing south. In row 2- Priya, Kamal, Riya, Shivam, Tanu, and Umar are
sitting facing north. Ayush is sitting third to the right of Disha and one of
them is sitting at an end. The one, who is sitting opposite Disha, sits
second to the right of Riya. Two people are sitting between Riya and
Kamal. Fiza is not sitting at an end. Tanu is sitting third to the left of
Umar. Bina and Emraan are not neighbours. Three people are sitting
between Kamal and Priya. Fiza is sitting fourth to the right of Emraan.
बारह दो पं यों म बैठे ह जो एक दू सरे के समानांतर ह। पं 1 म-
आयुष, बीना, चा , िदशा, इमरान और िफजा दि ण की ओर मु ख करके बैठे ह।
पं 2 म- ि या, कमल, रया, िशवम, तनु और उमर बैठे ह उ र की ओर मु ख
करके। आयुष, िदशा के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है और उनम से एक छोर पर
बैठा है । वह जो िदशा के िवपरीत बैठा है , रया के दाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठा है । रया और कमल के बीच दो बैठे ह। िफजा िकसी छोर पे नही ं बैठी
है । तनु, उमर के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है । बीना और इमरान पड़ोसी नहीं
ह। कमल और ि या के बीच तीन बैठे ह। िफजा, इमरान के दाय से चौथे
ान पर बैठी है ।
386
c)Ayush
d)Riya7
e)None of these
ANSWERS :
1)D
2)D
3)B
4)D
5)C
387
148 . Seven persons Avnish, Bhusan, Charu, Durgesh, Esha, Farukh and
Gaurav are sitting around a square table consisting of eight seats such
that four seats are at the corner of the table and four seats are at the
middle of the sides but not necessarily in the same order. One seat is
vacant. The persons who sit at the corner of the table face towards the
center while the persons, who sit at the middle of the sides, face outside
the center of the table. Bhusan sits second to the right of Charu. Farukh
does not sit on adjacent seat of Avnish. Esha sits on 2nd seat to the right
of Farukh. There are three seats between the seats of Avnish and the
one who sits on immediate right seat of Charu. Gaurav does not sit
adjacent to Durgesh. Durgesh sits on 2ndseat to the right of Avnish. No
middle seats are vacant.
सात अवनीश, भूषण, चा , दु गश, ईशा, फा ख और गौरव आठ सीटों
वाली एक वगाकार मेज के चारों ओर इस कार बैठे ह िक चार सीट मेज के कोने
पर ह और चार सीट भुजाओं के बीच म ह। एक सीट खाली है । मेज के कोने पर
बैठे यों का मु ख क की ओर है जबिक भुजाओं के म म बैठे यों का
मु ख क से बाहर की ओर है । भूषण, चा के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
फा ख अवनीश के आस सीट पर नहीं बैठता है । ईशा फा ख के दाय से दू सरी
388
सीट पर बैठी है । अवनीश और चा के ठीक दाय ान पर बैठने वाले के
म तीन ान ह। गौरव, दु गश के आस-पास नहीं बैठा है । दु गश, अवनीश के
दाय से दू सरी सीट पर बैठा है । बीच की कोई सीट खाली नहीं है ।
3) How many persons are sitting between Gaurav and Farukh when
counted from the left of Farukh?
फा ख के बाय से िगने जाने पर गौरव और फा ख के म िकतने
बैठे ह?
A One
B Two
C Three
D Four
E None of these
389
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक समूह के आधार पर एक िनि त तरीके से
समान ह, िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A Durgesh
B Esha
C Charu
D Avnish
E Farukh
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)C
4)E
5)C
390
149 . Eight persons Rohan, Raj, Rahul, Romil, Rinku, Renuka, Riya and
Rishi are sitting around a circular table, but not necessarily in the same
order. Some of them are facing the centre while some of them are facing
outside the centre. (Note: Same direction means if one person is facing
the centre then the other is also facing the centre and if one person is
not facing the centre then the other is also not facing the centre.
Opposite direction means if one person is facing the centre then the
other is not facing the centre and vice versa.) Romil and Riya face the
same direction but opposite to that of Raj. Riya sits third to the right of
Rohan. Both the immediate neighbours of Rinku face the same direction.
Raj sits third to the left of Rahul. Renuka sits on the immediate right of
Rishi. At least four persons are not facing the centre. Rohan sits second
to the right of the one who sits on the immediate left of Rinku. Rishi is
an immediate neighbour of Rinku. Both the immediate neighbours of
Rohan face the same direction as Rohan.
आठ रोहन, राज, रा ल, रोिमल, रं कू, रे णुका, रया और ऋिष एक
वृ ाकार मे ज के चारों ओर बैठे ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम
से कुछ का मुख क की ओर है जबिक कुछ का मुख क से बाहर की ओर है ।
(नोट: समान िदशा का अथ है िक यिद एक का मुख क की ओर है तो
दू सरे का भी क की ओर मुख है और यिद एक का मुख क की ओर नहीं
है तो दू सरे का मुख भी क की ओर नहीं है । िवपरीत िदशा का अथ है िक
यिद एक का मुख क की ओर है तो दू सरे का मुख क की ओर नहीं है
और इसके िवपरीत।) रोिमल और रया का मुख एक ही िदशा म है ले िकन राज के
िवपरीत है । रया, रोहन के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है । रं कू के दोनों
िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों का मुख समान िदशा की ओर है । राज, रा ल के बाय से
तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । रे णुका, ऋिष के ठीक दाय बैठी ह। कम से कम चार
यों का मुख क की ओर नहीं है । रोहन, रं कू के ठीक बाय बैठे के
दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । ऋिष, रं कू का िनकटतम पड़ोसी है । रोहन के दोनों
िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों का मुख रोहन के समान िदशा की ओर है ।
391
2. If ‘Raj’ is related to ‘Rinku’ and Romil is related to ‘Rishi’ in a
certain way, then ‘Riya’ is related to which of the following?
यिद एक िनि त तरीके से 'राज' का संबंध ' रं कू' से है और रोिमल का संबंध
'ऋिष' से है , तो ' रया' का संबंध िन िल खत म से िकससे है ?
A. Rinku
B. Renuka
C. Rishi
D. Rahul
E. None of these
Answers
1. D
2. B
3. A
4. C
5. B
392
150 . Eight persons Ahan, Rafi, Ved, Dev, Jay, Kabir, Kush and Manu live
in a building but not necessarily in the same order. There are eight floors
in that building and only one person lives on each floor. The ground floor
of the building is numbered one and the floor above it is numbered two
and so on. The topmost floor of the building is numbered eight.
Only three persons live between the floors on which Ved and kabir live.
Ved does not live on the first floor. Only one person lives between the
floor on which Ved and Kush live. Only three persons live between the
floors on which Rafi and Kush live. Ahan lives on an even numbered floor
but above the floor numbered four. Only three persons live between the
floors on which Ahan and Jay live. Only one person lives between the
floors on which Jay and Manu live. Only two persons live between the
floors on which Manu and Rafi lives. Dev does not live on the first,
second and topmost floor.
आठ अहान, रफी, वेद, दे व, जय, कबीर, कुश और मनु एक इमारत म
रहते ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उस इमारत म आठ मं िजल ह और
393
ेक मंिजल पर केवल एक रहता है । इमारत के भू तल की सं ा एक है
और इसके ऊपर की मंिजल की सं ा दो है और इसी तरह आगे भी। इमारत की
सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा आठ है । वेद और कबीर िजन मं िजलों पर रहते ह
उनके बीच केवल तीन रहते ह। वेद पहली मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । वेद
और कुश िजस मं िजल पर रहते ह उनके बीच केवल एक रहता है । रफ़ी
और कुश के तलों के म केवल तीन रहते ह। अहान एक सम सं ा वाली
मं िजल पर रहता है ले िकन मंिजल सं ा चार से ऊपर रहता है । अहान और जय
के बीच केवल तीन रहते ह। जय और मनु िजन मंिजलों पर रहते ह उनके
बीच केवल एक रहता है । िजन मंिजलों पर मनु और रफ़ी रहते ह, उनके
बीच केवल दो रहते ह। दे व पहले, दू सरे और सबसे ऊपर वाले तल पर नहीं
रहता है ।
2. How many persons live below the floor on which Rafi lives?
रफ़ी के तल के नीचे िकतने रहते ह?
A. Four
B. Three
C. None
D. Two
E. More than four
3. Who among the following lives exactly between Dev and Jay?
िन िल खत म से कौन दे व और जय के ठीक बीच म रहता है ?
A. Kabir
B. Rafi
C. Kush
D. Manu
E. Ved
394
A. Fourth
B. Sixth
C. Third
D. Fifth
E. None of these
Answer -
1. C
2. A
3. B
4. E
5. D
395
396
151 . Eight persons Aditya, Brijesh, Chaya, Durgesh, Eshan, Faizal, Garima
and Hemlata are working in a hospital in three different department viz.
pedia, Medicine, and Surgery but not necessarily in the same order. They
work on eight different posts (from Senior to Junior) viz. Consultant,
Associate professor (AP), Assistant professor (Asst. P), senior resident
(sr), junior resident (jr), intern, student and Peon. Not more than three
persons work in the same department. Eshan is junior than Aditya but
senior than Garima. The one who works as consultant works in the
Surgery Department. Brijesh and Chaya work in Surgery department and
both are senior than Faizal. Junior resident works in Surgery department.
Only three persons have the posts between Brijesh and Durgesh, who
works in Pedia department. Hemlata is a student but she does not work
in Medicine Department. Only three persons are senior to Faizal, who
does not work in Surgery or Medicine department.
आठ आिद , बृजेश, छाया, दु गश, ईशान, फैजल, ग रमा और हे मलता
एक अ ताल म तीन अलग-अलग िवभागों म कायरत ह। पीिडया, मे िडिसन और
सजरी पर ु आव क नहीं इसी म म हो. वे आठ अलग-अलग पदों पर काम
करते ह (सीिनयर से जूिनयर तक)। सलाहकार, एसोिसएट ोफेसर (एपी),
सहायक ोफेसर (सहायक पी), व र िनवासी (व र ), जूिनयर िनवासी (जूिनयर),
िश ु, छा और चपरासी। एक ही िवभाग म तीन से अिधक काम नहीं
करते ह। ईशान आिद से छोटा है ले िकन ग रमा से व र है । जो सलाहकार के
प म काम करता है वह सजरी िवभाग म काम करता है । बृजेश और छाया
सजरी िवभाग म काम करते ह और दोनों फैजल से सीिनयर ह। जूिनयर रे िजडट
सजरी िवभाग म काम करता है । बृजेश और दु गश के बीच केवल तीन यों के
पद ह, जो पीिडया िवभाग म काम करता है । हे मलता एक छा ा है ले िकन वह
मे िडिसन िवभाग म काम नहीं करती है । फैज़ल से केवल तीन व र ह, जो
सजरी या मेिडिसन िवभाग म काम नहीं करता है ।
397
B Garima works as Peon
C Hemlata works in Pedia Department
D Aditya works in Medicine Department
E All of the above
398
E Durgesh- Intern- Surgery
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)A
3)E
4)B
5)E
399
Human Resource Management Department. R was going in a month
immediately before the one who works in Human Resouce Management
Department. W works neither in Administration Department nor in
Human Resouce Management Department. The one who works in
Administration Department was going in a month which has 31 days but
not in January. Only two persons were going between the one who
works in Accounts Department and W. Q was not going in a month
which has less than 31 days. S was going in a month which has neither
28 days nor 30 days. Only three persons were going between S and the
one who works in Production Department. U was going immediately
before the one who works in Production Department. U was not going in
a month which has less than 30 days. Q was going immediately before
the one who works in Accounts Department.
सात Q, R, S, T, U, V और W वष के सात अलग-अलग महीनों अथात
जनवरी, फरवरी, माच, अ ैल, जून, िसतंबर और अ ू बर म काम करने जा रहे थे
ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से ेक शासन, िवपणन और
िब ी, ले खा, उ ादन, गुणव ा बंधन, मानव संसाधन बंधन और जनसंपक जैसे
सात अलग-अलग िवभागों म काम करता है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म
हो। गुणव ा बंधन िवभाग म काम करने वाला V से पहले जा रहा था। V
फरवरी म जा रहा था। वह जो िवपणन और िब ी िवभाग म काय करता है ,
मानव संसाधन बंधन िवभाग म काय करने वाले के बाद जा रहा था। R,
मानव संसाधन बंधन िवभाग म काम करने वाले से ठीक एक महीने पहले
जा रहा था। W न तो शासन िवभाग म और न ही मानव संसाधन बंधन िवभाग म
काय करता है । वह जो शासन िवभाग म काम करता है , उस महीने म
जाता है िजसम 31 िदन होते ह ले िकन जनवरी म नहीं। ले खा िवभाग म काम करने
वाले और W के बीच केवल दो जा रहे थे। Q उस महीने म नहीं जा
रहा था िजसम 31 िदनों से कम है । S उस महीने म जा रहा था िजसम न तो 28 िदन
ह और न ही 30 िदन। S और उ ादन िवभाग म काम करने वाले के बीच
केवल तीन जा रहे थे। U उ ादन िवभाग म काम करने वाले के
ठीक पहले जा रहा था। U उस महीने म नहीं जा रहा था िजसम 30 से कम िदन ह।
Q, ले खा िवभाग म काम करने वाले के ठीक पहले जा रहा था।
400
D. W works Accounts Department
E. None of these
2. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
form a group. Which is the one that does not belong to that
group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. W,U
B. S,U
C. Q,T
D. Q,V
E. R,V
401
E. None of these
Answers
1. C
2. D
3. A
4. D
5. B
402
153 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, Y and X work in different ice-cream
factories, viz Amul, Vadilal, Kwality Walls, Mother Dairy, Cream Bell,
Havmor, Baskin Robbins and Cream & Fudge but not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them likes different flavours of ice-cream, viz
Vanilla, Chocolate, Strawberry, Coconut, Mango, Oreo, Mint and
Blueberry but not necessarily in the same order. O does not work in
Baskin Robbins. The one who works in Kwality Walls likes neither
Strawberry nor Mango . L does not work in Cream & Fudge. The one who
works in Cream Bell likes Oreo . Y works in Havmor and he doesn’t likes
Vanilla . M likes Blueberry. N and O either likes Chocolate or Oreo . X
doesn’t likes Mango. J likes Mint and he works neither in Cream & Fudge
nor in Cream bell. K works in Mother Dairy and he likes neither Vanilla
nor Strawberry. The one who works in Amul likes Coconut. The one who
works in Vadilal likes Blueberry and the one who works in Baskin
Robbins likes Chocolate.
आठ J, K, L, M, N, O, Y और X िविभ आइस ीम कारखानों म काम
करते ह, जै से अमूल, वाडीलाल, ािलटी वॉ , मदर डे यरी, ीम बेल, है वमोर,
बा न रॉिब और ीम एं ड फज ले िकन ज री नहीं इसी म म। उनम से
ेक को आइस ीम के अलग-अलग ाद पसंद ह, जैसे िक वनीला, चॉकले ट,
ॉबे री, ना रयल, आम, ओ रयो, िमंट और ूबेरी ले िकन आव क नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। O बा न रॉिब म काय नहीं करता है । ािलटी वॉ म काम
करने वाला न तो ॉबेरी न ही आम पसंद करता है । L ीम और फज म
काम नहीं करता है । वह जो ीम बेल म काम करता है उसे ओ रयो पसंद
403
है । Y है वमोर म काम करता है और उसे वनीला पसंद नहीं है । M को ूबेरी पसंद
है । N और O या तो चॉकलेट या ओ रयो पसंद करते ह। X को आम पसंद नहीं है । J
को िमंट पसंद है और वह न तो ीम एं ड फज और न ही ीम बेल म काम करता
है । K मदर डे यरी म काम करता है और उसे न तो वनीला और न ही ॉबे री पसंद
है । वह जो अमूल म काय करता है उसे ना रयल पसंद है । जो वाडीलाल म
काम करता है उसे ूबेरी पसंद है और वह जो बा न रॉिबंस म काम करता है
उसे चॉकलेट पसंद है ।
404
5. In which of the following companies does L work?
L िन िल खत म से िकस कंपनी म काम करता है ?
A. Mother Dairy
B. Cream Bell
C. Vadilal
D. Cream & Fudge
E. None of these
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. B
4. C
5. E
405
154 . Eight people J, Z , I, E, F, G, H and Q lives on eight different floors of
a building but not necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor of
the building is numbered one, the one above that is numbered two and
so on till topmost floor is numbered eight. Each one of them purchased
different items – Table, Chair, Bed, Fridge, Almirah, Cooler, AC, and
Microwave but not necessarily in the same order. H lives on floor
number 6. Only one person lives between H and the one who
purchased Fridge. Only two persons live between the one who
purchases Fridge and the one who purchases Microwave. The one who
purchased Microwave lives on one of the floor below the one who
purchases Fridge. F lives on one of the odd numbered floors above the
one who purchased Microwave. The one who purchased chair lives
immediately below F but not on floor number 2. Only four persons live
between F and the one who purchased Table. As many persons live
between the one who purchased Table and Microwave as
between F and the one who purchased Cooler. Only two persons live
between Q and the one who purchased Cooler. Only three persons live
between G and the one who purchased Bed. Q purchased neither Bed
nor Almirah. Z lives immediately above E. J lives immediately above the
one who purchased Almirah.
आठ J, Z, I, E, F, G, H और Q एक इमारत की आठ अलग-अलग मं िजलों
पर रहते ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। इमारत की सबसे िनचली
मं िजल की सं ा एक है , उससे ऊपर की मंिजल की सं ा दो है और इसी कार
सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा आठ है । उनम से ेक ने अलग-अलग सामान
खरीदा – मे ज, कुस , िब र, ि ज, अलमारी, कूलर, एसी, और माइ ोवे व ले िकन
ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। H तल सं ा 6 पर रहता है । H और जो
ि ज खरीदा उनके बीच केवल एक रहता है । ि ज खरीदने वाले और
माइ ोवेव खरीदने वाले के बीच केवल दो रहते ह। वह िजसने
माइ ोवेव खरीदा है वह ि ज खरीदने वाले के नीचे िकसी एक तल पर
रहता है । F, माइ ोवेव खरीदने वाले के ऊपर िकसी एक िवषम सं ा
वाली मं िजल पर रहता है । कुस खरीदने वाला F के ठीक नीचे रहता है
ले िकन तल सं ा 2 पर नहीं। F और टे बल खरीदने वाले के बीच केवल चार
रहते ह। टे बल और माइ ोवेव खरीदने वाले के बीच िजतने रहते ह
उतने ही F और कूलर खरीदने वाले के बीच रहते ह। Q और कूलर खरीदने वाले
के बीच केवल दो रहते ह। G और बेड खरीदने वाले के बीच केवल तीन
रहते ह। Q ने न तो िब र खरीदा और न ही अलमारी। Z, E के ठीक ऊपर
रहता है । J अलमारी खरीदने वाले के ठीक ऊपर रहता है ।
1. How many persons live above the one who purchased AC?
406
AC खरीदने वाले के ऊपर िकतने रहते ह?
A. Three
B. One
C. Two
D. More than three
E. None
2. How many persons live between the one who purchased Fridge
and the one who purchased Almirah?
ि ज खरीदने वाले और अलमारी खरीदने वाले के बीच िकतने रहते
ह?
A. More than three
B. Three
C. Two
D. None
E. One
4. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
forms a group. Find the one which does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. H - Cooler
B. E - AC
C. G - Microwave
D. Z - Fridge
E. I - Chair
407
D. H
E. The one who purchased Microwave
Answers
1. A
2. D
3. B
4. B
5. C
408
155 . There are nine persons (P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W and X) living in a 9-
floor building such that the bottommost floor as is numbered 1 and the
topmost floor is numbered as 9 but not necessarily in the same order.
Two persons live between S and T. W lives in an even numbered floor
just above X. T lives in a prime numbered floor above second floor. V
lives on floor numbered 3. One person lives between V and P. P does
not live on a prime numbered floor. Q and R live on adjacent floors.
एक 9-मंिज़ला इमारत म नौ (P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W और X) इस कार
रहते ह िक सबसे नीचे वाले तल की सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर वाले तल की
सं ा 9 है ले िकन आव क नही ं इसी म म। S और T के बीच दो
रहते ह। W एक सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर X के ठीक ऊपर रहता है । T
दू सरी मं िजल के ऊपर एक अभा सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है। V तल
सं ा 3 पर रहता है। V और P के म एक रहता है । P एक अभा
सं ा वाली मंिजल पर नही ं रहता है। Q और R आस मं िजलों पर रहते ह।
409
(e) None of these
(4) How many persons live above the floor on which S lives?
S िजस मंिजल पर रहता है उसके ऊपर िकतने रहते ह?
(a) Three
(b) Five
(c) One
(d) Two
(e) None of these
Answers:
(1) d
(2) a
(3) c
(4) b
(5) c
410
156 . Six persons Dheeraj, Neeraj, Kalp, Mickey, Neetu and Rudra are
sitting in Row 2 facing north whereas Kush, Lucky, Parv, Kavya, Brajh,
Jiyu are sitting in Row 1 facing south such that both rows are equidistant
and parallel to each other. The persons sitting in Row 1 face the persons
siting in Row 2 and vice-versa. Three person sit between Rudra and
Dheeraj. Rudra sits immediate left of Mickey, who sits opposite to Kush.
Kush sits second to the right of Lucky, who sits third from the one of the
extreme end of the row. Jiyu does not sit opposite to Kalp. Kalp does not
sit adjacent to Neeraj. Kavya sits second to the left of parv, who sits
opposite to Neeraj.
छह धीरज, नीरज, क , िमकी, नीतू और पं 2 म उ र की ओर
मु ख करके बैठे ह जबिक कुश, लकी, पव, का ा, ज, िजयू पं 1 म दि ण की
ओर इस तरह बैठे ह िक दोनों पं याँ समान दू री पर और एक दू सरे के समानां तर
ह। . पं 1 म बैठे पं 2 म बैठे यों की ओर उ ु ख ह और इसके
िवपरीत। और धीरज के बीच तीन बैठे ह। , िमकी के ठीक बाएं बैठा
है , जो कुश के िवपरीत बैठा है । कुश, लकी के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , लकी
जो पं के अं ितम छोर से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । जीयू क के िवपरीत नहीं
बैठी है । क नीरज के िनकट नहीं बैठा है । का ा पव के बाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठी है , जो नीरज के िवपरीत बैठी है ।
411
C. Fourth
D. Fifth
E. None of these
3. How many persons sit between Brajh and the one, who sits
opposite to Mickey?
ज और िमकी के िवपरीत बैठे के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Four
C. None
D. Three
E. Two
Answers:
1. E
2. C
412
3. D
4. B
5. A
413
157 . Six friends P, Q, R, S, T and U gather at P's home to watch a one-
day match on TV. Each friend belongs to a by is different state, viz Bihar,
Goa, Haryana, Manipur, Nagaland and Sikkim but not necessarily in the
same order. Each friend has a different occupation, viz Officer, Doctor,
Teacher, Clerk, Salesman and Accountant. The one who is a Teacher
belongs to Goa. The one who is a Doctor is not from Nagaland. S is a
Clerk. Neither R nor P is a Doctor. The one who is from Manipur is an
Officer. P does not belong to Manipur. The person who belongs
to Sikkim is T but is not a Doctor. Q is neither a Teacher nor a Doctor and
he is from Bihar.
छह दो P, Q, R, S, T और U टीवी पर एक िदवसीय मैच दे खने के िलए P के घर
पर इक ा होते ह। ेक िम अलग-अलग रा से संबंिधत है , अथात िबहार,
गोवा, ह रयाणा, मिणपुर, नागालड और िस म ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म
म हो। ेक िम का एक अलग वसाय है , अथात अिधकारी, डॉ र, िश क,
क, से मैन और ले खाकार। जो िश क है वह गोवा से संबंिधत है । जो डॉ र
है वह नागालड से नहीं है । S एक क है । न तो R न ही P डॉ र है । वह
जो मिणपुर से है एक अिधकारी है । P मिणपुर से संबंिधत नहीं है । वह जो
414
िस म से संबंिधत है वो टी है ले िकन डॉ र नहीं है । Q न तो िश क है और न
ही डॉ र है और वह िबहार से है ।
415
C. R
D. S
E. Cannot be determined
Answers
1. E
2. B
3. B
4. A
5. E
416
158 . Seven people A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting in a straight line with
equal distance between each other, but not necessarily in the same
order. Some of them are facing north and some are facing south.
Only two people are sitting to the left of G. Only two people sit between
G and B. A sits second to the left of B. The immediate neighbours of A
face opposite directions (i.e if one of the neighbours faces south then
the other faces north and vice versa). Only one person sits between A
and C. F sits third to the left of C. D is not an immediate neighbour of B.
Both the immediate neighbours of C face the same direction (ie if one
neighbour faces south then the other neighbour also faces south and if
one neighbour faces north then the other neighbour also faces north). A
faces the same direction as C. E faces north. B sits on the immediate left
of E. Not more than three persons facing south.
सात A, B, C, D, E, F और G एक सीधी रे खा म एक दू सरे से समान दू री पर
बैठे ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से कुछ का मु ख उ र की
ओर है और कुछ का मुख दि ण की ओर है । G के बाय ओर केवल दो बैठे
ह। G और B के म केवल दो बैठे ह। A, B के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा
है । A के िनकटतम पडोसी िवपरीत िदशा की ओर उ ुख ह (अथात यिद एक
पडोसी का मुख दि ण की ओर है तो दू सरे का मुख उ र की ओर है )। A और C
के बीच केवल एक बैठा है । F, C के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । D, B
का िनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । C के दोनों िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों का मुख एक ही
िदशा की ओर है (अथात यिद एक पड़ोसी का मुख दि ण की ओर है तो दू सरे
पड़ोसी का भी मुख होगा दि ण और यिद एक पड़ोसी का मु ख उ र की ओर है तो
दू सरे पड़ोसी का भी मुख उ र की ओर होगा)। A का मुख C के समान िदशा की
ओर है । E का मुख उ र की ओर है । B, E के ठीक बाएं बैठा है । तीन से अिधक
दि ण की ओर उ ुख नहीं ह।
1. Who among the following sits exactly between G and the one who
is sitting on the immediate left of B?
िन िल खत म से कौन G और B के ठीक बाय बैठे के ठीक बीच म
बैठा है ?
A. A
B. F
C. C
D. E
417
E. None of these
2. Who among the following sits exactly in the middle of the line?
िन िल खत म से कौन रे खा के ठीक म म बैठा है ?
A. D
B. A
C. F
D. E
E. C
4. Which of the following pairs represents the people sitting at the two
extreme ends of the line?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु रे खा के अंितम छोर पर बैठे दोनों लोगों को दशाता
है ?
A. BC
B. GA
C. EF
D. DB
E. DE
Answer
1. A
2. B
418
3. B
4. E
5. B
Solution -
159 . Six toys (C, P, D, A, T, and B) are kept in a linear row facing towards
the north direction but not necessarily in the same order. Each toys cost
different amount of money (in Rs.) (500, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3750, 4000).
The toy, which costs Rs. 2000, is kept 2nd to the left of T, but not at the
extreme left end of row. C is kept 3rd to the left of D. A, which costs the
2nd lowest, is kept immediate right of D. B is kept 2nd to the left of the
toy, which costs Rs. 4000. P, which costs Rs. 500, is not kept adjacent to
D. B costs more than T.
छह खलौने (C, P, D, A, T, और B) उ र िदशा की ओर मुख करके एक रै खक
पं म रखे गए ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। े क खलौने की
अलग-अलग रािश ( पये म) (500, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3750, 4000) खच होती
419
है । खलौना, िजसकी कीमत । 2000 है , T के बाय से दू सरे ान पर रखा गया है ,
ले िकन पं का सबसे बायाँ छोर पर नहीं। C को D के बाय से तीसरे ान पर
रखा गया है । A, िजसकी कीमत दू सरी सबसे कम है , को D के ठीक दाय रखा गया
है । B को खलौने के बाय से दू सरे ान पर रखा गया है , िजसकी कीमत 4000
पये है ।. P, िजसकी कीमत 500 है , D के िनकट नहीं रखा गया है । B की कीमत
T से अिधक है ।
420
E - None of the above25
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)E
3)E
4)B
5)B
Solution
421
160 . Seven persons sit on eight seats arranged in a linear row such that
one of the seats is vacant. Some of them face south while others face
north direction. Renu sits on the third to the left of Charu, who faces the
same direction as Rani. Divya and Renu sit on adjacent seats and face in
the opposite direction. There are four seats between Rani and Charu.
Rani sits on the third seat to the right of Aaru. Anju and Charu don't sit
on adjacent seats. Meera sits on the second seat to the right of Divya
and faces north. Anju does not face South. Immediate neighbours of
Meera face in the opposite direction.
एक रै खक पं म व त आठ सीटों पर सात इस कार बैठते ह िक
उनम से एक सीट खाली है । उनम से कुछ का मुख दि ण की ओर है जबिक अ
का मु ख उ र िदशा की ओर है । रे णु , चा के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है , चा
िजसका मुख रानी के समान िदशा की ओर है । िद ा और रे णु सि कट सीटों पर
बैठती ह और िवपरीत िदशा की ओर उ ुख ह। रानी और चा के बीच चार सीट
ह। रानी, आ के दाय तीसरी सीट पर बैठी है । अंजू और चा आस सीटों पर
नहीं बैठते ह। मीरा, िद ा के दाय दू सरी सीट पर बैठी है और उसका मुख उ र
की ओर है । अंजू का मुख दि ण की ओर नहीं है । मीरा के िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों का
मु ख िवपरीत िदशा म है ।
422
3. Who among the following sits on the fourth seat to the left of Anju?
िन िल खत म से कौन अंजू के बाय से चौथी सीट पर बैठा है ?
A. Renu
B. Charu
C. Meera
D. Rani
E. None of these
Answers :
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. B
423
161 . Ten people Pranjal, Karan, Rohan, Shalya, Tarish, Umesh, Vimal,
Wiresh, Ravi and Yogesh sit around a circular table such that some of
them are facing towards the centre while some are facing away from the
centre. (Facing same direction means if one faces towards the centre
then the other one also faces towards the centre and vice versa. Facing
opposite directions means if one faces towards the centre then the
other one faces away from the centre and vice versa) Immediate
neighbours of Shalya face the opposite directions. Yogesh sits third to
the left of Tarish. Yogesh and Ravi face the same direction. Rohan sits
third to the right of Karan. Umesh sits second to the left of Rohan, who
sits on immediate left of Pranjal. Both Pranjal and Rohan face the same
direction. Shalya sits third to the left of Umesh. Only two persons sit
between Tarish and Wiresh, when counted from the right of Wiresh,
who is not sitting adjacent to Rohan. Neither Tarish nor Wiresh sits
adjacent to Pranjal. Immediate neighbour of Karan faces the same
424
direction as Karan. Ravi does not face the centre. Vimal does not face
towards the centre. Ravi sits second to the right of Pranjal.
दस ां जल, करण, रोहन, श , ता रश, उमेश, िवमल, िवरे श, रिव और
योगेश एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर इस कार बैठते ह िक उनम से कुछ क
की ओर उ ुख ह जबिक कुछ क से बाहर की ओर उ ुख ह। (समान िदशा का
अथ है यिद एक का मुख क की ओर है तो दू सरे का भी क की ओर है और
इसके िवपरीत। िवपरीत िदशाओं का अथ है यिद एक का मु ख क की ओर है तो
दू सरे का मुख क से बाहर है और इसके िवपरीत) शलया के त ाल पड़ौिसयों
का मु ख िवपरीत िदशाओं म है । योगेश, ता रश के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ।
योगेश और रिव का मुख समान िदशा की ओर है । रोहन, करण के दाय से तीसरे
ान पर बैठा है । उमेश, रोहन के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , जो ां जल के
ठीक बाय बैठा है । ां जल और रोहन दोनों का मुख समान िदशा की ओर है ।
श ा, उमेश के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है । ता रश और िवरे श के बीच केवल
दो बैठे ह, जब िवरे श के दाय से िगना जाता है , िवरे श जो रोहन के आस-
पास नहीं बैठा है । ां जल के आस-पास न तो ता रश और न ही िवरे श बैठे ह। करण
के िनकटतम पडोसी का मुख करण के समान िदशा की ओर है । रिव का मुख क
की ओर नहीं है । िवमल का मुख क की ओर नहीं है । रिव ां जल के दाय से दू सरे
ान पर बैठा है ।
425
B - 3rd to the right
C - 2nd to the left
D - 6th to the left
E - Can’t be determined
5) Four of the following five are related to each other in some way
and thus formed a group. Choose the one which does not belong
to that group?
िन िल खत पाँच म से चार िकसी न िकसी कार से एक दू सरे से संबंिधत ह
और इस कार एक समूह का िनमाण करते ह। वह चु न जो उस समूह से
संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A - Umesh
B - Rohan
C - Pranjal
D - Vimal
E - Karan
Solution:
1. E
2. B
3. A
4. E
5. D
426
427
162 . There are nine shelves (A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2, B3, B4 and B5) in an
ICU ward. Only four of them have different number of injections (2, 3, 5
and 7). The bottommost shelf is numbered 1 and the topmost shelf is
numbered 9. There are two shelves between B4 and A3. 6th shelf has
some injections. B4 is two shelves above A1, which has 2 injections. B5 is
above B2, which is above B3, which doesn’t have injections. Shelf with 3
injections is immediately above A3. A4 is immediately above A2. Number
of shelves below A1 is a prime number. Shelf with 7 injections is two
shelves below B1, which is an even numbered shelf. Neither A4 nor B1
has injections.
आईसीयू वाड म नौ अलमा रयां (ए1, ए2, ए3, ए4, बी1, बी2, बी3, बी4 और बी5)
ह। उनम से केवल चार के पास अलग-अलग सं ा म इं जे न (2, 3, 5 और 7)
ह। सबसे नीचे वाले शे की सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर वाले शे की सं ा 9
है । B4 और A3 के बीच दो शे ह। छठी शे म कुछ इं जे न ह। B4 A1 के
ऊपर दो अलमा रयां ह, A1 िजसमे 2 इं जे न ह। B5, B2 से ऊपर है , B2 जो B3
से ऊपर है , B3 िजसम इं जे न नहीं ह। 3 इं जे न वाली शे A3 के ठीक ऊपर
है । A4, A2 के ठीक ऊपर है । A1 के नीचे की अलमा रयों की सं ा एक अभा
सं ा है । 7 इं जे न वाला शे बी 1 के दो शे नीचे है , बी 1 जो एक सम
मांिकत शे है । न तो A4 और न ही B1 म इं जे न ह।
428
____ B4 से तीन अलमा रयां नीचे ह।
A - B5
B - B2
C - B3
D - B1
E - None of the above
Answers :-
1)E
2)B
3)C
4)B
5)C
429
163 . Six boxes P, Q, R, S, T and U are kept one above the other like a
stack. These boxes contain different items( Pencil, Sharpener, Eraser,
Copy, Books and Files) The bottommost box is numbered 1 and the
topmost box is numbered 6. P is above the box which contains
sharpener but not the topmost box. U contains copy and is immediately
above R, which is not the 1st box. The box which contains the eraser is
immediately above Q. There are at least two boxes below T. There are
two boxes between S and the box which contain books. Q is above T.
2nd box doesn't contain files.
छह िड े P, Q, R, S, T और U एक के ऊपर एक ढे र की तरह रखे गए ह। इन
बॉ म अलग-अलग आइटम ह (पिसल, शापनर, इरे ज़र, कॉपी, िकताब और
फाइल) सबसे नीचे वाले बॉ की सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर वाले बॉ की
सं ा 6 है । P उस बॉ के ऊपर है िजसम शापनर है ले िकन सबसे ऊपर वाला
430
बॉ नहीं है । U म कॉपी है और वह R के ठीक ऊपर है , जो िक पहला बॉ नहीं
है । िजस बॉ म इरे ज़र है वह Q के ठीक ऊपर है । T के नीचे कम से कम दो
बॉ ह। S और िजस बॉ म िकताब ह उनके बीच दो बॉ ह। Q, T के ऊपर
है । दू सरे बॉ म फाइल नहीं ह।
3. Which among the following boxes are below the box which
contains files?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा बॉ उस बॉ के नीचे है िजसम फाइल ह?
I. U
II. P
III. Q
A. Only I
B. Only I and II
C. Only II
D. Only II and III
E. None of these
431
5. Which among the following statements is/are correct?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन सही है ?
A. S is above T
B. U is below Q
C. Q is above P
D. Q is below S
E. None of these
Answers:
1. E
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. C
432
sits third to the right of U. T, who faces the centre, is not an immediate
neighbour of U. There is only one person sit between U and V. S sits
second to the right of Q. Q faces the centre. R is not an immediate
neighbour of P.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W एक वगाकार मेज के चारों ओर इस कार बैठे ह िक
उनम से चार वग के चारों कोनों पर बैठते ह जबिक चार े क भुजा के म म
बैठते ह ले िकन नहीं अिनवाय प से इसी म म। वे जो चार कोनों पर बैठे ह
उनका मुख क की ओर है , जबिक जो भुजाओं के म म बैठे ह उनका मु ख
बाहर की ओर है । P, िजसका मुख क की ओर है , वह U के दाय से तीसरे ान
पर बैठा है । T, िजसका मुख क की ओर है , वह U का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है ।
U और V के बीच केवल एक बैठा है । S, Q के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा
है । Q का मुख क की ओर है । R, P का िनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है ।
3. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. R
B. S
C. U
D. V
E. W
433
4. Which of the following statements is true?
िन िल खत बयानों म से कौनसा सच है ?
A. R is an immediate neighbour of U.
B. W sits exactly between T and S.
C. V faces the centre.
D. Q sits third to the right of R.
E. None is true
Answers
1. C
2. E
3. B
4. D
5. D
434
165 . Eight persons D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K live in a building, but not
necessarily in the same order. There are eight floors in that building and
only one person lives on each floor. The ground floor of the building is
numbered one and the floor above it is numbered two and so on. The
topmost floor of the building is numbered eight. Only two persons live
between the floors on which F and J live respectively. K lives
immediately above the floor on which E lives. Only one person lives
between the floors on which F and G live respectively. G lives below the
floor on which H lives. Only one person lives between the floors on
which H and I live respectively. F lives on the floor numbered three. H
lives above the floor on which I lives.
आठ D, E, F, G, H, I, J और K एक इमारत म रहते ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं
िक इसी म म हों। उस इमारत म आठ मंिजल ह और े क मं िजल पर केवल
एक रहता है । इमारत के भूतल की सं ा एक है और इसके ऊपर की
मं िजल की सं ा दो है और इसी तरह आगे भी। इमारत की सबसे ऊपरी मं िजल
की सं ा आठ है । केवल दो उन मंिजलों के बीच रहते ह िजन पर मश: F
और J रहते ह। K उस मंिजल के ठीक ऊपर रहता है िजस पर E रहता है । केवल
एक रहता है उन मंिजलों के बीच जहां मशः F और G रहते ह। G, H के
तल के नीचे रहता है । केवल एक उन मंिजलों के बीच रहता है िजन पर
मश: H और I रहते ह। F तल सं ा तीन पर रहता है । H उस मं िजल के ऊपर
रहता है िजस पर I रहता है .
1. How many floors are there between the floors E and H live
respectively?
435
मशः E और H के बीच िकतनी मंिजल ह?
A. One
B. Three
C. None
D. Two
E. More than three
3. If all the persons are made to sit in alphabetical order from top to
bottom, the position of how many will remain unchanged?
यिद सभी यों को ऊपर से नीचे वणानु म म िबठा िदया जाए, तो
िकतने यों की ित अप रवितत रहे गी?
A. None
B. Two
C. One
D. Four
E. Three
436
E. None is true
Answer -
1. D
2. A
3. B
4. C
5. E
Solution -
437
438
166 . A certain number of persons are sitting in a linear row facing south.
There is no vacant seat. Number of people between Kuhu and Riya is
one more than the number of people sitting to the left of kuhu. Three
people are sitting between Riya and Urvi. Three person sit between
Kuhu and Misha. Diti sits immediate left of Urvi. Number of people
sitting between Kuhu and Urvi is one less than the number of people
sitting to the right of Pihu. Five person sit between Pihu and Urvi. Six
people sit between Diti and Misha. Only one person sit between Misha
and Tusti, who sits at one of the extreme ends. Ayuskha sits on one of
the extreme ends.
एक िनि त सं ा म एक पं म दि ण की ओर उ ु ख होकर बैठे ह।
कोई सीट खाली नहीं है । कु और रया के बीच यों की सं ा कु के बायी ं
ओर बैठे यों की सं ा से एक अिधक है । रया और उव के बीच तीन
बैठे ह। कु और िमशा के बीच तीन बैठे ह। िदित, उव के ठीक
बाय बैठी है । कु और उव के बीच बैठे लोगों की सं ा पी के दाय बैठे लोगों की
सं ा से एक कम है । पी और उव के बीच पां च बैठे ह। िदित और मीशा
के बीच छह लोग बैठे ह। िमशा और तु ी के बीच केवल एक बैठा है , जो
िकसी एक अं ितम छोर पर बैठा है । आयुष िकसी एक अंितम छोर पर बैठी है ।
2. If another person Rohan sits exactly between Pihu and Riya, then
which of the following statement is true?
यिद कोई अ रोहन पी और रया के ठीक बीच म बैठता है , तो
िन म से कौन सा कथन स है ?
I. Only 5 persons sit between Rohan and Diti
II. Rohan sits 4th from one of the extreme ends
III. Rohan sits 5th to the left of Ayuskha
A. Only I
B. Only I and III
C. Only III
439
D. Only II
E. None of these
Answers:
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. E
440
167 . Seven persons (Ayush, Brijesh, Chavi, Divya, Eklavya, Farukh, and
Garima) belong to seven different states (Rajasthan, Nagaland, Delhi,
West Bengal, U.P, Tamil Nadu, and Bihar). Each of them likes seven
different Channels (starplus, gold, Zee, India tv, Sab, Sony, and sports)
but not necessarily in the same order. Neither Chavi nor Eklavya belongs
to any of the states among Nagaland, Rajasthan and U.P. The person,
who belongs to Nagaland, likes starplus. Farukh belongs to Bihar and
likes Zee. Garima belongs to Tamil nadu. Ayush doesn’t belong to
Nagaland. Neither Chavi nor Eklavya likes India tv. Eklavya doesn’t
like Sony. Chavi doesn’t belong to Delhi. The person, who belongs to
Rajasthan likes Sab. Divya likes Gold.
सात (आयुष, बृजेश, छिव, िद ा, एकल , फा ख और ग रमा) सात
अलग-अलग रा ों (राज ान, नागालड, िद ी, पि म बंगाल, यूपी, तिमलनाडु
और िबहार) से सं बंिधत ह। उनम से ेक को सात अलग-अलग चैनल
( ार स, गो , ज़ी, इं िडया टीवी, सब, सोनी और ोट् स) पसंद ह ले िकन
ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। न तो छिव और न ही एकल नागालड, राज ान
और यूपी के िकसी भी रा से संबंिधत ह। वह , जो नागालड से संबंिधत है ,
ार स पसंद करता है । फा ख िबहार से है और ज़ी को पसंद करता है । ग रमा
441
तिमलनाडु से ता ु क रखती ह। आयुष नागालड से संबंिधत नहीं है । न तो छिव
और न ही एकल को इं िडया टीवी पसंद है । एकल नहीं करता
सोनी की तरह। छिव िद ी की नहीं है । वह , जो राज ान से संबंिधत है ,
सब पसंद करता है । िद ा को सोना पसंद है ।
442
5) Which of the following persons like India tv?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा इं िडया टीवी पसंद करता है ?
A - Ayush
B - Brijesh
C - Garima
D - Either (a) or (b)
E - Cannot be determined
ANSWERS :
1)E
2)C
3)D
4)C
5)C
168 . A certain number of slippers are kept in a straight row facing north
direction. Six slippers are kept to the right of Michael. Six slippers are
kept between Temper and Sketchers. Temper is kept 3rd to the left of
Paragon, which is kept immediate right of Puma. Three slippers are kept
between Michael and Crocs, which is 7th to the right of woodland.
443
Woodland is kept 3rd to the left of michael. Six slippers are kept
between Woodland and Puma. Three slippers are kept to the left of
Puma.
उ र िदशा की ओर मुख करके एक िनि त सं ा म च लों को एक सीधी पं
म रखा जाता है । माइकल के दािहनी ओर छह च ल रखी ई ह। टे र और
े चस के बीच छह च ल रखी जाती ह। टे र को पैरागॉन के बाय तीसरे ान
पर रखा गया है , िजसे ूमा के ठीक दाय रखा गया है । माइकल और ॉ के
बीच तीन ीपर रखे गए ह, जो वुडलड के दाय से सातव ान पर है । वुडलड को
माइकल के बाय से तीसरे ान पर रखा गया है । वुडलड और ू मा के बीच छह
ीपर रखे जाते ह। ूमा के बाईं ओर तीन ीपर रखे गए ह।
444
C–3
D–4
E–5
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)C
3)B
4)B
5)B
445
169 . Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H live on different floors of a
building such that the bottommost floor is numbered 1 and the
topmost floor is numbered 8.
H lives immediately below A. Two persons live between G and H. A
does not live above the floor 5. G neither lives on floor 5 nor on floor 4.
Neither F nor E live on floor 7 or floor 6. One floor is there between C
and G. D lives above F, who lives above E. B does not live below H.
आठ A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक इमारत की िविभ मं िजलों पर
इस कार रहते ह िक सबसे नीचे वाली मंिजल की सं ा 1 है और सबसे
ऊपर की मंिजल की सं ा 8 है।
H, A के ठीक नीचे रहता है। G और H के बीच दो रहते ह। A, 5वी ं
मंिजल से ऊपर नही ं रहता है। G न तो 5वी ं मंिजल पर रहता है और न ही 4वी ं
मंिजल पर। न तो F और न ही E, 7वी ं या 6वी ं मंिजल पर रहता है । एक मं िजल
है C और G के बीच। D, F के ऊपर रहता है, जो E के ऊपर रहता है । B, H के
नीचे नही ं रहता है ।
446
(b) Two persons live below A.
(c) G lives on floor 6.
(d) All are true
(e) None of these
Answers:
(1) b
(2) a
(3) c
(4) d
(5) b
447
170 . Nine cars Maruti, Nano, Onate, Paso, Quno, Rapso, Skoda, Travo
and Uron are parked in a horizontal row such that all face towards north.
448
Car Rapso is second to the left of car, which is in the middle of the row.
Car Uron is third to the right of Car Travo. Car Quno is fourth to the left
of Car paso. Car Nano is immediate left of Car Onate, which is to the left
of Car Quno. Neither Car Uron nor Car Travo is in the middle of the row.
Car Maruti is to the left of Car Skoda, which is not adjacent to Car Uron.
नौ कारों Maruti, Nano, Onate, Paso, Quno, Rapso, Skoda, Travo और Uron
को एक ैितज पं म इस कार पाक िकया गया है िक सभी का मुख उ र की
ओर है । कार रै ो कार के बाय से दू सरे ान पर है , जो पं के म म है । Car
Uron, Car Travo के दाय से तीसरे ान पर है । कार ूनो, कार पासो के बाय से
चौथे ान पर है । Car Nano, Car Onate के ठीक बायी ं ओर है , जो Car Quno के
बायी ं ओर है । न तो कार यूरोन और न ही कार टै वो पं के म म ह। कार
मा ित, कार ोडा के बायी ं ओर है , जो कार यूरोन के िनकट नहीं है ।
449
A - Car Rapso
B - Car Maruti
C - Car Skoda
D - Car Onate
E - Car Nano
Solution:
1. D
2. A
3. E
4. C
5. B
450
171 . Nine persons Tanu, Rohi, Urvi, Pari, Riya, Simmi, Pavi, Anu and Anju
were born on three different dates (5rd, 16th and 18th) of three
different months (January, April and July) of the same year but not
necessarily in the same order. They like different fruits (Apple, Mango,
Litchi, Papaya, Banana, Guava, Grapes, Pear and Kiwi). Pari, Rohi and
Simmi were born in the same month. Anu, who likes pear, was born just
after Pavi. Tanu was born on 18th April but does not like guava or Kiwi.
Urvi was born before Anju, who likes grapes. Riya, who likes apple, was
born just after Anu. Four person were born between Anu and Simmi,
who like litchi. Pavi, who likes papaya, was born on a prime number
date. Three person were born between Urvi and Pari, who likes banana.
नौ यों तनु, रोही, उव , परी, रया, िस ी, पावी, अनु और अं जू का ज एक
ही वष के तीन अलग-अलग महीनों (जनवरी, अ ैल और जुलाई) की तीन अलग-
अलग तारीखों (5, 16 और 18) को आ था, लेिकन ज री नहीं इसी म म। उ
िविभ फल (सेब, आम, लीची, पपीता, केला, अम द, अंगूर, नाशपाती और
कीवी) पसंद ह। परी, रोही और िस ी का ज एक ही महीने म आ था। अनु,
िजसे नाशपाती पसंद है , का ज पावी के ठीक बाद आ था। तनु का ज 18
अ ैल को आ था ले िकन उसे अम द या कीवी पसंद नहीं है । उव का ज अं जू
से पहले आ था, िजसे अंगूर पसंद है । रया, िजसे सेब पसंद है , अनु के ठीक बाद
पै दा ई थी। अनु और िस ी के बीच चार यों का ज आ, िज लीची
पसंद है । पपीता पसंद करने वाली पावी का ज एक अभा सं ा वाली तारीख
को आ था। उव और परी के बीच तीन यों का ज आ, िजसे केला पसंद
है ।
451
B. Riya
C. Rohi
D. Tanu
E. Cannot be determined
Answers:
452
1. E
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. E
172 . Seven students Munna, Akhilesh, Ved, Vihaan, Dheer, Dherya and
Suresh attend their lecture on different days of a week from Monday to
Sunday (but not necessarily in the same order). Only two students
attend the lecture between Munna and Dheer. Akhilesh attends his
lecture before Suresh but after Dherya, who does not attend the lecture
on Monday. Three students attend the lecture between Ved and Vihaan.
Munna attends the lecture on either Saturday or Sunday. Vihaan attend
the lecture after Dherya. Suresh does not attend the lecture on the last
day.
453
सात छा मु ा, अ खलेश, वेद, िवहान, धीर, धैय और सुरेश सोमवार से रिववार
तक स ाह के अलग-अलग िदनों म अपना ले र दे ते ह (ले िकन ज री नहीं िक
इसी म म हों)। मु ा और धीर के बीच केवल दो छा ा ान म भाग ले ते ह।
अ खले श सुरेश से पहले ले र म भाग लेता है ले िकन धैय के बाद, जो सोमवार
को ले र म शािमल नहीं होता है । वेद और िवहान के बीच तीन छा ा ान म
भाग ले ते ह। मु ा शिनवार या रिववार को ा ान म भाग ले ता है । धीरज के बाद
िवहान ा ान म भाग ले ता है । सुरेश ला िदन के ले र म शािमल नहीं होता
है
।
Question:
2. How many persons attend the lecture between Ved and Akhilesh
वेद और अ खलेश के बीच िकतने ा ान म भाग लेते ह
A. One
B. None
C. Three
D. Four
E. None of these
454
B. Akhilesh attends his lecture on Tuesday
C. Dherya attends his lecture before Ved
D. Akhilesh attends his lecture after Ved
E. None of these
Answers:
1. D
2. A
3. C
4. D
5. A
455
173 . Eight kids Lavish, Manish, Naveen, Yogesh, Purvi, Haider, Riva and
Suyash are sitting around a circular table at an equidistant from each
other. Persons sitting opposite to each other are facing the opposite
direction. Riva is sitting 2nd to the left of Purvi. Haider is not sitting
opposite to Naveen. Immediate neighbours of Riva are facing in the
opposite direction of Riva. Suyash and Lavish is sitting immediate right of
each other. Yogesh, who is not facing the centre, is not sitting adjacent
to Riva. Purvi is sitting 3rd to the left of Haider and both are facing the
same direction.
आठ ब े लिवश, मनीष, नवीन, योगेश, पूव , है दर, रीवा और सुयश एक
गोलाकार मे ज के चारों ओर एक दू सरे से समान दू री पर बैठे ह। एक दू सरे के
िवपरीत बैठे यों का मुख िवपरीत िदशा की ओर है । रीवा, पूव के बाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठी है । है दर, नवीन के िवपरीत नहीं बैठा है । रीवा के िनकटतम
पड़ोिसयों का मु ख रीवा के िवपरीत िदशा म है । सुयश और लिवश एक दू सरे के
ठीक दाय बैठे ह। योगेश, िजसका मुख क की ओर नहीं है , वह रीवा के आस-
पास नहीं बैठा है । पूव , है दर के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है और दोनों का मुख
समान िदशा की ओर है ।
2) How many persons are sitting between Purvi and Yogesh, when
counted from the left of Yogesh?
योगेश के बाय से िगनने पर पूव और योगेश के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A-2
456
B-3
C-1
D - Cannot be determined
E-4
457
174 . Six boxes P, Q, R, S, T and U are kept one above the other like a
stack. These boxes contain different items( Pencil, Sharpener, Eraser,
Copy, Books and Files ). The bottommost box is numbered 1 and the
topmost box is numbered 6. P is above the box which contains
sharpener but not the topmost box. U contains copy and is immediately
above R, which is not the 1st box. The box which contains the eraser is
immediately above Q. There are at least two boxes below T. There are
two boxes between S and the box which contain books. Q is above T.
2nd box doesn't contain files.
छह िड े P, Q, R, S, T और U एक के ऊपर एक ढे र की तरह रखे गए ह। इन
बॉ म अलग-अलग आइटम (पिसल, शापनर, इरे ज़र, कॉपी, िकताब और
फ़ाइल) होते ह। सबसे नीचे वाले बॉ की सं ा 1 है और सबसे ऊपर वाले
458
बॉ की सं ा 6 है । P उस बॉ के ऊपर है िजसम शापनर है ले िकन सबसे
ऊपर वाला बॉ नहीं है । U म कॉपी है और वह R के ठीक ऊपर है , जो िक पहला
बॉ नहीं है । िजस बॉ म इरे ज़र है वह Q के ठीक ऊपर है । T के नीचे कम से
कम दो बॉ ह। S और िजस बॉ म िकताब ह उनके बीच दो बॉ ह। Q, T के
ऊपर है । दू सरे बॉ म फाइल नहीं ह।
Question:
1. There are ___ boxes above S.
S के ऊपर ___ बॉ ह।
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. Five
3. Which among the following boxes are below the box which
contains files?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा बॉक्स उस बॉ के नीचे है िजसम फाइल ह?
I. U
II. P
III. Q
A. Only I
B. Only I and II
C. Only II
D. Only II and III
E. None of these
459
C. T
D. P
E. None of these
460
175 . Eight persons Manoj, Ashok, Suresh, Mukesh, Sanjay, Prashant,
Ankit and Mohit are sitting around a circular table such that four of them
face towards the center and four of them face away from the center but
not necessarily in the same order. Mohit sits second to the left of Sanjay.
Ankit sits third to the left of Ashok. Three person sit between Sanjay and
Prashant, who sits second to the right of Ashok. Suresh sits forth to the
left Manoj. Sanjay does not sit immediate left of Ankit. Manoj and
Suresh face away from the centre. Mukesh and Prashant face same
direction but opposite to Sanjay.
आठ मनोज, अशोक, सुरेश, मुकेश, संजय, शांत, अंिकत और मोिहत
एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर इस कार बैठे ह िक उनम से चार क की ओर
उ ु ख ह और उनम से चार क से बाहर की ओर उ ुख ह ले िकन ज री नहीं
िक इसी म म हों। मोिहत, संजय के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । अं िकत,
अशोक के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । संजय और शां त के म तीन
बैठे ह, जो अशोक के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । सुरेश बाय मनोज के आगे
बैठा है । संजय, अंिकत के ठीक बाय नहीं बैठा है । मनोज और सुरेश का मु ख क
से बाहर की ओर है । मुकेश और शांत का मुख समान िदशा म है ले िकन संजय
के िवपरीत है ।
461
3. How many persons sit between Ashok and Mukesh when counted
from the right of Mukesh?
मुकेश के दाय से िगने जाने पर अशोक और मुकेश के बीच िकतने
बैठे ह?
A. One
B. None
C. Two
D. Three
E. Four
462
176 . Seven medical students Ashish, Bhavesh, Chaya, Dravid, Eshu,
Faizan, and Garima attend classes on different days of the same week
starting from Monday to Sunday but not necessarily in the same order.
They study seven different subjects viz. Anatomy, Physiology,
Biochemistry, Medicine, Surgery, Paediatrics, and Orthopaedics such
that one student study only one subject. Garima attends class on one of
the days before Dravid but after Chaya. Faizan attends the class on one
of the days after Bhavesh, who attends the class on Friday. Two students
attend classes between Eshu and the one who studies Anatomy. Faizan
does not study physiology or anatomy or orthopaedics. Three students
attend classes between the student, who study Paediatrics and Faizan.
Three students attend classes between the students, who study
Anatomy and Surgery. Bhavesh does not study Physiology, Surgery or
Orthopaedics. Ashish does not study Anatomy or Surgery or Paediatrics.
463
Eshu, who does not study Orthopaedics or Medicine, attends class on
Thursday.
सात मेिडकल छा आशीष, भावेश, छाया, िवड़, एशु, फैजान और ग रमा
सोमवार से रिववार तक शु होने वाले एक ही स ाह के अलग-अलग िदनों म
क ाओं म भाग ले ते ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। वे सात अलग-
अलग िवषयों का अ यन करते ह। एनाटॉमी, िफिजयोलॉजी, बायोकेिम ी,
मे िडिसन, सजरी, पीिडयािट और ऑथ पेिड जैसे िक एक छा केवल एक
िवषय का अ यन करता है । ग रमा िवड़ से पहले ले िकन छाया के बाद िकसी
एक िदन क ा म भाग ले ती है । फैजान, भावेश के बाद िकसी एक िदन क ा म
जाता है , जो शु वार को क ा म जाता है । ईशु और एनाटॉमी पढ़ने वाले के
बीच दो छा क ाओं म भाग ले ते ह। फैजान िफिजयोलॉजी या एनाटॉमी या
आथ पे िड का अ यन नहीं करता है । बाल िचिक ा का अ यन करने वाले
छा और फैजान के बीच तीन छा क ाओं म भाग ले ते ह। तीन छा एनाटॉमी
और सजरी का अ यन करने वाले छा ों के बीच क ाओं म भाग ले ते ह। भावेश
िफिजयोलॉजी, सजरी या आथ पेिड का अ यन नहीं करता है । आशीष
एनाटॉमी या सजरी या बाल िचिक ा का अ यन नहीं करता है । एशु , जो ह ी रोग
या िचिक ा का अ यन नहीं करता है , गु वार को क ा म भाग ले ता है ।
3) How many students attend classes between the students who study
Orthopaedics and Surgery?
पढ़ने वाले छा ों के बीच िकतने छा क ाओं म भाग ले ते ह
आथ पे िड और सजरी?
464
A - Three
B - One
C - Two
D - None
E - Cannot be determined
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)C
3)B
4)D
5)D
465
466
177 . 14 persons Mona, Nida, Omar, Priya, Kamal, Riya, Shruti, Tanu,
Umar, Vani, Rani, Lavish, Yash and Amir sit in two parallel rows such that
seven persons sit in each row. Row 1 is in north of row 2. Persons in row
1 face south while persons in row 2 face north. Persons in row 1 face
persons in row 2. The distance between each of the two adjacent
persons is same. Lavish and Omar sit in same row. Kamal and Priya are
not adjacent to each other. One person sits between Mona and Nida.
Kamal sits in Row 1. Tanu sits third to the right of Priya, who sits
opposite to Mona, who sits in row 2. Yash sits second to the left of Amir,
who is adjacent to Nida. Neither Tanu nor Mona sits at extreme end.
Yash and Mona are not adjacent to each other. Kamal sits immediate left
of Riya but not at extreme end. Shruti sits immediate right of Vani, who
sits opposite to Rani.
14 मोना, िनदा, उमर, ि या, कमल, रया, ुित, तनु, उमर, वाणी, रानी,
लिवश, यश और आिमर दो समानांतर पं यों म इस कार बैठते ह िक ेक
पं म सात बैठते ह। पं 1 पं 2 के उ र म है । पं 1 म बैठे
दि ण की ओर उ ुख ह जबिक पं 2म उ र की ओर उ ुख
ह। पं 1म पं 2म यों का सामना करते ह। दो आस
यों म से ेक के बीच की दू री समान है । लिवश और ओमर समान पं
म बैठे ह। कमल और ि या एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं ह। मोना और िनदा के
बीच एक बैठा है । कमल पहली पं म बैठा है । तनु, ि या के दाय से
तीसरे ान पर बैठी है , जो मोना के िवपरीत बैठी है , जो दू सरी पं म बैठी है ।
यश आिमर के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , जो िनदा के िनकट है । न तो तनु और
न ही मोना अंितम छोर पर बैठी है । यश और मोना एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं ह।
कमल, रया के ठीक बाय बैठा है ले िकन अंितम छोर पर नहीं। ु ित वाणी के ठीक
दाय बैठी है , जो रानी के िवपरीत बैठी है ।
467
B - Mona
C - Amir
D - Yash
E - Cannot be determined
5) How many persons sit between Mona and Yash in same row?
मोना और यश के बीच समान पं म िकतने बैठे ह?
A - One
B - Four
C - Three
D - Two
E - Five
Solutions:
1. E
468
2. C
3. D
4. D
5. B
178 . Seven persons Pawan, Kunal, Rima, Sakshi, Tina, Umar and Vikalp
are sitting around the circular table facing either towards or away from
the center. Each of them invested in different stocks among BUPA, ACER,
TLC, ERGO, AQUA, ITMR and ITCC. Not more than two adjacent persons
face in same direction. Rima invested in ACER. Vikalp, who invested in
ITMR, faces towards the center and does not sit adjacent to Tina. Kunal
sits second to the right of one, who invested in ERGO. Person immediate
right of Sakshi invested in ITCC and faces same direction as Sakshi. Kunal
and Pawan are not adjacent to each other. Two persons sit between
Kunal and Sakshi, who invested in BUPA. Pawan, who invested neither in
469
ERGO nor in AQUA, sits immediate left of Tina, and faces same direction
as Tina.
सात पवन, कुणाल, रीमा, सा ी, टीना, उमर और िवक वृ ाकार मेज के
चारों ओर या तो क की ओर या बाहर की ओर मुख करके बैठे ह। उनम से
ेक ने BUPA, ACER, TLC, ERGO, AQUA, ITMR और ITCC जैसे िविभ शे यरों
म िनवेश िकया। दो से अिधक आस यों का मुख समान िदशा की ओर नहीं
है । रीमा ने ACER म िनवेश िकया। आईटीएमआर म िनवेश करने वाले िवक का
मु ख क की ओर है और वह टीना के आस-पास नहीं बैठा है । कुणाल उस
के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , िजसने ERGO म िनवेश िकया है । सा ी के ठीक
दाय ने ITCC म िनवेश िकया है और उसका मुख सा ी के समान िदशा की
ओर है । कुणाल और पवन एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं ह। कुणाल और सा ी,
िजसने BUPA म िनवेश िकया है , के बीच दो बैठे ह। पवन, िजसने न तो
ERGO म और न ही AQUA म िनवेश िकया है , टीना के ठीक बाय बैठा है और
उसका मु ख टीना के समान िदशा की ओर है ।
470
4) Who invested in ERGO?
एग म िकसने िनवेश िकया?
A - Tina
B - Rima
C - Kunal
D - Umar
E - Vikalp
Solution:
1. D
2. E
3. C
4. A
5. B
471
179 . Two stacks with different number of benches i.e. 4 and 5 are kept
in a room. The benches are of colour Red, Green, Orange, Purple, White,
Blue, Brown, Pink and Yellow. Stack A contains 4 benches and stack B
contains 5 benches. Stack A is west of stack B. The bottommost bench is
numbered as 1, the bench above it as 2 and so on. The dimensions of
each of the benches is same. Note: If a bench is just above or 2nd to the
above of another bench then they both must be in same stack until and
unless stated otherwise. If 1st bench is to the north-east of 2nd bench,
then 1st bench must be above the bench, which is in east of 2nd bench.
Green bench is in south-west of White bench, which is the topmost
bench. Red bench and Green bench are in the same stack. Brown bench
is not just below Blue bench. Brown bench is odd numbered bench.
Yellow bench and Purple bench are same numbered bench. Blue bench
is two benches above Pink bench and both are in stack B. The number of
benches between Purple bench and Orange bench is zero. Purple bench
and Orange bench are not in same stack. Green bench is above Red
bench but is not prime numbered bench.
एक कमरे म अलग-अलग सं ा म बच यानी 4 और 5 वाले दो ढे र रखे गए ह।
बचों का रं ग लाल, हरा, नारं गी, बगनी, सफेद, नीला, भूरा, गुलाबी और पीला है ।
ै क A म 4 बच ह और ै क B म 5 बच ह। ै क A, ै क B के पि म म है । सबसे
नीचे वाली बच की सं ा 1 है , उसके ऊपर वाली बच की सं ा 2 है और इसी
तरह आगे भी। ेक बच के आयाम समान ह। नोट: यिद एक बच दू सरी बच के
ठीक ऊपर या दू सरी बच के ऊपर है , तो दोनों को एक ही ै क म तब तक होना
चािहए जब तक िक अ था न कहा जाए। यिद पहली बच दू सरी बच के उ र-पूव
म है , तो पहली बच बच के ऊपर होनी चािहए, जो दू सरी बच के पूव म है । ीन बच
ाइट बच के दि ण-पि म म है , जो सबसे ऊपर वाली बच है । लाल बच और हरी
बच एक ही ढे र म ह। भूरी बच नीली बच के ठीक नीचे नहीं है । भूरी बच िवषम
सं ा वाली बच है । पीली बच और बगनी बच समान सं ा वाली बच ह। नीली
बच गुलाबी बच के ऊपर दो बच ह और दोनों ै क B म ह। बगनी बच और नारं गी
बच के बीच बचों की सं ा शू है । बगनी बच और नारं गी बच समान ढे र म नहीं
ह। ीन बच लाल बच के ऊपर है ले िकन ाइम नंबर वाली बच नहीं है ।
1) How many benches are above the Pink bench in the same stack?
472
एक ही ै क म िपंक बच के ऊपर िकतनी बच ह?
A - Five
B - One
C - Two
D - Three10
E - Four
Solution:
473
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. D
474
180 . Eight books kept one above another in a rack, which has ten
shelves such that two shelves are vacant. The bottommost shelf is
numbered as 1 and shelf immediate above it is numbered as 2 and so
on. The two vacant shelves are not adjacent to each other.
Note: If it is given that there are ‘n’ number of books kept between two
books then there can be vacant shelf between those two books. Also, if
it is given that one book is kept immediately above or below another
book then it means there is no shelf between the two books. Only three
books are kept below English book. Maths book is kept immediately
below the vacant shelf. Science book is kept immediately below the
English book. Number of books kept below Science book is same as
number of books kept above Biology book. One of the vacant shelves is
an even numbered shelf below the 6th shelf. More than three books are
there between Science book and History book, which is not placed in the
topmost shelf. Physics book is kept above the Civics book but below the
Hindi book. Only one vacant shelf is below the 6th shelf.
एक रै क म एक के ऊपर एक आठ िकताब रखी ई ह, िजसम दस अलमा रयां
ऐसी ह िक दो अलमा रयां खाली ह। सबसे नीचे वाले शे को 1 के प म िगना
जाता है और इसके ठीक ऊपर वाले शे को 2 के प म िगना जाता है और
इसी तरह। दो खाली शे एक दू सरे से सटे ए नहीं ह।
नोट: यिद यह िदया गया है िक दो पु कों के बीच म 'n' सं ा म पु क रखी ई
ह तो उन दो पु कों के बीच म खाली शे हो सकता है । साथ ही, यिद यह िदया
गया है िक एक पु क दू सरी पु क के ठीक ऊपर या नीचे रखी है , तो इसका
अथ है िक दोनों पु कों के बीच कोई आलमारी नहीं है । अं ेजी पु क के नीचे
475
केवल तीन पु क रखी गई ह। खाली शे के ठीक नीचे गिणत की िकताब रखी
है । िव ान की िकताब को अं ेजी की िकताब के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है । िव ान की
िकताब के नीचे रखी िकताबों की सं ा जीव िव ान की िकताब के ऊपर रखी
िकताबों की सं ा के बराबर है । खाली अलमा रयों म से एक छठी शे के नीचे
एक सम मांिकत शे है । िव ान की िकताब और इितहास की िकताब के बीच
तीन से अिधक िकताब ह, जो सबसे ऊपर वाली शे म नहीं रखी गई ह। भौितकी
की िकताब को नाग रक शा की िकताब के ऊपर ले िकन िहंदी की िकताब के
नीचे रखा गया है । छठी शे के नीचे केवल एक खाली शे है ।
3) How many books are placed between Maths and Hindi book?
गिणत और िहंदी की िकताब के बीच िकतनी िकताब रखी गई ह?
A - Five
B - Four
C - Six
D - Three
E - Two
4) Which of the following book is placed two shelves above the Hindi
book ?
िन िल खत म से कौन सी पु क िहंदी पु क के ऊपर दो अलमा रयों म
रखी गई है ?
A - History book
B - Civics book
476
C - Biology book
D - The shelf is vacant
E - Maths book
5) If two other books X and Y are placed on vacant shelves such that
book X is placed above book Y then which of the following
statement(s) is/are correct?
यिद दो अ पु क X और Y को खाली अलमा रयों पर इस कार रखा
जाता है िक पु क X को पु क Y के ऊपर रखा जाता है , तो िन िल खत
म से कौन सा/से कथन सही है /ह?
I. Book X is kept immediately above the History book
II. Book Y is placed immediately below Hindi book
III. There are more than three books kept between books X and Y
A - Only I
B - Only III
C - Only I and II
D - Only II
E - Only I and III
Solution:
1. C
2. B
3. A
4. D
5. E
477
478
181 . Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows such that five persons
are sitting in each row i.e., Sandy, Jack, Riya, Shibu and Dev sitting in row
1 and face towards the south direction and Vikas, Aditya, Hemant,
Shivam and Akash sit in row 2 and also face towards the south direction.
Therefore, in the given seating arrangement people sitting in row 2 are
sitting exactly behind/opposite to the persons sitting in row 1.
Aditya does not sit at any extreme ends. Shivam sits exactly in the
middle of the row. Sandy sits to the right of Riya but not immediately
right. Shibu sits exactly opposite to the immediate neighbour of Akash.
Two persons sit between Akash and Hemant. Jack sits second to the
right of Shibu. Akash sits adjacent to the one who sits at the extreme
ends. Aditya sits behind neither Riya nor Sandy. Shibu does not sit at any
of the extreme ends .
दस दो समानांतर पं यों म इस कार बैठे ह िक े क पं म पांच
बैठे ह अथात सडी, जैक, रया, िशबू और दे व पं 1 म बैठे ह और उनका
मु ख दि ण िदशा की ओर है और िवकास, आिद , हे मंत, िशवम और आकाश
एक पं म बैठे ह। पं 2 और दि ण िदशा की ओर भी मुख कर। इसिलए, दी
गई बैठने की व ा म पं 2 म बैठे पं 1 म बैठे यों के ठीक
पीछे /िवपरीत बैठे ह।
आिद िकसी अंितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है । िशवम पं के ठीक म म बैठा है ।
सडी रया के दाय बैठा है ले िकन ठीक दाय नहीं। िशबू आकाश के िनकटतम
पड़ोसी के ठीक िवपरीत बैठा है । आकाश और हे मंत के बीच दो बैठे ह।
जै क, िशबू के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । आकाश अंितम छोर पर बैठे
के िनकट बैठा है । आिद न तो रया और न ही सडी के पीछे बैठा है । िशबू िकसी
भी अं ितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है ।
1) Four of the following five are related to each other in some way
and thus formed a group. Choose the one which does not belong
to that group?
479
िन िल खत पाँच म से चार िकसी न िकसी कार से एक दू सरे से संबंिधत ह
और इस कार एक समूह का िनमाण करते ह। वह चु न जो उस समूह से
संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A - Akash
B - Vikas
C - Hemant
D - Jack
E - Riya
4) Who sits exactly behind the one, who sits immediately to the right
of Dev?
दे व के ठीक दाय बैठे के ठीक पीछे कौन बैठा है ?
A -The one, who sits at the extreme end of row 2
B -The one, who sits immediate right of Aditya
C -The one, who sits immediate left of Vikas
D -The one, who sits 2nd to the left of Hemant
E -Can’t be determined
480
B -Only II and III
C -All I, II and III
D -Only III
E -None is true
Solution:
1. A
2. C
3. D
4. B
5. E
481
to the right of the one who owns Router. The one who owns Laptop sits
second to the right of the one who owns Typewriter.
आठ A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे ह।
उनम से चार का मुख क की ओर है जबिक चार का मुख क से बाहर की ओर
है । उनम से ेक के पास अलग-अलग गैजेट ह, जैसे कं ूटर, लै पटॉप, ि ंटर,
कैमरा, राउटर, माइ ोफ़ोन, हे डफ़ोन और टाइपराइटर ले िकन आव क नहीं
िक इसी म म हों। G का मुख क की ओर नहीं है और वह E और B दोनों के
बाय बैठा है । A तीसरे ान पर बैठा है
E के दाय। िजस के पास माइ ोफ़ोन है , वह ि ंटर के मािलक के बाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । G के पास ि ंटर है और वह E और B के ठीक म म बैठा
है । िजसके पास कं ूटर है वह H के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । H, D के बाय
से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । हे डफोन। C, B के दाय से चौथे ान पर बैठा है । न तो
B न ही C, H का िनकटतम पडोसी है । E टाइपराइटर का मािलक है और राउटर
रखने वाले के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । िजसके पास लै पटॉप है वह
टाइपराइटर रखने वाले के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
482
E. None of these
5. Which of the following statements is true regarding the one who owns
Headphone?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन मािलक के संबंध म स है
हे डफोन?
A. The one who owns Headphone sits second to the right of B.
B. A owns Headphone.
C. The one who owns Laptop sits on the immediate left of the one who
owns Headphone.
D. D owns Headphone and sits third to the left of F.
E. None of these
Answers
1. D
2. B
3. B
4. E
5. C
483
183 )Seven friends Kusum, Rahul, Rohan, Swati, Preeti, Archana and
Sanjay travelled to three different cities for work, viz Goa, Mumbai and
Bangalore. Each of them travelled on different days of the week starting
on Monday and ending on Sunday. Minimum two persons travelled to
each city and Goa is the only city where three people travelled.
Rahul did not travel to Bangalore. Rohan travelled to Goa but not on
thursday. Preeti travelled on Wednesday. The one who travelled on
Tuesday travelled to Mumbai and the one who travelled on Saturday
travelled to Bangalore. Kusum travelled to Goa on Monday. Archana
travelled to Mumbai but neither on Tuesday nor on Saturday. Sanjay
travelled on Sunday but not to Bangalore.
सात िम कुसुम, रा ल, रोहन, ाित, ीित, अचना और संजय ने काम के िलए
तीन अलग-अलग शहरों अथात गोवा, मुंबई और बगलोर की या ा की। उनम से
ेक ने सोमवार से शु होकर रिववार को समा होने वाले स ाह के अलग-
अलग िदनों म या ा की। ूनतम दो यों ने ेक शहर की या ा की और
गोवा एकमा ऐसा शहर है जहाँ तीन लोगों ने या ा की।
484
रा ल ने बगलोर की या ा नहीं की। रोहन ने गोवा की या ा की ले िकन गु वार को
नहीं। ीित ने बुधवार को या ा की। िजसने मंगलवार को या ा की उसने मुंबई की
या ा की और िजसने शिनवार को या ा की उसने बगलोर की या ा की। कुसुम ने
सोमवार को गोवा की या ा की। अचना ने मुंबई की या ा की ले िकन न तो
मं गलवार को और न ही शिनवार को। संजय ने रिववार को या ा की ले िकन
बगलोर नहीं।
1. Which of the following persons travelled on the second last day of
the
week?
िन िल खत म से िकस ने स ाह के दू सरे अंितम िदन या ा की?
A. Swati
B. Rahul
C. Rohan
D. Preeti
E. None of these
485
5. Who among the following travelled to Goa?
िन िल खत म से िकसने गोवा की या ा की?
A. Rahul
B. Swati
C. Sanjay
D. Archana
E. None of these
Answer -
1. A
2. E
3. D
4. E
5.C
486
184 . Seven persons K, L, M, N, O, P and Q have their birthdays on seven
different months, viz January, February, April, May, July, September and
December. Each of them likes different vegetables, viz Cabbage, Peas,
Potato, Ladyfinger, Brinjal, Pumpkin and Carrot. All the information is
not necessarily in the same order. N does not like Potato. The one who
likes Cabbage has his birthday in the month which has 31 days. O likes
Pumpkin and his birthday is in December. Q’s birthday is immediately
before M. L’s birthday is immediately after P and he like Potato. Only
two persons have their birthday between P and the one who likes
Carrot. The one who likes Carrot has his birthday neither in the month
which has 31 days nor in the month which has 30 days. N’s birthday is in
a month which has only 30 days. Only one person has his birthday
between the months in which N and the one who likes Brinjal has their
birthday respectively. The one who likes Peas has his birthday
immediately before the one who likes Brinjal.
सात यों K, L, M, N, O, P और Q का ज िदन सात को है
िविभ महीने, जैसे जनवरी, फरवरी, अ ैल, मई, जुलाई, िसतं बर और
िदसंबर। उनम से ेक को अलग-अलग स यां पसंद ह, जैसे गोभी, मटर,
आलू, िभंडी, बगन, कद् दू और गाजर। ज री नहीं िक सभी जानकारी इसी म म
हो। N को आलू पसंद नहीं है । िजस को गोभी पसंद है उसका ज िदन उस
महीने म आता है िजसम 31 िदन होते ह। O को कद् दू पसंद है और उसका
ज िदन िदसं बर म है । Q का ज िदन M के ठीक पहले आता है । L का ज िदन
P के ठीक बाद आता है और उसे आलू पसंद है । P और गाजर पसंद करने वाले के
बीच केवल दो यों का ज िदन है । िजस को गाजर पसंद है उसका
ज िदन न तो उस महीने म आता है िजसम 31 िदन होते ह और न ही उस महीने
म िजसम 30 िदन होते ह। N का ज िदन उस महीने म आता है िजसम केवल 30
िदन होते ह। केवल एक का ज िदन उन महीनों के बीच आता है िजनम N
और बगन पसंद करने वाले का ज िदन मशः होता है । मटर पसंद करने वाले
का ज िदन बगन पसंद करने वाले के ठीक पहले आता है ।
487
C. Cabbage
D. Peas
E. Ladyfinger
488
E. L,O
Answers
1. E
2. A
3. D
4. B
5. C
185 . Seven people Raju, Raman, Ronnie, Ryan, Raj, Rahul and Rio are
living in an apartment. Four of them are women. All seven like different
colors viz. red, blue, green, white, black, pink and brown. The Apartment
consists of seven floors viz. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th. Each
floor belongs to a single person. The person who likes brown doesn’t live
on the 1st floor. The person who likes green doesn’t live on the 6th floor.
The person who likes blue lives on the 7th floor. Rio neither likes white
nor lives on the 2nd floor. Rio neither likes green nor lives on the 3rd or
5th floor. The person who likes red is neither Ryan nor Raj and, she
doesn’t live on the 6th or 3rd floors. The one who likes green is Raju and
she does not live on the 5th or 3rd floors. Raj is a Male. The person who
likes brown is not a male but lives on the 6th floor. The people
489
who like white and red have the same gender. They don’t live on floors -
5th or 1st. The one who lives on the 4th floor and Raman who lives on
the 7th floor are male. Rahul likes pink and he doesn’t live on the 3rd
floor. Rahul likes 4th. Residents of the 2nd and 3rd floors are women.
Raju and Raman don’t live on these floors.
सात लोग राजू , रमन, रोनी, रयान, राज, रा ल और रयो एक अपाटमट म रह रहे
ह। इनम चार मिहलाएं ह। सभी सात अलग-अलग रं ग पसंद करते ह अथात। लाल,
नीला, हरा, सफेद, काला, गुलाबी और भूरा। अपाटमट म सात मं िजल ह। पहला,
दू सरा, तीसरा, चौथा, पां चवां , छठा और सातवां । ेक मंिजल एक की है ।
वह िजसे भू रा रं ग पसंद है वह पहली मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । हरा रं ग
पसंद करने वाला छठी मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । नीला रं ग पसंद करने वाला
7वी ं मं िजल पर रहता है । रयो न तो सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करता है और न ही
दू सरी मंिजल पर रहता है । रयो न तो हरा रं ग पसंद करता है और न ही तीसरी या
पां चवी ं मंिजल पर रहता है । िजस को लाल रं ग पसंद है वह न तो रयान है
और न ही राज और वह छठी या तीसरी मंिजल पर नहीं रहती है । िजसे हरा रं ग
पसंद है वह राजू है और वह 5वी ं या तीसरी मंिजल पर नहीं रहती है । राज एक
पु ष है । भूरा रं ग पसंद करने वाला पु ष नहीं है ब छठी मं िजल पर
रहता है । लोग
सफेद और लाल रं ग पसंद करने वालों का िलंग समान है । वे पां चवी ं या पहली
मं िजल पर नहीं रहते ह। वह जो चौथी मंिजल पर रहता है और रमन जो
सातवी ं मं िजल पर रहता है , पु ष ह। रा ल को गुलाबी रं ग पसंद है और वह तीसरी
मं िजल पर नहीं रहता है । रा ल को चौथा पसंद है । दू सरी और तीसरी मं िजल की
िनवासी मिहलाएं ह। राजू और रमन इन मंिजलों पर नहीं रहते ह।
490
E. green
ANSWERS:
1. E
2. B
3. D
4. C
5. C
SOLUTIONS:
491
186 . Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing four
persons each in such a way that there is an equal distance between
adjacent persons. In row 1, P, Q, R and S are seated and all of them are
facing south. In row 2, I, J, K and L are seated and all of them are facing
north. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement each member sitting
in a row faces another member of the other row. K sits second to the
right of I. The one who faces I sits on the immediate right of R. P faces
the immediate neighbour of I. L sits on immediate left of the one
who faces S. L does not sit at either extreme end of the row.
आठ दो समानांतर पं यों म ेक म चार इस कार बैठे ह िक
आस यों के बीच एक समान दू री है । पं 1 म, P, Q, R और S बैठे ह और
उन सभी का मुख दि ण की ओर है । पं 2 म, I, J, K और L बैठे ह और उन
सभी का मुख उ र की ओर है । इसिलए, दी गई बैठने की व ा म एक पं म
बैठे ेक सद का मुख दू सरी पं के दू सरे सद की ओर है । K, I के दाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । वह िजसका मुख I की ओर है , R के ठीक दाय बैठा
है । P, I के िनकटतम पडोसी की ओर उ ुख है । L, के ठीक बाय बैठा है
जो S की ओर उ ु ख है । L पं के िकसी भी अंितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है ।
492
E. Cannot be determined
2. Who among the following faces the one who sits exactly between
K and I?
िन िल खत म से कौन K और I के ठीक बीच म बैठे की ओर उ ुख
है ?
A. P
B. Q
C. R
D. S
E. Cannot be determined
5. Four of the following five are alike in certain way and hence form
a group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. K
B. S
C. J
D. P
E. I
Answer -
493
1. B
2. C
3. D
4. D
5. E
Solution -
facing south P Q R S
facing north J I L K
494
187 . Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular
table facing the centre but not necessarily in the same order. There are
three males and five females in the group of friends. No two males are
immediate neighbours of each other. B is a female and sits second to the
right of D. D is a male and is not an immediate neighbour of A. H sits
third to the right of C. C is a male and sits second to the right of A.G sits
second to the right of F. E is a male and is not an immediate neighbour
of F.
आठ िम A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर क की ओर
मु ख करके बैठे ह ले िकन आव क नहीं िक इसी म म हों। दो ों के समूह म
तीन पु ष और पांच मिहलाएं ह। कोई भी दो पु ष एक दू सरे के िनकटतम पड़ोसी
नहीं ह। B एक मिहला है और D के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है । D एक पु ष है
और A का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है । H, C के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । C
एक पु ष है और A के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । F के दाय। E एक पु ष है
और F का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है ।
1. Which of the following pair represents the immediate neighbours
of E?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु E के िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों को दशाता है ?
A. GE
B. BD
C. AC
D. BA
E. None of these
495
C. G
D. E
E. D
Answers-
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. C
Solution -
496
188 . Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing four
persons each, in such a way that there is an equal distance between
adjacent persons. In row-1 J, K, L and M are seated and all of them are
facing north and each of them likes a different colour, viz Green, Brown,
Blue and Red but not necessarily in the same order. In row-2 P, Q, R and
S are seated and all of them are facing south and each of them likes a
different colour, viz White, Pink, Yellow and Black but not necessarily in
the same order. In the given seating arrangement each person seated in
a row faces another person of the other row. K sits second to the left of
the one who likes Red. Q sits on the immediate right of the one who
likes Yellow. J sits on the immediate left of the one who likes Blue. The
one who likes White faces K. P faces the one who likes Brown but does
not sit at either extreme end of the row. L faces the one who likes Pink.
The one who likes Pink sits second to the right of S.
497
आठ दो समानांतर पं यों म ेक म चार इस कार बैठे ह िक
आस यों के बीच एक समान दू री है । पं -1 म J, K, L और M बैठे ह और
उन सभी का मुख उ र की ओर है और उनम से ेक को एक अलग रं ग पसंद
है , जैसे हरा, भूरा, नीला और लाल ले िकन आव क नहीं िक इसी म म हों।
पं -2 म P, Q, R और S बैठे ह और उन सभी का मुख दि ण की ओर है और
उनम से ेक को एक अलग रं ग पसंद है , जैसे िक सफेद, गुलाबी, पीला और
काला ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। दी गई बैठने की व ा म एक
पं म बैठे ेक का मुख दू सरी पं म बैठे की ओर है । K, लाल
रं ग पसंद करने वाले के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । Q, पीला रं ग पसंद
करने वाले के ठीक दाय बैठा है । J नीला रं ग पसंद करने वाले के
ठीक बाय बैठा है । सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करने वाला K की ओर उ ुख है । P का
मु ख उस की ओर है िजसे भूरा रं ग पसंद है ले िकन वह पं के िकसी भी
अं ितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है । L का मुख गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाले की
ओर है । िजसे गुलाबी रं ग पसंद है वह S के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है ।
3. Who among the following faces the one who likes Black?
िन िल खत म से कौन काला रं ग पसंद करने वाले की ओर उ ुख
है ?
A. L
B. M
C. K
D. Can't be determined
E. J
498
4. Who among the following likes Green?
िन िल खत म से िकसे हरा रं ग पसंद है ?
A. K
B. L
C. M
D. J
E. Can’t be determined
Answer
1. C
2. D
3. E
4. A
5. A
Solution -
499
189 . Nine flower pots of colour, Purple, Green, Red, Blue, Black, Yellow,
Violet, White and Orange are placed one above another such that the
bottommost pot is 1 and the pot above it is 2 and so on. Each of them
contains different number of flowers from 1 to 9. At most 2 pots are
placed above Yellow. Three pots are placed between yellow and Violet,
which contains 8 flowers. Blue is the 9th pot. Two pots are placed
between Violet and White, which is not the 1st pot. Black is placed just
below Purple, which is placed below Orange, which contains 2 flowers.
Orange is placed below 5th pots but not adjacent to Purple. Blue
contains half the number of flowers of Purple. Green is placed just above
the pots, which contains 1 flower. 1st pot contains 4 flowers. White
doesn’t contain prime numbered flowers.
बगनी, हरा, लाल, नीला, काला, पीला, बगनी, सफेद और नारं गी रं ग के नौ गमलों
को एक के ऊपर एक इस कार रखा गया है िक सबसे नीचे वाला बतन 1 है और
उसके ऊपर का बतन 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी। उनम से े क म 1 से 9 तक
िविभ सं ा म फूल ह। अिधक से अिधक 2 गमले पीले रं ग के ऊपर रखे गए ह।
पीले और बगनी रं ग के बीच तीन बतन रखे गए ह, िजसम 8 फूल ह। नीला नौवां
बतन है । वायले ट और ाइट के बीच दो बतन रखे गए ह, जो पहला बतन नहीं है ।
काला बगनी के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है , जो नारं गी के नीचे रखा गया है , िजसम 2
फूल ह। नारं गी को 5व बतन के नीचे रखा गया है ले िकन बगनी के िनकट नहीं है ।
नीले रं ग म बगनी रं ग के फूलों की सं ा आधी है । हरे रं ग को गमलों के ठीक
ऊपर रखा जाता है , िजसम 1 फूल होता है । पहले बतन म 4 फूल ह। सफ़ेद म
अभा सं ा वाले फूल नहीं होते ह।
500
E-3
4) How many pots are placed between Green and the pot, which
contains 6 flowers?
हरे और िजस बतन म 6 फूल ह, उनके बीच िकतने बतन रखे गए ह?
A-5
B-6
C-3
D-4
E - None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
501
2)B
3)A
4)A
5)A
502
Question:
1. How many persons are sitting in the row?
पं म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. 22
B. 18
C. 21
D. 20
E. 19
2. How many persons sit between Suraj and Manoj?
सूरज और मनोज के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A. 8
B. 9
C. 10
D. 11
E. None of these
503
Answers:
1. E
2. D
3. A
4. C
5. B
191 . Six bags A, B, C, D, E, and F are kept one above the other like a
stack. Each of these bags contains different items pens, glasses, Socks,
pants, watch and hats but not necessarily in the same order. The
bottommost bag is numbered 1 and the topmost bag is numbered 6. B
contains neither Glasses nor Hats. F is not the 1st bag. A is two bags
above
the bag containing hats. B is immediately above the bag containing
Pants. B is below A. There are two bags between the bags containing
Pants and pens. Bags containing Watches is three bags above C. E is
above the bag containing glasses.
छह बैग A, B, C, D, E और F को एक के ऊपर एक ढे र की तरह रखा जाता है ।
इनम से ेक बैग म अलग-अलग आइटम पेन, च ा, जुराब, पट, घड़ी और
टोपी ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। सबसे नीचे के बैग की सं ा 1 है
और सबसे ऊपर के बैग की सं ा 6 है । B म न तो च ा है और न ही टोपी। F
पहला बैग नहीं है । A दो बैग ऊपर है
टोपी यु बैग। B, पट वाले बैग के ठीक ऊपर है । B, A के नीचे है । पट और पेन
वाले बैग के बीच दो बैग ह। घिडय़ों वाला बैग C से तीन बैग ऊपर है । E िगलास
वाले बैग के ऊपर है ।
504
D के ऊपर िकतने बैग ह?
A - Three
B - Two
C - Four
D - Five
E - None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)C
2)D
3)B
4)B
5)A
505
506
192 . Seven boxes viz. T, U, V, W, X, Y, and Z are placed one above the
other in the same stack, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost box is numbered as 1 and the box immediately above is
numbered as 2 and so on till the topmost box which is numbered as 7.
Box T is placed at a prime numbered position and two boxes above box
V. Only three boxes are placed between the boxes V and U. The number
of boxes between U and T is one more than the number of boxes
between U and W. Box Z is placed two boxes below the box W. At least
two boxes are placed between the boxes Y and X which is not placed
adjacent to box V.
सात िड े अथात। T, U, V, W, X, Y, और Z को एक के ऊपर एक एक ही ै क म
रखा गया है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। सबसे नीचे वाले बॉ की
सं ा 1 है और ठीक ऊपर वाले बॉ की सं ा 2 है और इसी तरह सबसे ऊपर
वाले बॉ की सं ा 7 है ।
बॉ T को एक अभा सं ा वाले ान पर रखा गया है और बॉ V के ऊपर
दो बॉ रखे गए ह। बॉ V और U के बीच केवल तीन बॉ रखे गए ह। U और
T के बीच बॉ की सं ा U और W के बीच बॉ की सं ा से एक अिधक है ।
बॉ Z को बॉ W के नीचे दो बॉ रखे गए ह। बॉ Y और X के बीच कम से
कम दो बॉ रखे गए ह जो बॉ V के िनकट नहीं रखे गए ह।
saat dibbe arthaat. t, u, v, w, x, y,
1. Which of the following box is placed at the second above the box
Y?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा िड ा, िड ा Y के ऊपर दू सरे ान पर रखा
गया है ?
A. Box T
B. The box which is kept immediately below the box U
C. Box W 6
D. The box which is kept two boxes below the box V
E. None of these
507
2. Which of the following statement is/are true with respect to the final
arrangement?
फाइनल के संबंध म िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन स है /ह
व ा?
A. Only three boxes are placed between the boxes W and Z
B. Both the boxes X and Y are placed at an odd numbered position
C. The number of boxes is placed above U and below T is the same
D. More than two boxes are placed below the box Y
E. None of these
4.If all the boxes are placed in alphabetical order from top to bottom,
then how many boxes remain unchanged in their position?
यिद सभी बॉ ों को ऊपर से नीचे वणानु म म रखा जाता है , तो िकतने
बॉ अपने ान पर अप रवितत रहते ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. More than three
E. None
508
1. (B) The box which is kept immediately below the box U
2. (C) The number of boxes is placed above U and below T is the same
3. (A) Three boxes below
4. (A) One
5. (D) Box 5
509
the month having less than 31 days and two persons before S. Q travels
before T but doesn’t travel in the same month and same date as T and
S. Only two persons travel to the place between Q and N who travels
in the same date as R. O travels to the place immediately before R. M
travels in the same month as U and in the same date as P where not
more than three persons travel between M and P.
नौ अथात। M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T और U एक ही वष की 3, 15 और 22
जनवरी, फरवरी और माच को एक ान की या ा कर रहे ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं
िक इसी म म हों। एक ही महीने की एक ही तारीख को एक से अिधक
िकसी ान की या ा नहीं करते ह। T उस महीने म उस ान की या ा करता है
िजसम 31 से कम िदन ह और S से पहले दो ह। Q, T से पहले या ा करता है
ले िकन उसी महीने और उसी तारीख म या ा नहीं करता है िजसम T और
S. Q और N के बीच केवल दो या ा करते ह, जो R के समान ितिथ म या ा
करता है । O, R से ठीक पहले ान की या ा करता है । M, U के समान महीने म
और P के समान ितिथ म या ा करता है , जहां से अिधक नहीं M और P के बीच
तीन या ा करते ह।
510
A. P
B. T
C. N
D. U
E. None of these
4. Which of the following statement is/ are true with respect to the final
arrangement?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा कथन अंितम व ा के संबंध म स है / ह?
A. Three persons travel between U and S
B. P neither travels in the same month nor in the same date with T
C. More than two persons travel after R
D. N travels four persons after U and two persons before OPAGE 9
9 E. None of these
5.How many persons travel between U and M?
U और M के बीच िकतने या ा करते ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. More than three
E. None
511
194 . Eight persons- A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are sitting at the
rectangular table facing inside. One person is sitting at each smaller side
and three persons are sitting at each long side of the table. All the
information is not necessarily in the same order. G sits second to the left
of H, both are sitting on the longer side. Two persons are sitting
between G and E. F neither sit adjacent to E and G. F and E are not
sitting on the same side. D sits immediate right of F, both are sitting on
the same side. The
number of persons sitting between F and E is the same as between F and
A. B sits either adjacent to F or A .
आठ - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक आयताकार मे ज पर अंदर की ओर
उ ु ख होकर बैठे ह। एक मेज की ेक छोटी भुजा पर बैठा है और तीन
मेज की ेक लं बी भुजा पर बैठे ह। ज री नहीं िक सभी जानकारी इसी
म म हो। G, H के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , दोनों लं बी भु जा पर बैठे ह। G
और E के बीच दो बैठे ह। F न तो E और G के आस-पास बैठा है । F और E
एक ही तरफ नहीं बैठे ह। D, F के ठीक दाय बैठा है , दोनों एक ही ओर बैठे ह।
512
F और E के बीच बैठे यों की सं ा F और A के बीच बैठे यों की सं ा
के समान है । B या तो F या A के आस बैठता है ।
3. Four of the five among the following are similar in such a way to
form a group, who among the following doesn’t belong to the
group?
िन िल खत म से पांच म से चार एक समूह बनाने के िलए समान ह,
िन िल खत म से कौन समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. D
B. The one who sits immediate left of F
C. B
D. The one who sits third to the left of C
E. The one who sits immediate right of H
513
B. The one who sits immediate right of C
C. F
D. The one who sits second to the left of D
E. B
1. (E)
2. (B)
3. (E)
4. (B)
5. (C)
514
195 . Eight persons- P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W are sitting at the circular
table facing the Centre but not necessarily in the same order. Q sits third
to the left of R. One person sits between R and V. W and V are
immediate neighbors. Neither S nor P sits adjacent to R. T sits second to
the right of P. The numbers of persons sitting between W and R is the
same as between S and P. U does not sit adjacent to T.
आठ - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, और W एक वृ ाकार मेज पर क की ओर मुख
करके बैठे ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। Q, R के बाय से तीसरे ान
पर बैठा है । R और V के बीच एक बैठा है । W और V िनकटतम पडोसी ह।
न तो S और न ही P, R के आस-पास बैठा है । T, P के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा
है । W और R के बीच बैठे यों की सं ा उतनी ही है िजतनी S और P के बीच
बैठी है । U, T के आस-पास नहीं बैठा है ।
3. How many persons are sitting between S and R when counted left
of R?
515
R के बाय से िगनने पर S और R के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. None
516
196 . Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live in building but not
necessarily in the same order. There are eight floors in that building and
only one person lives on each floor. Each of them likes different cars, viz
Maruti Suzuki, BMW, Audi, Toyota, Porsche, Ford, Mercedes and Sedan
but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them owns different
stationary items, viz Books, Scale, Pen, Pencil, Eraser, Sharpner, Compass
and Stapler but not necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor
of the building is numbered 1, the one above it is numbered 2 and so on.
The topmost floor of the building is numbered 8. The one who owns Pen
also likes Ford and live on floor number six. P likes Sedan and live son
517
the floor numbered three. The one who likes Toyota lives on the ground
floor. T lives on the topmost floor. The one who likes Audi lives exactly
between the floors on which the one who owns Sharpener and the one
who owns Pencil live. The one who owns Scale also likes Porsche and the
one who owns Books also likes Maruti Suzuki. Q likes BMW and he does
not live on floor number five. S lives on floor number seven. The one
who owns Scale does not live on the topmost floor or the second floor.
The one who likes Mercedes lives on the floor number five. R does not
likes Mercedes. O lives on an even numbered floor. The one who owns
Pencil also likes Mercedes and the one who owns Compass also likes
BMW. N and the one who owns eraser lives on even numbered floor. N
doesnot own eraser.
आठ M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एक इमारत म रहते ह ले िकन
ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उस इमारत म आठ मंिजल ह और ेक मं िजल
पर केवल एक रहता है । उनम से ेक को अलग-अलग कार पसंद है ,
अथात मा ित सु जुकी, बीएमड ू, ऑडी, टोयोटा, पोश, फोड, मिसडीज और
सेडान ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से े क के पास अलग-
अलग े शनरी आइटम ह, जैसे िकताब, े ल, पेन, पिसल, इरे ज़र, शापनर,
क ास और े पलर लेिकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। इमारत के सबसे
िनचले तल की सं ा 1 है , इसके ऊपर वाले तल की सं ा 2 है और इसी कार
आगे भी। इमारत की सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा 8 है । िजसके पास पेन है वह
फोड को भी पसंद करता है और मंिजल सं ा छह पर रहता है । P को सेडान
पसंद है और उसका बेटा तीन नंबर वाली मंिजल पसंद करता है । वह िजसे
टोयोटा पसंद है वह भूतल पर रहता है . T सबसे ऊपर वाली मं िजल पर रहता है ।
वह िजसे ऑडी पसंद है वह ठीक उन मंिजलों के बीच म रहता है िजसके
पास शापनर है और वह िजसके पास पिसल है । िजसके पास े ल है वह पोश को
भी पसंद करता है और िजसके पास िकताब ह वह मा ित सुजुकी को भी पसंद
करता है । Q को बीएमड ू पसंद है और वह पांचवी ं मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । S
तल सं ा सात पर रहता है । िजसके पास े ल है वह सबसे ऊपर वाली मंिजल
या दू सरी मं िजल पर नहीं रहता है । वह िजसे मिसडीज पसंद है वह तल
सं ा पां च पर रहता है । R को मिसडीज पसंद नहीं है । O एक सम मांिकत
मं िजल पर रहता है । िजसके पास पिसल है वह मिसडीज भी पसंद करता है और
िजसके पास कंपास है वह बीएमड ू भी पसंद करता है । N और िजसके पास
रबड़ है वह सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है । N के पास इरे ज़र नहीं है ।
1. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
forms a group. Which is the one that does belong to that group?
518
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत है ?
A. T - Pencil
B. R - Sharpener
C. P - Pen
D. S - Eraser
E. M - Books
4. How many persons live between T and the one who likes Ford?
िन िल खत म से िकसके पास शापनर है ?
A. Three
B. Two
C. One
D. None
E. None of these
519
Answer -
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. C
5. E
Solution -
520
197 . Eight persons K, L, F, G, H, I, Q and N are sitting around a circular
table, facing the centre. Each of them teaches different subjects, viz
English, Hindi, Biology, Civics, Chemistry, Physics, History and Geography
but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them teaches in different
standards, viz sixth, seventh and eighth. At least two persons teach to
the same standard. Only the one who teach Geography and the one who
teach Physics teaches in sixth standard. The one who teach Geography
sits third to the left of the one who who teach physics. H teaches English
and teaches in seventh standard. He sits on the immediate left of the
one who teach Physics. G teach History subject and teaches in eight
standard. The one who teaches Chemistry and the one who teach Civics
teaches in the same standard. The one who teach Chemistry subject sits
third to the right of G. The one who teach Hindi subject sits opposite N.
Only three persons sit between K and the one who teach Biology
subject. I and F teaches in seventh standard. N teaches Chemistry
subject. F teaches Hindi subject. The persons who teaches in seventh
standard do not sit adjacent to each other. Q does not teach either in
seventh standard or in sixth standard. I does not teach Civics.
आठ K, L, F, G, H, I, Q और N एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर क की
ओर मु ख करके बैठे ह। उनम से ेक अलग-अलग िवषय पढ़ाते ह, जै से अं े जी,
िहंदी, जीव िव ान, नाग रक शा , रसायन िव ान, भौितकी, इितहास और भूगोल
ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। उनम से ेक अलग-अलग क ा अथात
छठी, सातवी ं और आठवी ं म पढ़ाता है । कम से कम दो एक ही र पर
पढ़ाते ह। केवल वह जो भूगोल पढ़ाता है और जो भौितकी पढ़ाता है वह छठी क ा
म पढ़ाता है । वह जो भूगोल पढ़ाता है , भौितकी पढ़ाने वाले के बाय से तीसरे
ान पर बैठा है । H अं ेजी पढ़ाता है और सातवी ं क ा म पढ़ाता है । वह भौितकी
पढ़ाने वाले के ठीक बाय बैठा है । G इितहास िवषय पढ़ाता है और आठवी ं
क ा म पढ़ाता है । वह जो रसायन िव ान पढाता है और वह जो नाग रक शा
पढाता है एक ही क ा म पढाता है . वह जो रसायन िव ान िवषय पढ़ाता है ,
G के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । वह जो िहंदी िवषय पढ़ाता है , N के
िवपरीत बैठा है । K और जीव िव ान िवषय पढ़ाने वाले के बीच केवल तीन
521
बैठे ह। I और F सातवी ं क ा म पढ़ाते ह। N रसायन िव ान िवषय पढ़ाता है । F
िहंदी िवषय पढ़ाता है । जो सातवी ं क ा म पढ़ाते ह वे एक दू सरे के आस-
पास नहीं बैठते ह। Q न तो सातवी ं क ा म और न ही छठी क ा म पढ़ाता है । म
नाग रक शा नहीं पढ़ाता।
1. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence
forms a group. Which of the following does not belong to that
group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। िन िल खत म से कौन उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. L - Civics
B. K - History
C. G - English
D. I - Physics
E. N - Hindi
3. How many persons sits between L and the one who teach Physics
subject when counted in anti clockwise direction from L?
L से वामावत िदशा म िगने जाने पर L और भौितकी िवषय पढ़ाने वाले के
म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. None
B. One 1
C. Two
D. Three
E. None of these
522
B. Third to the left.
C. Second to the left.
D. Second to the right.
E. Fourth to the right.
Answer -
1. B
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. E
Solution -
Sitting on a circular table
Rightwards →
K→Q→F→G→I→L→N→H
523
198 . Eight persons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q work in three different
companies, viz TCS, CTS and HCL, but not necessarily in the same order.
524
At least two, but not more than three, persons work in the same
company. Each of them likes a different brand, viz Cobb, Levis, Duke,
Wrangler, Arrow, Reebok, Adidas and Redtape but not necessarily in the
same order. The one who works in HCL does not like Reebok. L does not
like Adidas. K likes Wrangler but does not work in CTS. None of those
who work in HCL likes Redtape. P likes Levis. M works in TCS and likes
Cobb. There is only one person who works in the same company with M
and he likes Duke. Q likes Redtape. N does not like Duke and works in
the same company with Q. J and L both work in HCL. The one who likes
Adidas does not work in CTS.
आठ J, K, L, M, N, O, P और Q तीन अलग-अलग कंपिनयों अथात TCS,
CTS और HCL म काम करते ह, ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। कम से
कम दो, ले िकन तीन से अिधक एक ही कंपनी म काम करते ह। उनम से
ेक को एक अलग ां ड पसंद है , अथात कॉब, ले िवस, ू क, रगलर, एरो,
रीबॉक, एिडडास और रे डटे प ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हों। वह
जो HCL म काम करता है , रीबॉक पसंद नहीं करता है । L को एिडडास पसंद नहीं
है । K रगलर पसंद करता है ले िकन सीटीएस म काम नहीं करता है । HCL म काम
करने वालों म से कोई भी Redtape पसंद नहीं करता है । P को ले िवस पसंद है । M,
TCS म काय करता है और Cobb पसंद करता है । केवल एक M के साथ
समान कंपनी म काम करता है और वह ूक पसंद करता है । Q को रे डटे प पसंद
है । N को ूक पसंद नहीं है और वह Q के साथ एक ही कंपनी म काम करता है ।
J और L दोनों HCL म काम करते ह। एिडडास पसंद करने वाला सीटीएस म
काम नहीं करता है ।
1. Which of the following brands does L like?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा ां ड L को पसंद है ?
A. Adidas
B. Arrow
C. Reebok
D. Wrangler
E. None of these
525
3. Who among the following works in TCS?
िन िल खत म से कौन ूक पसंद करता है ?
A. J
B. K
C. L
D. M
E. P
Answer -
1. B
2. A
3. D
4. D
5. E
Solution
526
199 . Eight persons Bhushan, Ranjan, Kunal, Mahesh, Ajay, Ranjit, Sujay
and Manjesh have their birthdays either on 13th or 15th of four
different months, viz March, April, May and June but not necessarily in
the same order. Bhushan has his birthday on 13th of a month having 31
days. There is only one person having birthday before Ranjan. The
number of persons between Bhushan and Ranjan is one less than the
number of persons between Ranjan and Manjesh. Kunal and Mahesh
have their birthdays in the same month having 30 days. Ranjit's birthday
is after Sujay's. There are only three persons who have birthdays
between Ranjan and Ajay. Kunal has his birthday before Mahesh.
आठ यों भूषण, रं जन, कुणाल, महेश, अजय, रं जीत, सुजय और मंजेश का
ज िदन चार अलग-अलग महीनों अथात माच, अ ैल, मई और जून म या तो 13
या 15 तारीख को है , ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। भू षण का ज िदन
उस महीने की 13 तारीख को होता है िजसम 31 िदन होते ह। रं जन से पहले केवल
एक का ज िदन है । भूषण और रं जन के बीच यों की सं ा रं जन
और मं जेश के बीच यों की सं ा से एक कम है । कुणाल और महे श का
527
ज िदन 30 िदनों वाले एक ही महीने म आता है । सुजय के बाद रं जीत का
ज िदन है । रं जन और अजय के बीच केवल तीन यों का ज िदन है ।
कुणाल का महेश से पहले ज िदन है ।
4. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Kunal
B. Ranjit
C. Bhushan
D. Ajay
E. Sujay
528
िन िल खत म से िकस जोड़े का ज िदन अ ैल म है ?
A. Ranjit-Sujay
B. Sujay-Ajay
C. manjesh-Ajay
D. Sujay-Manjesh
E. None of these
Answer
1. D
2. C
3. C
4. D
5. D
solutions
529
200 . Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular
table facing the centre but not necessarily in the same order. There are
three males and five females in the group of friends. No two males are
immediate neighbours of each other. B is a female and sits second to the
right of D. D is a male and is not an immediate neighbour of A. H sits
third to the right of C. C is a male and sits second to the right of A.G sits
second to the right of F. E is a male and is not an immediate neighbour
of F.
आठ िम A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर क की ओर
मु ख करके बैठे ह, ले िकन आव क नहीं िक इसी म म हों। दो ों के समूह म
तीन पु ष और पांच मिहलाएं ह। कोई भी दो पु ष एक दू सरे के िनकटतम पड़ोसी
नहीं ह। B एक मिहला है और D के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठी है । D एक पु ष है
और A का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है । H, C के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है । C
एक पु ष है और A के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । F के दाय। E एक पु ष है
और F का िनकटतम पडोसी नहीं है ।
1. Which of the following pair represents the immediate neighbours
of E?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु E के िनकटतम पड़ोिसयों को दशाता है ?
A. GE
B. BD
C. AC
D. BA
E. None of these
530
4. Which of the following female's immediate neighbours are males?
िन िल खत म से िकस मिहला के िनकटतम पड़ोसी पु ष ह?
A. A
B. G
C. F
D. H
E. None of these
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. C
Solution -
531
201 . Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing four
persons each, in such a way that there is an equal distance between
adjacent persons. In row-1 J, K, L and M are seated and all of them are
facing north and each of them likes a different colour, viz Green, Brown,
Blue and Red but not necessarily in the same order. In row-2 P, Q, R and
S are seated and all of them are facing south and each of them likes a
different colour, viz White, Pink, Yellow and Black but not necessarily in
the same order. In the given seating arrangement each person seated in
a row faces another person of the other row.K sits second to the left of
the one who likes Red. Q sits on the immediate right of the one who
likes Yellow. J sits on the immediate left of the one who likes Blue. The
one who likes White faces K. P faces the one who likes Brown but does
not sit at either extreme end of the row. L faces the one who likes Pink.
The one who likes Pink sits second to the right of S.
532
2. Who among the following sit at extreme ends of a row?
िन िल खत म से कौन एक पं के अंितम छोर पर बैठा है ?
A. Q and the one who likes White
B. R and the one who likes Black
C. S and the one who likes Pink
D. M and the one who likes Green
E. None of these
3. Who among the following faces the one who likes Black?
िन िल खत म से कौन काला रं ग पसंद करने वाले की ओर उ ुख है ?
A. L
B. M
C. K
D. Can't be determined
E. J
Solution
R(white) P(pink) Q(black) S(yellow)
K(green) L(brown) J(red) M(blue)
Answer -
1. C
533
2. D
3. E
4. A
5. A
202 . Ravi visits seven different tourist places in a week. He makes only
one visit on each day of the week starting from Monday and ending on
Sunday, but not necessarily in the same order. He visits Qutub Minar
either on Wednesday or on Saturday. He visits only three places
between the days on which he visits Qutub Minar and Lal Qila. He visits
only two places between the days on which he visits Lotus Temple and
Lal Qila. He visits Raj Ghat immediately after the day on which he visits
ISKCON Temple. He visits Charminar immediately after the day on which
he visits Taj Mahal. He does not visit Taj Mahal on Friday. He visits only
one place between the days on which he visits Lotus Temple and
Charminar.
534
2. How many places does he visit between the days on which he visits
Raj Ghat and Taj Mahal?
िजन िदनों म वह राजघाट और ताजमहल जाता है , उन िदनों के बीच वह िकतनी
जगहों पर जाता है ?
A. None
B. Two
C. Four
D. Three
E. One
5. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on their
positions in the above arrangement and hence form a group. Which is
the one that does not belong to that group?
उपरो व ा म अपनी ित के आधार पर िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक
िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो
उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Monday - Qutub Minar
B. Thursday - Raj Ghat
C. Saturday - Lotus Temple
D. Wednesday- ISKCON Temple
E. Tuesday - Charminar
Answers
535
1. B
2. C
3. B
4. D
5. E
Solution
536
दोनों िवषम मंिजलों पर रहते ह। N, H के ठीक ऊपर रहता है , जो एक सम सं ा
वाली मं िजल पर रहता है । I मंिजल सं ा 6 पर रहता है । L और M के बीच केवल
एक रहता है । J, I के ऊपर रहता है । K और H के बीच तीन रहते ह।
537
C. L-3
D. N-1
E. G-2
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. C
5. D
Solution -
538
204 .Eightpersons Lekh, Saurya, Siddant, Surya, Saksham, Yugh, Sidh and
Arjun are sitting around a square table facing towards the center of the
table such that four persons sit at the corner and four persons sit in the
middle of the side but not necessarily in the same order. Yugh sits
second to the left of Saurya. Arjun sits second to the left of Sidh, who
sits adjacent to Saksham. Siddant sits adjacent to Saurya and Yugh.
Three persons sit between Saksham and Yugh. Surya does not sit
adjacent to Saksham or Yugh. Surya sits at one of the
corners of the table.
2.How many persons sit between Arjun and Lekh when counted from
the right of Lekh?
ले ख के दाय से िगनने पर अजु न और ले ख के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Three
C. Four
D. Two
E. None of these
539
A. Siddant
B. Arjun
C. Saksham
D. Lekh
E. None of these
Answers:
1. C
2. B
3. D
4. B
5. A
540
205 . Nine persons Ayush, Bassi, Chaya, Disha, Ena, Fiza, Gambhir, Hema
and Isha join a company on 9th, 19th and 27th of different months
(October, November and December) in the same year. Three of them
like different sports (Badminton, Golf and Tennis). At least three persons
join between the persons, who like one of the three given sports. Three
persons join between Disha and Ena. Person, who likes Tennis, joins
before Bassi. Disha joins immediately after the person, who likes
Badminton. Isha doesn’t join on 27th of any month. Bassi doesn’t like
Golf. Gambhir joins immediately after Ayush in the same month. Two
persons join between Hema and the one, who likes Badminton. Fiza
doesn’t like any sports but joins after Gambhir.
541
1)How many persons join after Bassi?
ब ी के बाद िकतने शािमल होते ह?
A - Five
B - Three
C - Two
D - Six10
E - None of the above
542
C - Bassi
D - Fiza
E - Hema
Solution :
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. C
206 . Seven persons, Anjali, Soumya, Neha, Rashmi, Ruhi, Madhu and
Sanju live in a building having 7 floors, lowermost is numbered 1 and
topmost is numbered 7 (but not necessarily in the same order.) All of
them like different mobile Brandi.e. Apple, Oppo, Redmi, Nokia,
Samsung, Sony and Motorola, also they belong to different states of
india i.e. Sikkim, Goa, Assam, Rajasthan, Haryana, Gujarat and Bihar (but
not necessarily in the same order). The one, who likes Oppo lives below
but not immediately below the one, who likes Sony, who doesn't live on
even numbered floor. There are 3 floors gap between the one, who
belongs to Bihar and the one, who likes Apple. Neha lives on odd
numbered floor below Anjali and likes Redmi. Anjali lives on odd
numbered floor but not on top floor and is from Bihar. Ruhi lives just
above Soumya and she is not from Rajasthan. Madhu doesn't belong to
Sikkim and Gujarat but likes Motorola. Soumya is not from Haryana but
the one, who is from Haryana lives on odd numbered floor. There are
543
more than 3 floors gap between the one, who likes Nokia and the one,
who is from Sikkim. Sanju is from Assam lives on even numbered floor
above Anjali but not on 4th floor. The one, who likes Samsung is from
Rajasthan and lives on odd numbered floor.
544
D. Can't be determined
E. Other than those given as options15
Answers:
1. C
2. B
3. E
4. E
5. D
545
546
207 . Studythe information carefully and answer the questions given
below. Seven persons Pankaj, Shaam, Rohit, Sudhir, Shamu, Sandeep
and Pradeep are living in six floored building as ground floor is
numbered as 1, above it is 2nd floor and the top floor is numbered 6,
such that one of the floor is vacant. They also like different News
channel. Sudhir lives alone on one of the even floors. None of the person
living on even numbered floor likes Aajtak. None of the persons living
immediate above or immediate below the vacant floor likes News-18.
Pankaj lives below Rohit. The one, who lives immediate below the
vacant floor likes Zee. Two persons live between Sudhir and Shamu.
Pradeep does not live below Rohit. The one living on 3rd floor likes
Republic. Shamu lives just above Rohit. Three floors are there
between Sudhir and Rohit. Not more than two floors between the one,
who likes Aajtak and the one, who likes ABP. Two floors gap are there
between Sandeep and Pankaj, who lives below Sandeep. Times Now is
liked by the one, who lives on the 1st floor. Two floors are between the
floors on which Pradeep and Shaam live. Sudhir likes CNN. None of the
even number floor is vacant.
547
A. 1st
B. 6th
C. 5th
D. 3rd
E. Both (a) and (b)
5.Which among the following channel is liked by the one who lives with
Shaam on the same floor number?
शाम के साथ समान मंिजल सं ा पर रहने वाले ारा िन िल खत म से
कौन सा चैनल पसंद िकया जाता है ?
A. Aajtak
B. Times Now
C. News18
D. CNN
548
E. Either A or B
Answers:
1. A
2. E
3. C
4. A
5. E
549
208 . Sevenpersons Ayush, Aditya, Ramesh, Sanya, Thakkar, Sohail and
Prashant live in different countries among India, Australia, China, Israel,
Japan, South Korea and USA but not necessarily in same order. Each of
them has different number of houses among 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 and
70. Thakkar lives in Israel. Neither Ramesh nor Aditya lives in Australia.
Thakkar does not have either 60 or 20 houses. Person from India has
more houses than that from Australia. Person, who lives in South Korea,
has 50 houses. Neither Ramesh nor Prashant has 30 houses. Aditya has
10 houses. The difference in number of houses of Ramesh and Prashant
is 20. Sohail lives in USA and has 70 houses. Prashant does not live in
Australia or India. Sanya doesn’t live in South Korea.
550
3)What is the sum of number of houses of Ayush and Sohail?
आयुष और सोहेल के घरों की सं ा का योग िकतना है ?
A - 90
B - 150
C - 120
D - 110
E - 160
Solution:
1. E
2. D
3. C
4. E
5. D
551
209 . Certainnumber of persons is sitting in a row facing north direction.
Faiz sits exactly between Sima and Manisha. Number of persons to the
left of Rashid is equal to number of persons to the right of Goreja. One
person sits between Sima and Pallavi, who sits immediate right of
Rashid. Sima sits second to the left of Manisha. Two persons sit between
Manisha and Manish, who sits immediate left of Lokesh. Four persons sit
to the left of Sima. Two persons sit between Lokesh and Daksh. Manish
sits exactly in the middle of the row. At most three persons sit between
Goreja and Daksh, who is immediate left of Tina.
552
बीच दो बैठे ह। मनीष पं के ठीक म म बैठा है । गोरे जा और द के
बीच अिधकतम तीन बैठे ह, जो टीना के ठीक बाएं ह।
553
B – Two
C – Three
D – Four
E – Five
Solution:
1. C
2. B
3. D
4. D
5. C
210 . Eight
persons Robin, Barney, Lily, Ted, Elsa, Marchael, John and
Ronny are sitting around a circular table with equal distance between
them but not necessarily in the same order. Some of them are facing the
centre while some are facing outward. ( Note: Same direction means if
554
one is facing the centre then the other is also facing the centre and if
one is facing outward then the other is facing outward. Opposite
direction means if one is facing the centre then the other is facing
outward and vice versa.) Only three persons sit between Ted and Elsa.
Elsa sits second to the right of Robin. Both Ronny and Elsa face opposite
direction of that of Lily. Neither Ted nor Robin is an immediate
neighbour of Marchael. Only two persons sit between Lily and Barney.
John sits second to the right of Lily. John and Barney face opposite
directions. The immediate neighbours of John face the same direction.
Ronny sits on the immediate right of Barney. Lily sits second to the right
of Marchael, who faces the centre.
1.Who among the following sits exactly between Robin and Ted?
िन िल खत म से कौन रॉिबन और टे ड के ठीक बीच म बैठा है ?
A. Barney
B. Marchael
C. John
D. Elsa
E. None of these
555
C. Third to the right.
D. Sixth to the right.
E. Second to the right.
Answers
1. C
2. B
3. E
4. C
5. A
Solution -
556
211 . Ninepersons — K, L, M, N, O, X, Y, Z and A live in a building but not
necessarily in the same order. There are nine floors in that building and
only one person lives on each floor. Each of them works in different
banks viz, SBI, UCO, CBI, PNB, BOM, BOB, OBC and Yes bank but not
necessarily in the same order. The ground floor of the building is
numbered 1 and the floor above it is numbered 2 and so on. The
topmost floor is numbered nine. Only two persons live between the
floors on which the one who works in BOM and the one who works in
CBI. M works in Axis bank. X does not work in Yes bank. Z works in CBI
and lives on an even numbered floor. The one who works in BOB lives on
the fourth floor. K does not work in PNB. There are only three persons
between the floors on which M and Y live. N lives immediately above the
floor on which A lives. The one who works in SBI lives on the topmost
floor of the building. X does not live on the ground floor. Only one
person lives between the floors on which X and Y live. The one who
works in Yes bank lives on the third floor. O lives on the second floor and
works in UCO bank. K lives on an even-numbered floor but below the
floor on which Z lives.
557
नौ - K, L, M, N, O, X, Y, Z और A एक इमारत म रहते ह ले िकन नहीं
अिनवाय प से इसी म म। उस इमारत म नौ मंिजल ह और े क मंिजल पर
केवल एक रहता है । उनम से ेक अलग-अलग बकों अथात एसबीआई,
यूको, सीबीआई, पीएनबी, बीओएम, बीओबी, ओबीसी और यस बक म काम
करता है ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। इमारत के भूतल की सं ा 1 है
और इसके ऊपर के तल की सं ा 2 है और इसी कार आगे भी। सबसे ऊपरी
मं िजल की सं ा नौ है । बीओएम म काम करने वाले और सीबीआई म काम करने
वाले के बीच केवल दो रहते ह। M ए स बक म काम करता है । X, येस
बक म काम नहीं करता है । Z सीबीआई म काम करता है और एक सम सं ा
वाली मं िजल पर रहता है । बीओबी म काम करने वाला चौथी मंिजल पर
रहता है । K, PNB म काय नहीं करता है । M और Y िजन मंिजलों पर रहते ह उनके
बीच केवल तीन रहते ह। N उस मंिजल के ठीक ऊपर रहता है िजस पर A
रहता है । जो एसबीआई म काम करता है वह इमारत के सबसे ऊपरी तल
पर रहता है । X भूतल पर नहीं रहता है । X और Y िजन मंिजलों पर रहते ह उनके
बीच केवल एक रहता है । जो यस बक म काम करता है वह तीसरी मंिजल
पर रहता है । O दू सरी मंिजल पर रहता है और यूको बक म काम करता है । K सम
सं ा वाले तल पर रहता है ले िकन Z के तल से नीचे रहता है ।
2.How many persons live between the floors on which K and A live?
K और A के तलों के म िकतने रहते ह?
A. None
B. One
C. Two
D. Three
E. None of these
3.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
558
A. Z - UCO
B. M - SBI
C. L - Axis
D. X - Yes
E. A - PNB
5.Who among the following lives on the topmost floor of the building?
िन िल खत म से कौन इमारत की सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल पर रहता है ?
A. L
B. N
C. Z
D. Y
E. None of these
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. E
5. A
559
560
212 . Eightpersons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a straight line
equidistant from each other but not necessarily in the same order. Some
of them are facing north while some of them are facing south.
(Note: Facing same direction means if one is facing north then the other
person is also facing north and if one is facing south then the other
person is also facing south. Facing opposite direction means if one is
facing north then the other person is facing south and vice versa.)
G sits third to the right of E. Both the immediate neighbours of E face
opposite direction of E. B sits second to the right of F and both face
south direction. D does not sit adjacent to C or G. G and C face the same
direction as B but opposite D. H and B sit immediate right of each other
and none of them sits at either extreme end of the row. A faces north.
Only three persons sit between E and C, who sits at an extreme end of
the row.
561
2.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. E-F
B. D-C
C. B-G
D. H-G
E. B-A
Answers
1. B
2. C
3. B
4. E
5. D
562
Solution -
563
रहता है । I एक सम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । D, H के नीचे और J के
ऊपर रहता है । E, G के ठीक नीचे रहता है । J तल सं ा 3 पर रहता है ।
1.How many floors are there between the floors on which E and H live?
E और H िजन मंिजलों पर रहते ह, उनके बीच िकतनी मंिजल ह?
A. One
B. Three
C. None
D. Two
E. More than three
3.If all the persons are made to sit in alphabetical order from top to
bottom, the position of how many will remain unchanged?
यिद सभी यों को ऊपर से नीचे वणानु म म िबठा िदया जाए, तो िकतने
यों की ित अप रवितत रहे गी?
A. None
B. Two
C. One
D. Three
E. Four
564
respectively.
B. E lives on an odd-numbered floor.
C. H lives immediately below the floor on which F lives.
D. F lives on the fourth floor.
E. None is true
Answer -
1. C
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. A
214 . Eight
persons Piyush, Harsh, Ronak, Simmi, Tushar, Umesh, Vyom
and William sit around a circular table facing either towards or away
565
from the centre. Only three of them are Negros, who sit adjacent to
each other and face towards the centre. Others face outside. Tushar and
Harsh face same direction as Vyom. One person sits between Vyom and
Piyush such that none of them is Negro. Less than two persons sit
between Ronak and William, who face towards the centre. Tushar and
Simmi sit 3rd to the right of each other. Harsh doesn’t sit 2nd to the left
of Tushar. Umesh is a negro and sits adjacent to Piyush.
566
A - Simmi is not a negro.
B - Piyush doesn’t sit opposite to Harsh.
C - Vyom sits adjacent to William.
D - Harsh faces same direction as Piyush.
E - None of the above statements is true.
4.Simmi sits opposite to the person, who sits immediate right of ____.
िस ी उस के िवपरीत बैठती है , जो ____ के ठीक दाय बैठा है ।
A - Tushar
B - Ronak
C - William
D - Harsh
E - None of the above
Solution:
1. D
2. C
3. D
4. D
5. C
567
215 .Twelve pots are kept one above another such that bottommost pot
is numbered as 1, pot above it as 2 and so on. Violet pot is just above
cream pot but not just below Yellow pot. There are two pot between
Yellow pot and Red pot, which is an even numbered pot. Pot number of
Black pot is twice of pot number of Red pot. Green pot is pot 1. Blue pot
is perfect square numbered Pot. White pot is two pots below Blue
pot. Yellow pot and Blue pot are not adjacent to each other. Maroon pot
is above Brown pot, which is above purple pot. Orange pot is pot 11.
568
ह। पीला पॉट और नीला पॉट एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं ह। मै न बतन भू रे
बतन के ऊपर है , जो बगनी बतन के ऊपर है । नारं गी बतन बतन सं ा 11 है ।
569
D - Five
E - Four
Answers :-
1) B
2) E
3)D
4)C
5) A
216 . Eight
persons K, L, M, N, F, G, H and I are sitting around a circular
table with all of them are facing towards the centre of the table but not
necessarily in the same order. Each person has a different profession viz,
Engineer, CA, CS, Lawyer, Doctor, Teacher, Architect and Writer but not
570
necessarily in the same order. Two persons sit between the one who is
Lawyer and F. F is not a Doctor. Two persons sit between F and Teacher.
Doctor sits immediate right of K. Doctor does not sit next to Lawyer and
F. Doctor faces L. CA sits second to the left of L. N sits to the immediate
left of H. N is not Lawyer. H is not Lawyer, Writer and CA. Two persons
sit between the one who is CS and N. Writer sits third to the right of I. G
is not Writer and CA. The one who is Architect sits third to the left of the
one who is Engineer. L is not an Architect.
2.How many persons sit between K and the one who is CS?
K और CS वाले के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. None of these
3.Who among the following faces the one who sits second to the right of
I?
571
िन िल खत म से कौन I के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठे की ओर उ ु ख है ?
A. N
B. K
C. The one who is Architect.
D. The one who is CA.
E. None of these
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence forms a
group. Find the one which does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. G-H
B. N-L
C. K-I
D. M-G
E. M-F
Answers
1. B
2. C
3. C
4. E
5. D
Solution -
572
L = Engineer
G = Lawyer
M = Writer
K = Teacher
N + Doctor
217 . Six persons Joey, Chandler, Rachel, Monica, Gunther, and Phoebe
are living in a six storey building with ground floor numbered as 1, above
floor numbered as 2 and so on till the top floor is numbered as 6. They
all work in different companies namely Tata, Reliance, HP, Mahindra,
Birla, Vedanta. All information not necessarily in the same order. Three
persons live between the one who works in Birla and Phoebe. Two
persons live between the one who works in Birla and the one who works
in Reliance. Three persons live between the one who works in Reliance
and Joey. Monica lives just above the one who works in HP. Monica does
not work in Birla. One person lives between the one who works in HP
and the one who works in Tata. The one who works in HP lives below the
one who works in Tata. Gunther lives above Rachel and Chandler.
Chandler lives on an odd numbered floor. Joey and Rachel does not work
in Mahindra.
573
काम करता है वह टाटा म काम करने वाले के नीचे रहता है । गुंठर राहेल और
चां डलर के ऊपर रहता है । चां डलर एक िवषम सं ा वाली मं िजल पर रहता है ।
जॉय और राहेल मिहं ा म काम नहीं करते ह।
3.Who among the following lives just above the one who lives on fifth
floor?
िन िल खत म से कौन पाँचवी ं मंिजल पर रहने वाले के ठीक ऊपर रहता
है ?
A. Phoebe
B. The one who works in Reliance
C. Gunther
D. The one who works in Birla
E. None of these
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence forms a
group. Find the one which does not belong to the group?
574
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. Phoebe-Tata
B. Monica-Reliance
C. Gunther-HP
D. Rachel-Birla
E. Chandler-Tata
Answer -
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. E
Solution
218 . Twelvepeople are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people
each, in such a way that there is equal distance between adjacent
persons. In row-1 T, U, V, W, X and Y are seated (not necessarily in the
same order) and all of them are facing south. In row-2 A, B, C, D, E and F
are seated (not necessary in the same order) and all of them are facing
575
north. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement each member seated
in a row faces another member of the other row. V sits second from one
of the extreme ends of the row. Only three people sit between the one
who faces V and E. As many people sit to the left of E as to the right of B.
T sits second to the right of X. Neither X nor T is an immediate neighbour
of V. The one who faces A sits on the immediate right of T. Only one
person sits between A and F. Neither U nor Y faces F. W faces an
immediate neighbour of D. Y does not sit at either of the extreme ends
of the row.
1.How many people sit between C and the one who faces Y?
C और Y की ओर उ ुख के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. None
B. Two
C. Four
D. Three
E. One
576
3.Who amongst the following sits third to the left of Y?
िन िल खत म से कौन Y के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ?
A. U
B. V
C. The one who faces E
D. W
E. The one who faces B
4.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on the given
arrangement and so form a group. Which is the one that does not
belong to that group?
िदए गए आधार पर िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह
व ा और इसिलए एक समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से
संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. X
B. U
C. T
D. B
E. E
5.Which of the given statements is/are true with respect to the given
information?
दी गई जानकारी के संबंध म िदए गए कथनों म से कौन सा/से स है /ह?
I. Only one person sits between W and Y.
II. A is an immediate neighbour of C.
III. D faces an immediate neighbour of U.
A. Both (I) and (III)
B. Both (I) and (II)
C. Only (II)
D. Only (III)
E. None of the given statements is true
ANswers
1. A
2. E
3. C
4. C
5. B
577
Solution
(Facing South) U V Y T W X
(Facing North) B C A D F E
219 . Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people
each, in such a way that there is equal distance between adjacent
persons. In row-1, A, B, C, D, E and F are seated (not necessarily in the
same order) and all of them are facing north. In row-2, P, Q, R, S, T and U
are seated (not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are facing
south. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each member
seated in a row faces another member of the other row. B sits third to
the right of A. The one who faces A sits second to the right of P. R sits
second to the left of P. Only two people sit between C and the one who
faces R. As many people sit to the right of E as to the left of C. D faces U.
Only one person sits between U and T. The one who faces F sits second
to the left of Q.
578
ओर है । केवल एक U और T के बीच बैठता है । वह िजसका मुख F
की ओर है , Q के बाएं से दू सरे ान पर बैठता है ।
1.Which of the given statements is/are TRUE with respect to the given
information?
दी गई जानकारी के संबंध म िदए गए कथनों म से कौन सा/से स है /ह?
I. C faces S.
II. T sits at an extreme end.
III. D faces an immediate neighbour of R.
A. Only (III)
B. Both (II) and (III)
C. Only (II)
D. All (I), (II) and (III)
E. Both (I) and (III)
3.If all the people of row-I are made to sit in alphabetical order from left
to right, then who amongst the following will face P as per the new
arrangement?
यिद पं -I के सभी लोगों को बाएं से दाएं वणानु म म बैठाया जाता है , तो नई
व ा के अनुसार िन िल खत म से कौन P की ओर उ ु ख होगा?
A. A
B. D
C. B
D. F
E. C
579
C. T
D. The one who faces A
E. S
5.Who among the following does not sit at any of the extreme end of
the rows?
िन िल खत म से कौन पं के िकसी भी अंितम छोर पर नहीं बैठा है ?
A. The one who faces A
B. The one who sits to the immediate left of C
C. U
D. R
E. D
Answer -
1. E
2. A
3. E
4. E
5. D
Solution -
(Facing South) Q S P T R U
(Facing North) A C F B E D
220 . Seven
persons Yash, Suman, Trisha, Bhavesh, Shahid, Saroj and Arya
have exams on different days of a week from Monday to Sunday but not
necessarily in the same order. Arya does not have exam on Tuesday.
580
Shahid has exams three days after Trisha’s exam. Suman does not have
exam on Friday. Bhavesh has exam on Monday. Yash has exam just after
Saroj. One person has exam between Trisha's and Arya's exam.
581
C – Shahid
D – Yash
E – Arya
Answers :-
1) C
2) E
3) B
4) A
5) A
582
221 . Twelvepersons are sitting in two parallel rows containing six persons
each, in such a way that there is an equal distance between the adjacent
persons. In row-I P, Q, R, S, T and U are seated and all of them are facing
south. In row-II J, A, B, C, D and E are seated and all of them are facing
north. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement each member seated
in a row faces another member of the other row. S sits third to the right
of Q. Neither A nor E sits at any extreme ends of the row. R and T are
immediate neighbors of each other. Either S or Q sits at an extreme end
of the row. The one who faces Q sits second to the right of D. Only two
persons sit between A and E. An immediate neighbor of A faces the
one who sits third to the left of P. B sits second to the left of J. T does
not face the immediate neighbor of C.
583
E. None
4.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence forms a
group. Find the one which does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. J-T
B. A-T
C. E-R
D. A-U
E. D-T
Answers
1. A
2. C
3. B
4. E
5. D
Solution
584
(facing south) P U S T R Q
(facing north) B E J D A C
585
वाला फुटबॉल म भाग ले ता है । T इरे ज़र का मािलक है । S ने बा े टबॉल म
भाग िलया। वह जो सट जॉ म पढ़ता है उसके पास फ़ाइल है और वह
ि केट म भाग नहीं ले ता है । र ी म न तो वह िजसके पास पेन है और न ही
वह िजसके पास े ल है , ने भाग िलया। T या तो डीडीपीएस म या ब ीस म
पढ़ता है । वह िजसके पास पिसल है न ही वह िजसके पास पैमाना है वह र ी
खे लता है । िजसके पास पिसल है उसने खो-खो म भाग िलया और जो केवी म
पढ़ता है उसके पास पेन है । न तो Q न ही R सट जॉ या केवी म पढ़ता है । वह
जो केवी म पढ़ता है उसने वॉलीबॉल म भाग नहीं िलया और S सट जॉ म
नहीं पढ़ता है ।
586
D. S
E. None of these
Answer -
1. A
2. E
3. B
4. C
5. E
Solution
587
588
223 . Eight
persons Mayur, Nora, Oswald, Pasi, Qadar, Rohan, Shubhi and
Tanu are sitting around the square table. Four persons sit on corners
while rest sit on the middle of the sides. Persons on the corners face
towards the center while others face away from the center. Oswald
faces away from the center but doesn't sit adjacent to Shubhi. Qadar sits
second to the left of Pasi. Rohan and Mayur are immediate left of each
other. Nora sits opposite to Tanu but not adjacent to Qadar. Shubhi is
not adjacent to Nora.
2)How many persons sit between Qadar and Nora when counted from
right of Qadar?
क़दर के दाय से िगनने पर कादर और नोरा के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A - Four19
B - Two
C - Three
D - Five
E - One
589
D - Tanu
E - Cannot be determined
Answers :-
1)D
2)B
3)D
4)E
5) E
590
224 . Six
persons Ria, Piya, Siya, Tina, Garvit and Raj sit around a
hexagonal table facing towards the centre. All of them sit at the corner.
Each of them belongs to a different city, viz Kolkata, Patna, Ranchi, Delhi,
Manali and Shimla but not necessarily in the same order.
Piya does not belong to Shimla. The one, who belongs to Ranchi, doesn’t
sit adjacent to the one, who belongs to Delhi. Garvit sits adjacent to Ria
and Piya. Ria belongs to Manali. One person sit between Ria and the one
who belongs to Shimla. Tina sits second to the right of Garvit, who
belongs to Patna. Raj sits immediate right of Siya. The one who belongs
to Delhi, sits third to the left of the one, who belongs to Kolkata. The
one, who belongs to Patna, and the one who belongs to Kolkata sit
adjacent to each other. Tina does not belong to Ranchi.
591
छ: रया, िपया, िसया, टीना, गिवत और राज एक षट् कोणीय मेज के चारों
ओर क की ओर मुख करके बैठे ह। सब कोने म बैठे ह। उनम से ेक एक
अलग शहर से संबंिधत है , अथात कोलकाता, पटना, रांची, िद ी, मनाली और
िशमला ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म म हो। िपया िशमला से संबंिधत नहीं है ।
वह , जो रांची से संबंिधत है , िद ी से संबंिधत के िनकट नहीं बैठा
है । गिवत, रया और िपया के आस बैठा है । रया मनाली की रहने वाली ह। रया
और िशमला से संबंिधत के बीच एक बैठा है । टीना गिवत के दाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठी है , जो पटना से संबंिधत है । राज, िसया के ठीक दाय बैठा है ।
वह जो िद ी से संबंिधत है , कोलकाता से संबंिधत के बाय से तीसरे
ान पर बैठा है । वह, जो पटना से संबंिधत है , और वह जो कोलकाता से संबंिधत
है , एक दू सरे के आस बैठे ह। टीना रांची से सं बंिधत नहीं है ।
1.Who among the following sits second to the right of the one who
belongs to Kolkata?
िन िल खत म से कौन कोलकाता से संबंिधत के दाय से दू सरे ान पर
बैठा है ?
A. Raj
B. Ria
C. Garvit
D. Siya
E. Piya
592
िन िल खत म से कौन रांची से संबंिधत है ?
A. Ria
B. Siya
C. Garvit
D. Raj
E. None of these
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Find the one which does not belong to the group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. Siya - Raj
B. Raj - Piya
C. Ria - Tina
D. Garvit - Piya
E. Garvit- Ria
Answers
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. D
5. D
Solution -
593
225 . Seven people Era, Faizan, Gaurav, Harsh, Iti, Jyoti and Kriti sit around
a circular table and face away from the centre but not necessarily in the
same order. Five of the seven like different cars, viz Mercedes, Alto,
Chevrolet, BMW and Skoda. No two persons with the name starting with
consecutive alphabets sit adjacent to each other. Gaurav sits second to
the left to Era. Two people sit between Era and Faizan. Iti likes
Mercedes. Iti sits immediate left of the person, who likes BMW. Era does
not like BMW. Jyoti does not sit adjacent to Era. Jyoti likes Chevrolet.
Faizan does not like Skoda. The one, who likes Alto sits third to the right
of the one, who likes Skoda.
सात लोग एरा, फैजान, गौरव, हष, इित, ोित और कृित एक गोलाकार मे ज के
चारों ओर बैठे ह और क से बाहर की ओर उ ुख ह ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी
म म हों। सात म से पां च अलग-अलग कार पसंद करते ह, जैसे मिसडीज,
ऑ ो, शे वरलेट, बीएमड ू और ोडा। मागत अ र से शु होने वाले नाम
वाले कोई भी दो एक दू सरे के आस-पास नहीं बैठे ह। गौरव, एरा के बाय से
दू सरे ान पर बैठा है । इरा और फैजान के बीच दो बैठे ह। इित को
मिसडीज पसंद है । इित बीएमड ू पसंद करने वाले के ठीक बाय बैठा
है । युग को बीएमड ू पसंद नहीं है । ोित एरा के आस नहीं बैठी है । ोित
को शे वरले पसंद है । फैजान को ोडा पसंद नहीं है । वह , िजसे आ ो
पसंद है , ोडा पसंद करने वाले के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है ।
1.How many people sit between Jyoti and the one who likes Skoda,
when counted from the right of Jyoti?
ोित के दाय से िगने जाने पर ोित और ोडा पसंद करने वाले के म
िकतने बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
E. None of these
594
2.Who among the following likes Alto?
िन िल खत म से िकसे ऑ ो पसंद है ?
A. Harsh
B. Faizan
C. Jyoti
D. Kriti
E. None of these
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence forms a
group. Find the one which does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. Faizan,Iti
B. Gaurav,Faizan
C. Harsh,Kriti
D. Faizan,Jyoti
E. Gaurav,Iti
Answer -
1. D
2. B
3. A
595
4. C
5. C
Solution
All of them are sitting around a circular table facing outwards.
(→) = rightwards
Iti(Mercedes)→Gaurav(BMW)→Kriti→Era(Skoda)→Harsh→Jyot
i(Che vrolet)→Faizan(Alto)
226 . There are 9 shelves A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, B1, B2, B3 and B4 in a
cupboard one above another such that the bottommost shelf is
numbered as 1, shelf above it as 2 and so on(not necessarily in the same
order). Each of these shelves contains shoes of different brand among
Puma, Woodland, Reebok, Redtape, Lee cooper, Adidas, Nike, Bata and
Liberty. There are two shelves between A5 and A3. The topmost shelf
contains Liberty shoes. Shelf B2 is the third shelf. Shelf A5 which
contains Reebok shoes is exactly in the middle shelf of the cupboard.
Shelf A4, which contains Bata Shoes, is an odd prime number shelf. Shelf
containing Nike shoes is just above the shelf containing Woodland
shoes. Shelf B4 is above shelf A1. Shelf A2 contains Puma shoes. Shelf B3
is just below shelf B1, which contains Redtape shoes.
596
एक अलमारी म 9 अलमा रयां A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, B1, B2, B3 और B4 एक के
ऊपर एक इस कार ह िक सबसे नीचे वाली शे की सं ा 1 है , इसके ऊपर
की शे की सं ा 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी (ज री नहीं एक ही म)। इनम
से े क शे म ूमा, वुडलड, रीबॉक, रे डटे प, ली कूपर, एिडडास, नाइके,
बाटा और िलबट जै से िविभ ां ड के जूते ह। A5 और A3 के बीच दो अलमा रयां
ह। सबसे ऊपरी शे म िलबट जूते ह। शे बी 2 तीसरा शे है । शे A5
िजसम रीबॉक के जूते ह, अलमारी के ठीक म शे म है । शे फ़ A4, िजसम
बाटा शू ज़ ह, एक िवषम अभा सं ा वाली शे फ़ है । नाइके के जूतों वाली
शे वु डलड के जू तों वाली शे के ठीक ऊपर है । शे B4, शे A1 के
ऊपर है । शे फ़ A2 म ूमा के जूते ह। शे फ़ B3, शे फ़ B1 के ठीक नीचे है ,
िजसम रे डटे प शूज़ ह।
3.If shelf B3 contains lee cooper brand shoes then how many shoes are
above the shelf which contains Adidas brand shoes?
यिद शे B3 म ली कूपर ां ड के जूते ह, तो एिडडास ां ड के जूते वाले शे के
ऊपर िकतने जूते ह?
A. One
B. Three
C. Five
D. Four
E. None of these
597
शे A1 के ऊपर िकतने शे ह?
A. Four
B. Five
C. Two
D. Three
E. None of these
Answers:
1. C
2. D
3. A
4. B
5. B
598
599
227 . Eight
persons Pramod, Vinod, Ankit, Prashant, Amit, Sanjay, Aditya
and Balram took admission in three different AIIMS i.e., AIIMS Raipur,
AIIMS Bhopal and AIIMS .Delhi such that at least two persons took
admission in each of the given AIIMS. Pramod and Prashant took
admission in different AIIMS but not in AIIMS Bhopal. Only Ankit and
Amit took admission in the same AIIMS but not in AIIMS Raipur and they
were the only ones who took admission in that AIIMS. Prashant took
admission in AIIMS Raipur. Neither Balram nor Aditya took admission in
AIIMS Delhi. Vinod and Sanjay took admission in the same AIIMS.
2.Four of the following five are related to each other in some way and
thus formed a group. Choose the one which does not belong to that
group?
िन िल खत पाँ च म से चार िकसी न िकसी कार से एक दू सरे से संबंिधत ह और
इस कार एक समूह का िनमाण करते ह। वह चुन जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं
है ?
A. Prashant, Sanjay
B. Aditya, Ankit
C. Pramod, Balram
D. Pramod, Vinod
E. Ankit, Prashant
600
3.Who among the following took admission in same AIIMS?
िन िल खत म से िकसने उसी ए म वेश िलया?
A. Prashant, Balram, Aditya
B. Ankit, Vinod, Sanjay
C. Pramod, Amit
D. Balram, Amit
E. None of these
4.Who among the following took admission in the same AIIMS as Vinod?
िन िल खत म से िकसने िवनोद के साथ उसी ए म वेश िलया था?
I. Prashant
II. Pramod and Sanjay
III. Balram and Aditya
A. Only I
B. Only III
C. Only II
D. Only I and II
E. None of these
Solution:
1. E
2. D
3. A
4. C
5. D
601
228 . Sevenpersons (Anshu, Aaru, Ambi, Aasha, Aabha, Anu and
Archana) are living on different floors on a nine-floor building such
that the bottommost floor is numbered as 1 and the topmost floor
is numbered as 9 but not necessarily in the same order. Two floors
are vacant. One floor is between Anshu and Ambi. Aaru lives on an
even numbered floor above the 5th floor. The floor just above Ambi
is vacant. There are four floors between Aaru and Anshu. Neither
Aasha nor Archana lives on 7 th or 9th floor. Two persons live
between Aabha and Aasha. There are three floors between both
vacant floors.
602
D. Aaru
E. None of these
Answers:
1. A
2. A
3. C
4. C
5. D
603
604
229 . 14persons sit in a parallel row such that seven persons live in
each row. Pintu, Aman, Vinod, Pankaj, Suresh, Neeraj and Dheeraj
sit in row 1 while Manoj, Pramod, Tillu, Rohan, Alok, Yash and Ansh
sit in row 2. Persons in row 1 face south and persons in row 2 face
north. Persons in both rows face each other. Yash sits exactly in the
middle of the row. Neither Ansh nor Manoj is opposite to Aman.
Aman sits third to the right of Pintu, who sits opposite to Rohan.
Neither Rohan nor Manoj sit at the extreme end. Neeraj sits
opposite to Tillu. Three person sits between Manoj and Ansh,
who is not adjacent to Rohan. Alok is not opposite to Aman. Pankaj
sits immediate right of Suresh but not adjacent to Aman or Pintu.
Question:
1.Who sits second to the right of Aman ?
अमन के दाय से दू सरे ान पर कौन बै ठा है ?
A. Pankaj
B. Vinod
C. Dheeraj
D. Pintu
E. Aman
605
A. Suresh
B. Pintu
C. Aman
D. Alok
E. Pramod
Answers:
1. A
2. B
3. B
4. E
5. C
606
230 . Sevenpersons (Rohan, Mitesh, Nitin, Kavya, Parv, Shravan and
Om) are sitting around a square table, such that two persons each
sit on three sides and one person sit on one side of the table. Each
of them is facing the centre of the table. They also like seven
different shirt brand (Mufti, Blackberry, Levis, Lee, Killer, Parx and
Raymond) but not necessarily in the same order. Nitin, who likes
Blackberry brand sits adjacent to Rohan and Shravan. Kavya and
Om sits along different side of the table. Om sits second to the right
of Shravan, who doesn't like Killer brand. Neither Mitesh not
shravan likes Parks brand. Parv and Rohan likes Mufti and Levis
brand respectively. Om and Shravan sit along the sides on which
two person are sitting. Both Parv and Rohan sits along same side of
the table. Kavya, who likes Lee brand, sits immediate right of Om.
607
नही ं िक इसी म म हों। िनितन, िजसे ै कबेरी ां ड पसं द है , रोहन और
वण के िनकट बै ठा है । का ा और ओम मेज के अलग िकनारे पर बै ठे ह।
ओम वण के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बै ठा है , िजसे िकलर ां ड पसं द नही ं है ।
न तो िमतेश न वण को पा ां ड पसं द है । पव और रोहन मशः मु ी
और लेिवस ां ड पसंद करते ह। ॐ और वण उस भुजा के साथ बै ठते ह
िजस पर दो बै ठे ह। पव और रोहन दोनों टे बल के एक ही तरफ बै ठे
ह। का ा, िजसे ली ां ड पसंद है , ओम के ठीक दाय बै ठी है ।
Question:
1.Which of the following statements is/are not correct?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा/से कथन सही नही ं है /ह?
A. Kavya sits immediate left of Parv
B. Shravan sits 2nd to the right of Rohan
C. Mitesh sits immediate left of Om
D. Nitin sits 3rd to the right of Om
E. All are correct
2.How many persons sit between the one who like Raymond brand
and the one who likes Parx when counted from the left of the one
who likes Raymond brand?
रे मंड ां ड पसं द करने वाले के बाय से िगने जाने पर रे मंड ां ड पसं द
करने वाले और पा पसंद करने वाले के बीच िकतने बै ठे ह?
A. Three
B. Two
C. Four
D. One
E. None
3.What is the position of the one who likes Lee brand with respect
to the one who likes Levis brand?
ली ां ड को पसं द करने वाले का लेिवस ां ड को पसं द करने वाले
के स भ म ा ान है ?
A. Second to the right
B. Second to the left
C. Third to the right
D. Immediate left
E. None of these
608
4.___likes Raymond brand.
___रे मंड ां ड को पसं द करता है ।
A. Om
B. Rohan
C. Kavya
D. Blackberry
E. Shravan
5.Who sits 2nd to the right of the one, who likes Killer?
िकलर पसंद करने वाले के दाय से दू सरे ान पर कौन बै ठा है ?
A. Kavya
B. Om
C. Rohan
D. Nitin
E. Shravan
Answers:
1. D
2. C
3. B
4. E
5. A
609
231 . There are ten persons P, Q, R, S,T, U, V, W, X and Y sitting at a
rectangular table. Six persons sit at the longer side of the table such
that three persons at each longer side and two persons at each
shorter side of table. Persons sitting at the longer side face towards
the centre and persons sitting at the shorter side face away from
the table. W sits third to the left of X and faces towards the centre.
Q sets forth to the left of V and both face the same direction. Only
one person sits between P and X. R is not sitting adjacent to U. U
and T are sitting on the same site. Q and Y are not sitting together.
P, who sits at the longest side of the table, sits third to the right of
Y. X sits adjacent to Y but not on the same side. Only three person
sit between R and S such that R is facing towards the centre.
दस P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X और Y एक आयताकार मेज पर बै ठे ह।
छह मेज की लंबी भुजा पर इस कार बै ठते ह िक े क लं बी भु जा
पर तीन और ेक छोटी भुजा पर दो बै ठते ह। लंबी भु जा पर
बैठे यों का मुख क की ओर है और छोटी भु जा पर बै ठे यों का
मुख मेज से बाहर की ओर है । W, X के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बै ठा है और
क की ओर उ ु ख है । Q, V के बाय ओर जाता है और दोनों का मुख समान
िदशा की ओर है । P और X के बीच केवल एक बै ठा है । R, U के
आस नही ं बैठा है । U और T एक ही साइट पर बै ठे ह। Q और Y एक साथ
नही ं बैठे ह। P, जो मेज की सबसे लंबी भु जा पर बै ठा है , Y के दाय से तीसरे
ान पर बैठा है । X, Y के िनकट बैठा है लेिकन समान भु जा पर नही ं बै ठा है ।
R और S के म केवल तीन इस कार बै ठे ह िक R का मुख क की
ओर है ।
610
a) X
b) V and R
c) Q
d) P and W
e) None of these
3)How many people sit between W and Y when counted from the
left of Y?
Y के बाय से िगने जाने पर W और Y के म िकतने बै ठे ह?
a) None
b) Four
c) Three
d) Two
e) None of these
Solutions:
1. C
2. A
3. E
4. C
5. D
611
612
232 . A
certain number of persons are standing in a straight row facing
north direction. Seven persons stand between Yash and Fazan. Five
persons are standing to the left of Mona. Only one person stands
between Trisha and Dev. Three persons stand between Mona and Ajay.
Seven persons are standing between Ajay and Lina. Yash stands 3rd to
the left of Lina. Only five persons stand to the right of Yash. Trisha stands
5th to the left of Fazan.
613
4)Who stands 5th to the right of Trisha?
ि शा के दाय से 5व ान पर कौन खड़ा है ?
A - Ajay
B - Dev
C - Mona
D - Fazan
E - None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)A
3)B
4)D
5)A
614
233 . Sevenpeople C, D, E, G, R, S and T belongs to different cities i.e.
Pune, Indore, Gurgaon, Hyderabad, Bangalore, Dehradun and Kota but
not necessarily in the same order. Each one of them are learning
different computer courses viz, Coding, Graphic Designing, Web
Desigining from the same Institute. At least two persons are learning the
same course. D is learning Graphic designing with the one who belongs
to to Guragon. D neither belongs to Bangalore or Hyderabad. E is neither
learning Coding nor Graphic designing. E neither belongs to Bangalore
nor Hyderabad. Those who belong to Hyderabad and Bangalore are
learning the same computer course. S is neither learning with the one
who belongs to Bangalore nor with D. C is learning only with the one
who belongs to Dehradun. G is neither learning Web Designing nor
belongs to Hyderabad. S doesn’t belongs to dehradun and T doesn’t
learn with E. R doesn’t belongs to Kota and E doesn’t belongs to Indore.
G is learning with the one who belongs to Kota.
615
सीख रहा है । G न तो वेब िडजाइिनंग सीख रहा है और न ही है दराबाद से संबंिधत
है । S दे हरादू न से सं बंिधत नहीं है और T, E के साथ नहीं पढ़ता है । R कोटा से
संबंिधत नहीं है और E इं दौर से संबंिधत नहीं है । G उस के साथ सीख रहा है
जो कोटा से सं बंिधत है ।
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence forms a
group. Find the one which does not belong to that group?
616
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह ात कर जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. E, Bangalore
B. G, Hyderabad
C. C, Dehradun
D. S, Pune
E. R, Kota
Answers
1. B
2. D
3. A
4. D
5. A
234 . Seven persons Amar, Bablu, Chandana, Dia, Eshan, Faizal, and Gilesh
are sitting in Row 1 facing north whereas Priya, Kunal, Ravi, Shaswat,
Tipu, Umar, and Vikalp are sitting in Row 2 facing south such that both
rows are equidistant and parallel to each other. The persons sitting in
Row 1 sits opposite to the persons sitting in Row 2. Kunal sits 2nd to the
617
right of Shaswat. Two persons sit between Kunal and Tipu. Bablu sits
opposite to Ravi, who sits 2nd to the left of Vikalp. Umar does
not sit opposite to Dia. Eshan sits opposite to Priya, who sits 3rd to the
left of the person who sits opposite to Gilesh. Two persons sit between
Eshan and Amar, who sits opposite to Shaswat. Three persons sit
between Faizal and Gilesh, who sits at extreme left end.
3)How many persons sit between Shaswat and the one who sits
opposite to Bablu?
शा त और बबलू के िवपरीत बैठे के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A - Three
B - One
618
C - Two
D - None
E - Cannot be determined
Solution:
1. B
2. D
3. A
4. D
5. D
619
235 . Nine
flower pots of colour, Purple, Green, Red, Blue, Black, Yellow,
Violet, White and Orange are placed one above another such that the
bottommost pot is 1 and the pot above it is 2 and so on. Each of them
contains different number of flowers from 1 to 9. At most 2 pots are
placed above Yellow. Three pots are placed between yellow
and Violet, which contains 8 flowers. Blue is the 9th pot. Two pots are
placed between Violet and White, which is not the 1st pot. Black is placed
just below Purple, which is placed below Orange, which contains 2
flowers. Orange is placed below 5th pots but not adjacent to Purple. Blue
contains half the number of flowers of Purple. Green is placed just above
the pots, which contains 1 flower. 1st pot contains 4 flowers. White
doesn’t contain prime numbered flowers.
बगनी, हरा, लाल, नीला, काला, पीला, बगनी, सफेद और नारं गी रं ग के नौ गमलों
को एक के ऊपर एक इस कार रखा गया है िक सबसे नीचे वाला बतन 1 है और
उसके ऊपर का बतन 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी। उनम से े क म 1 से 9 तक
िविभ सं ा म फूल ह। अिधक से अिधक 2 गमले पीले रं ग के ऊपर रखे गए ह।
पीले और बगनी रं ग के बीच तीन बतन रखे गए ह, िजसम 8 फूल ह। नीला नौवां
बतन है । वायले ट और ाइट के बीच दो बतन रखे गए ह, जो पहला बतन नहीं है ।
काला बगनी के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है , जो नारं गी के नीचे रखा गया है , िजसम 2
फूल ह। नारं गी को 5व बतन के नीचे रखा गया है ले िकन बगनी के िनकट नहीं है ।
नीले रं ग म बगनी रं ग के फूलों की सं ा आधी है । हरे रं ग को गमलों के ठीक
ऊपर रखा जाता है , िजसम 1 फूल होता है । पहले बतन म 4 फूल ह। सफ़ेद म
अभा सं ा वाले फूल नहीं होते ह।
620
___ म 7 फूल होते ह।
A - Green
B - Cannot be determined
C - Red
D - Black
E - None of the above
4)How many pots are placed between Green and the pot, which
contains 6 flowers?
हरे और िजस बतन म 6 फूल ह, उनके बीच िकतने बतन रखे गए ह?
A-5
B-6
C-3
D-4
E - None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)A
621
4)A
5)A
622
236 . Two stacks with different number of benches i.e. 4 and 5 are kept in
a room. The benches are of colour Red, Green, Orange, Purple, White,
Blue, Brown, Pink and Yellow. Stack A contains 4 benches and stack B
contains 5 benches. Stack A is west of stack B. The bottommost bench is
numbered as 1, the bench above it as 2 and so on. The dimensions of
each of the benches is same. (Note:) If a bench is just above or 2nd to the
above of another bench then they both must be in same stack until and
unless stated otherwise. If 1st bench is to the north-east of 2nd bench,
then 1st bench must be above the bench, which is in east of 2nd bench.
Green bench is in south-west of White bench, which is the topmost
bench. Red bench and Green bench are in the same stack. Brown bench
is not just below Blue bench. Brown bench is odd numbered bench.
Yellow bench and Purple bench are same numbered bench. Blue bench
is two benches above Pink bench and both are in stack B. The number of
benches between Purple bench and Orange bench is zero. Purple bench
and Orange bench are not in same stack. Green bench is above Red
bench but is not prime numbered bench.
1)How many benches are above the Pink bench in the same stack?
एक ही ै क म िपंक बच के ऊपर िकतनी बच ह?
623
A - Five
B - One
C - Two
D - Three
E - Four
Solution:
1. D
624
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. D
625
237 . Eight
persons Azhar, Emraan, Ajay, Jitu, Manish, Ram, Geeta and
Kamal are sitting in a straight row. Each of them is facing north. Each of
them likes different fruits Apple, Banana, Orange, Mango, Grapes,
Pineapple, Papaya and strawberry. Three persons are sitting between
Geeta and Kamal, who is sitting at one of the extreme ends. Person, who
likes Mango, is sitting immediate left of the one, who likes Banana. One
person is sitting between Kamal and Azhar, who likes Pineapple. Manish
doesn’t like Papaya. Two persons are sitting between Emraan and the
person, who likes Grapes. Two persons are sitting between Azhar and
Ram. Jitu is sitting immediate left of Ajay. Jitu is not sitting adjacent to
Ram, who likes strawberry.Geeta is sitting 3rd to the left of person, who
likes Papaya.
626
A-6
B-1
C-4
D - None
E-2
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)C
3)A
4)C
5)C
627
238 . Six
notebooks A, B, C, D, E, and F are kept one above another such
that the bottommost notebook is numbered as 1 and the topmost
notebook is numbered as 6, the notebooks belong to six different
students viz. Parul, Qazi, Romit, Shrey, Tina, and Umesh but not
necessarily in the same order. Only one notebook belongs to one
person. Notebook B does not belong to Tina. Notebook D, which belongs
to Parul, is kept two places below notebook B. Notebook F is not kept at
the bottom. Notebook A is neither 6th nor 1st Notebook. Two notebooks
are kept between the notebooks, which belong to Qazi and Shrey.
Notebook E, which belongs to Romit, is kept below notebook B. One
notebook is kept between notebook E and notebook F. At least 4
notebooks are kept below C. Notebook B is kept two places below
notebook C.
628
जो पा ल से संबंिधत है , नोटबुक B के दो ान नीचे रखी है । नोटबु क F सबसे नीचे
नहीं रखी है । नोटबुक A न तो छठा और न ही पहला नोटबुक है । नोटबुक के बीच
दो नोटबुक रखी गई ह, जो काजी और ेय की ह। नोटबुक E, जो रोिमत से
संबंिधत है , नोटबुक B के नीचे रखी गई है । नोटबुक E और नोटबुक F के बीच एक
नोटबुक रखी गई है । C के नीचे कम से कम 4 नोटबुक रखी गई ह। नोटबु क B,
नोटबुक C के दो ान नीचे रखी गई है ।
3)How many notebooks are kept between the notebooks which belong
to Qazi and Romit?
काजी और रोिमत की नोटबुक के बीच िकतनी नोटबुक रखी ह?
A - Three
B - One
C - Two
D - Four
E - Cannot be determined
629
C - Umesh
D - Tina
E - Cannot be determined
5)The notebook which belongs to Tina is kept ____ from the top?
टीना की नोटबुक ऊपर से ____ रखी है ?
A - Second
B - First
C - Third
D - Fourth
E - None of the above
ANSWERS. :
1)D
2)C
3)E
4)E
5)A
239 . Nine
flower pots of colour, Purple, Green, Red, Blue, Black, Yellow,
Violet, White and Orange are placed one above another such that the
630
bottommost pot is 1 and the pot above it is 2 and so on. Each of them
contains different number of flowers from 1 to 9. At most 2 pots are
placed above Yellow. Three pots are placed between yellow and Violet,
which contains 8 flowers. Blue is the 9th pot. Two pots are placed
between Violet and White, which is not the 1st pot. Black is placed just
below Purple, which is placed below Orange, which contains 2 flowers.
Orange is placed below 5th pots but not adjacent to Purple. Blue contains
half the number of flowers of Purple. Green is placed just above the
pots, which contains 1 flower. 1st pot contains 4 flowers. White doesn’t
contain prime numbered flowers.
बगनी, हरा, लाल, नीला, काला, पीला, बगनी, सफेद और नारं गी रं ग के नौ गमलों
को एक के ऊपर एक इस कार रखा गया है िक सबसे नीचे वाला बतन 1 है और
उसके ऊपर का बतन 2 है और इसी तरह आगे भी। उनम से े क म 1 से 9 तक
िविभ सं ा म फूल ह। अिधक से अिधक 2 गमले पीले रं ग के ऊपर रखे गए ह।
पीले और बगनी रं ग के बीच तीन बतन रखे गए ह, िजसम 8 फूल ह। नीला नौवां
बतन है । वायले ट और ाइट के बीच दो बतन रखे गए ह, जो पहला बतन नहीं है ।
काला बगनी के ठीक नीचे रखा गया है , जो नारं गी के नीचे रखा गया है , िजसम 2
फूल ह। नारं गी को 5व बतन के नीचे रखा गया है ले िकन बगनी के िनकट नहीं है ।
नीले रं ग म बगनी रं ग के फूलों की सं ा आधी है । हरे रं ग को गमलों के ठीक
ऊपर रखा जाता है , िजसम 1 फूल होता है । पहले बतन म 4 फूल ह। सफ़ेद म
अभा सं ा वाले फूल नहीं होते ह।
631
3)Number of pots above _____ is equal to the number of pots below
____.
_____ के ऊपर के बतनों की सं ा ____ के नीचे के बतनों की सं ा के बराबर
है ।
A - Yellow, Violet
B - Purple, Orange
C - Blue, White
D - Green, Red
E - None of the above
4)How many pots are placed between Green and the pot, which
contains 6 flowers?
हरे और िजस बतन म 6 फूल ह, उनके बीच िकतने बतन रखे गए ह?
A-5
B-6
C-3
D-4
E - None of the above
ANSWERS :
1)A
2)B
3)A
4)A
5)A
632
240 . Four boys Pratik, Mohan, Sunil and Raju and four girls Priya, Riya,
Madhu and Geeta are sitting around a circular table. Two girls and two
boys are not facing the centre. No three girls are sitting together.
Sunil sits second to the left of Riya, who is not an immediate neighbour
of Mohan. Priya sits third to the left of Geeta and one of them is not
facing the centre. Pratik sits third to the right of Mohan, who is facing
the centre. Madhu and Raju face each other and neither is immediate an
neighbour of Mohan or Geeta.
चार लड़के तीक, मोहन, सुनील और राजू और चार लड़िकयां ि या, रया, मधु
और गीता एक गोलाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे ह। दो लड़िकयों और दो लड़कों
का मु ख क की ओर नहीं है । कोई तीन लड़िकयां एक साथ नहीं बैठी ह।
633
सुनील, रया के बाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठा है , जो मोहन की िनकटतम पड़ोसी
नहीं है । ि या, गीता के बाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठी है और उनम से एक का मु ख
क की ओर नहीं है । तीक, मोहन के दाय से तीसरे ान पर बैठा है , िजसका
मु ख क की ओर है । मधु और राजू एक दू सरे का सामना करते ह और न ही मोहन
या गीता का िनकटतम पड़ोसी है ।
2.How many boys sit between Riya and Priya when counted from the left
of Riya?
रया के बाय से िगनने पर रया और ि या के बीच िकतने लड़के बैठे ह?
A. One
B. Three
C. Two
D. Cannot be determined
E. None of these
634
5.Who among the following sits on the immediate right of the one who
sits second to the right of Madhu?
िन िल खत म से कौन मधु के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठे के ठीक दाय बैठा
है ?
A. Pratik
B. Riya
C. Raju
D. Priya
E. None of these
Answers
1. A
2. B
3. C
4. B
5. B
Solution -
635
241 . P. Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are employees of an organisation working
in three departments, viz Production, HR and Accounts, with not more
than three of them in any department. Each of them likes a different
colour, viz Red, Green, Blue, Pink, Yellow, White, Black and Brown but
not necessarily in the same order. S works in HR department and does
not like either Red or Green. U works in Production department with
only P, who likes Brown. T and W do not work in the same department
as S. R likes Black and does not work in Accounts department. V does not
work in HR department and does not like either Green or Pink. One of
those who work in HR department likes Red. The one who likes Blue
works in Production department. None of those who work in HR
department likes either Pink or Yellow. W does not like Green.
636
T िकस िवभाग म काम करता है ?
A. Production
B. Accounts
C. Data inadequate
D. HR
E. None of these
Answer -
1. C
2. B
3. E
4. D
5. D
637
241
638
242 . Seven persons (Pinky, Rani, Roshani, Saumya, Radha, Rajni and
Rekha) are sitting around a circular table such that three of them are
facing towards the center and remaining persons are facing away from
the center of the table. The persons, who face towards the center, like
three different color (Red, Pink and Yellow). Rekha sits adjacent to
Saumya, who like red. Radha sits 3rd to the left Saumya. Saumya sits
second to the left of Roshni. Rajni faces same direction as Rani. Pinky
does not sit adjacent to Rani or Roshani.
Roshani sits 3rd to the left of Rani, who likes Yellow.
2.How many persons sit between Rekha and Pinky when counted from
right of Rekha?
रे खा के दाय से िगनने पर रे खा और िपंकी के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
A. Three
B. Two
C. One
D. None
E. Four
639
Saumya.
वह, िजसे गुलाबी रं ग पसंद है , सौ ा के बाईं ओर ___ बैठा है ।
A. 4th
B. 2nd
C. 3rd
D. 5th
E. None of these
Solution:
1. A
2. B
3. D
4. C
5. E
640
243 . A certain number of persons are sitting in a straight row facing
south. Six persons sit between Kush and Golu, who sits to the left of
Manoj. No person sits to the right of Suraj. Monu sits second to the left
of Golu. Three person sit between Monu and Alok. Five persons sit
between Manoj and Pratap, who sit to the right of Kush. Only nine
person sit to the left of Ashok, who sits third to the right of Manoj. Five
persons sit between Pratap and Suraj.
641
1.How many persons are sitting in the row?
पं म िकतने बैठे ह?
A. 22
B. 18
C. 21
D. 20
E. 19
642
Answers:
1. E
2. D
3. A
4. C
5. B
244 . Five boxes (A, B, C, D and E) are kept above one another such that
the bottommost box is numbered as 1 and the topmost box is numbered
as 5. The boxes contain different items(Pen, Copy, File, Daily and pencil).
Box A is neither the first nor the fifth box. Box D has neither copy nor is
643
first box. Box C is kept two places above the box which contain file.
Neither box C nor box A contain copy. Only one box is kept between box
E and box A. Box E, which has pencil, is kept just below C.
644
B. A
C. C
D. E
E. None of these
Answers:
1. E
2. B
3. A
4. D
5. B
645
245 . Six
people i.e. K, L, M, N, O and P are sitting around a triangular
table. Three of them are sitting at the corner of the table and the other
three are sitting at the middle of the table. All of them are facing inside
the table. L sits to the immediate left of O. Two people sit between P
and L. N does not sit at the middle side of the table. K sits second to the
right of M. Two people sit between K and O.
1.Which among the following pairs sit immediate left and immediate
right of each other’s respectively?
िन िल खत म से कौन सा यु एक दू सरे के मशः ठीक बाय और ठीक दायी ं
ओर बैठा है ?
A) K, P
B) O, M
C) N, L
D) Both A and B
E) Both B and C6
2.How many people sit between O and the person sits to the immediate
right of K?
O और K के ठीक दाय बैठे के म िकतने बैठे ह?
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 4
646
E) Both A and C
3.Who among the following sits to the immediate left of the person who
sits third to the left of P?
िन िल खत म से कौन P के बाएं से तीसरे ान पर बैठे के ठीक बाएं
बैठा है ?
A) Person sits second to the right of O
B) Person sits in front of M
C) Person sits to the immediate left of K
D) Both A and B
E) Both A and C
ANSWERS:
1) E
2) E
3) B
4) D
5) A
Solution -
647
246 . Eightpersons J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q live in a building but not
necessarily in the same order. There are eight floors in that building and
only one person lives on each floor. Each of them likes a different colour,
viz Red, Green, Blue, Black, Grey, Yellow, Pink and White but not
necessarily in the same order. The ground floor is numbered 1 and the
floor above it is numbered 2 and so on. The topmost floor of the building
is numbered 8. J likes Grey colour and lives on an odd-numbered floor. K
lives two floors above the floor on which J lives. J does not live on the 1st
floor. O likes Green colour and lives immediately above the floor on
which Q lives, who lives on an odd numbered floor. Q lives three floors
above the floor on which P lives. M likes Blue colour and lives
somewhere above the floor on which P lives. N lives above the floor on
which the one who likes Black colour lives. Only two persons live
between the floors on which the one who likes Black colour and
the one who likes Pink colour live. The one who likes White colour lives
above the floor on which the one who likes Red colour lives. N does not
like Red colour.
648
हरा, नीला, काला, े, पीला, गुलाबी और सफेद ले िकन ज री नहीं िक इसी म
म हो। भू तल की सं ा 1 है और इसके ऊपर की मंिजल की सं ा 2 है और इसी
कार आगे भी। इमारत की सबसे ऊपरी मंिजल की सं ा 8 है । J को े रं ग पसंद
है और वह िवषम सं ा वाली मंिजल पर रहता है । K उस मं िजल से दो मं िजल
ऊपर रहता है िजस पर J रहता है । J पहली मंिजल पर नहीं रहता है । O को हरा रं ग
पसंद है और वह Q के ठीक ऊपर वाली मंिजल पर रहता है , जो िवषम सं ा वाली
मं िजल पर रहता है । Q उस मंिजल से तीन मंिजल ऊपर रहता है िजस पर P रहता
है । M को नीला रं ग पसंद है और वह P के तल के ऊपर कही ं रहता है । N उस
मं िजल के ऊपर रहता है िजस पर काला रं ग पसंद करने वाला रहता है ।
केवल दो उन मंिजलों के बीच रहते ह िजन पर काला रं ग पसंद करने वाला
और गुलाबी रं ग पसंद करने वाला रहता है । वह िजसे सफ़ेद रं ग
पसंद है वह उस तल के ऊपर रहता है िजसे लाल रं ग पसंद है । N को लाल रं ग
पसंद नहीं है ।
1.How many persons live between the floors on which M and K live?
M और K के तलों के म िकतने रहते ह?
A. None
B. One
C. Two
D. Three
E. None of these
649
िन िल खत कथनों म से कौनसा स नहीं है ?
A. J lives immediately below the floor on which P lives.
B. K does not like Red colour.
C. L lives on the ground floor.
D. O likes Green colour and lives on the eighth floor.
E. None of these
5.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and so form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पां च म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक समूह
बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नहीं है ?
A. P-Yellow
B. Q-Red
C. M-Green
D. O-Blue
E. P-Black
Answers-
1. A
2. C
3. C
4. B
5. E
650
651
247 . Tenseats in a circle such that nine people are sitting around a
circular table facing outside the centre. One of the seats is vacant. M6
sits immediately to the left of M1. Only one person sits between M3 and
M4. M4 sits second to the right of M5. M8 sits fourth to the right of M9.
Only one person sits between M8 and M7. Vacant seat is immediately
left to M7. M1 sits third to the left of M2. M1 and M7 are not immediate
neighbours. M2 and M8 are not immediate neighbours.
3.How many seats between the one who sits to the immediate left of
M9 and the one who sits to the immediate right of M4?
M9 के ठीक बाय बैठे और M4 के ठीक दाय बैठे के बीच िकतनी
सीट ह?
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Four
652
(d) No one
(e) None of these
5.What is the position of M2 with respect to the one who sits to the
immediate right of M6?
M6 के ठीक दाय बैठे के स भ म M2 का ान ा है ?
(a) Second to the right
(b) Second to the left
(c) Third to the right
(d) Third to the left
(e) None of these
ANSWERS:
1. A
2. C
3. C
4. B
5. C
653
248 . Eightpeople Ronak, Ravi, Rohan, Raju, Ramio, Rakesh, Ranjesh and
Raj are sitting around the rectangular table. Four people sit on corners
while four sit on the sides. Persons at the corners face towards the
centre while people at sides face away from the centre. Ronak sits
opposite to Ramio, who sits second to the right of Raju. Ronak and
Ravi are not immediate neighbours. Ranjesh is not adjacent to Raju.
Rakesh does not sit at any side. Rohan does not sit immediately to the
right of Raju. Raj sits immediately to the right of Ravi, who sits at one of
the sides .
654
2)Who sits opposite to Raj?
राज के िवपरीत कौन बैठा है ?
a. Ranjesh
b. Rakesh
c. Rohan12
d. Ronak
e. None of the above
5)How many people sit between Raj and Ramio when counted from the
left of Romio?
रोिमयो के बाय से िगनने पर राज और रािमयो के बीच िकतने बैठे ह?
a. Three
b. Five
c. Four
d. One
e. Two
ANSWERS:
1. C
2. B
3. D
4. A
5. C
655
SOLUTIONS:
249 . Eight
people namely –Rohit, Ravi, Rajan, Raj, Ram, Raman, Rajesh
and Ramesh are seated around a square table with two person seats on
each of the sides. All of them are facing outside the centre. Rajesh is
immediate neighbour of Rohit and Raj. Rajan is sitting opposite to Rohit
and to the immediate left of Ram. Rajesh sits fourth to the right of
Ramesh.Raman is sitting to the immediate right of Ravi.
656
रिव के दाय से चौथे ान पर कौन बैठा है?
(a) Ramesh
(b) Ram
(c) Rajan
(d) Raj
(e) None of these.
4.Who sits to the immediate left of the person who sits second to the
right of Rohit?
रोिहत के दाय से दू सरे ान पर बैठे के ठीक बाय कौन बै ठा है?
(a) Rajesh
(b) Raj
(c) Ramesh
(d) Ram
(e) None of these
657
ANSWERS:
1. D
2. C
3. E
4. A
5. D
SOLUTIONS:
250 . Eight
persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular
table, but not necessarily in the same order. Four of them are facing
inward while four of them are facing outward. Each of them likes
different flowers, viz Hibiscus, Daffodil, Sunflower, Marigold, Lily,
Jasmine, Lotus and Rose but not necessarily in the same order.
(Note: Facing the same direction means if one person faces inward then
the other also faces inwarding and if one faces outward then the other
658
also faces outward. Facing the opposite direction means if one person
faces inward then the other faces outward and vice versa.)
The one who likes Lily sits on the immediate right of the one who likes
Marigold. The one who likes Jasmine faces inward and sits third to the
left of the one who likes Sunflower. C likes Marigold. Only three persons
sit between C and F. D and E face the same direction. The one who likes
Lily sits exactly between C and H. E likes Hibiscus and B likes Sunflower.
G faces outward and is an immediate neighbour of H. The one who likes
Lotus sits third to the left of A, who likes Daffodil. The one who likes
Rose is the immediate neighbour of E and G. The one who likes Marigold
and F face inward.
659
E. None of these
2.Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and hence form a
group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
िन िल खत पांच म से चार एक िनि त तरीके से समान ह और इसिलए एक
समूह बनाते ह। वह कौन सा है जो उस समूह से संबंिधत नही ं है ?
A. H-Rose
B. C-Jasmine
C. B-Hibiscus
D. F-Daffodil
E. A-Marigold
3.What is the position of A with respect to the one who likes Lily?
िलली को पसंद करने वाले के स भ म A का ान ा है ?
A. Second to the right
B. Second to the left
C. Third to the left
D. Third to the right
E. None of these
Answers
1. A
2. C
3. D
660
4. C
5. B
Solution -
661